WO2021062746A1 - Data transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents

Data transmission method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021062746A1
WO2021062746A1 PCT/CN2019/109664 CN2019109664W WO2021062746A1 WO 2021062746 A1 WO2021062746 A1 WO 2021062746A1 CN 2019109664 W CN2019109664 W CN 2019109664W WO 2021062746 A1 WO2021062746 A1 WO 2021062746A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network device
pdcp
target network
terminal device
indication information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/109664
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
严乐
曾清海
唐珣
耿婷婷
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2019/109664 priority Critical patent/WO2021062746A1/en
Publication of WO2021062746A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021062746A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to methods and devices for data transmission in the field of communications.
  • the network device switches the terminal device from the source cell to the target cell for data transmission through a handover process.
  • the traditional handover process after the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device, the data transmission between the terminal device and the source network device will be interrupted. Until the terminal device is successfully switched to the target network device, the terminal device can communicate with the target network device. data transmission. Therefore, during the handover process, during the period from the source network device sending the handover message to the terminal device to the successful handover of the terminal device to the target network device, there is no data transmission on the air interface, and there is an interruption delay.
  • a handover enhancement solution in order to reduce the interruption delay, after the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device, data transmission can be maintained between the terminal device and the source network device. For example, for downlink data transmission, the terminal device maintains data transmission with the source network device until the terminal device can receive data from the target network device, or until the terminal device disconnects the RRC connection/data transmission with the source network device.
  • the terminal device can perform downlink data transmission with the source network device and the target network device at the same time during the period from receiving the handover message to releasing the connection with the source network device.
  • the terminal device may not be able to communicate with the source network device at the same time.
  • the source network device and the target network device perform uplink transmission. Therefore, how the terminal device performs uplink data transmission is a problem that needs to be solved urgently.
  • This application provides a method and device for data transmission, which is helpful for realizing 0ms uplink data transmission.
  • a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a terminal device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the terminal device.
  • the method is executed by a terminal device as an example for description.
  • the terminal device receives first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first instruction information, and the terminal device starts PUSCH transmission with the target network device after receiving the first instruction information.
  • the terminal device converts the PUSCH transmission with the source network device to the PUSCH transmission with the target network device according to the first instruction information.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the first indication information, the UL data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application clearly defines the moment when the UL data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device, which can ensure that the terminal device reduces the interruption delay of UL data transmission during the switching process. Further, there is Helps realize UL data transmission with 0ms interruption.
  • the first indication information may be sent to the terminal device by the source network device or the target network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device may also receive second indication information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to transmit to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the minimum data convergence protocol PDCP serial number SN of the uplink data packet sent by the target network device is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to transmit to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the terminal device can determine the PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device according to the second indication information.
  • the minimum PDCP SN may be the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent to the target network device after the terminal device is converted to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the second indication information may also be used to instruct the terminal device to switch from physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the minimum data convergence protocol PDCP sequence number SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device after the terminal device is converted to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device can be instructed to implicitly indicate that the terminal device is transferred from The physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device is converted to the PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • some implementations of the first aspect further include:
  • the terminal device receives uplink grant (UL grant) information, where the uplink grant information is allocated to the terminal device by the target network device and used for PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the target network device.
  • UL grant uplink grant
  • the terminal device can obtain the UL grant according to the UL grant information, and use the UL grant to perform uplink data transmission with the target network device.
  • the UL grant information may include PUSCH resource information, MCS information, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first indication information may also be UL uplink grant information, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device is instructed by the network device to indicate the time when the PUSCH data transmission of the terminal device is converted from the source network device to the target network device, which is beneficial to realize that the terminal device starts to communicate with the target network after determining the above-mentioned conversion time.
  • the device performs uplink data transmission to ensure that the terminal device reduces the UL data transmission interruption delay during the handover process, and further, helps to achieve 0ms UL data transmission interruption.
  • the terminal device by instructing the terminal device to transmit the minimum PDCP SN or UL grant information of the uplink data packet to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, the UL data transmission interruption can be further reduced. Extension.
  • the terminal device before receiving the first indication information, the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the target network device, or receives an RAR message sent by the target network device.
  • the target network device may send the indication information to the source network device after receiving the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal device or sending the RAR message to the terminal device. To indicate that the terminal device has successfully connected/switched to the target network device. After receiving the instruction information, the source network device may send the first instruction information to the terminal device.
  • a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) of the network device that can be configured in the network device.
  • a component for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.
  • the following describes the method executed by a network device as an example.
  • the network device may obtain first indication information, which is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. Then, the network device sends the first instruction information to the terminal device, where the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first instruction information, and starts to communicate with the target network device after receiving the first instruction information PUSCH transmission.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives the first indication information, the UL data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application clearly defines the moment when the UL data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device, which can ensure that the terminal device reduces the interruption delay of UL data transmission during the switching process. Further, there is Helps realize UL data transmission with 0ms interruption.
  • the source network device or the target network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device may also determine second indication information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to transmit to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can determine the PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device according to the second indication information.
  • the minimum PDCP SN may be the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent to the target network device after the terminal device is converted to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the network device may also send uplink authorization information to the terminal device.
  • the uplink authorization information is allocated by the target network device to the terminal device and used for the terminal device to communicate with the target network device. PUSCH transmission.
  • the terminal device can obtain the UL grant according to the UL grant information, and use the UL grant to perform uplink data transmission with the target network device.
  • the UL grant information may include PUSCH resource information, MCS information, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device is instructed by the network device to indicate the time when the PUSCH data transmission of the terminal device is converted from the source network device to the target network device, which is beneficial to realize that the terminal device starts to communicate with the target network after determining the above-mentioned conversion time.
  • the device performs uplink data transmission to ensure that the terminal device reduces the UL data transmission interruption delay during the handover process, and further, helps to achieve 0ms UL data transmission interruption.
  • the terminal device by instructing the terminal device to transmit the minimum PDCP SN or UL grant information of the uplink data packet to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, the UL data transmission interruption can be further reduced. Extension.
  • the target network device may indicate to the terminal device the time when the terminal device’s PUSCH data transmission is converted from the source network device to the target network device, and the terminal device is converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device is helpful for the terminal device to start the uplink data transmission with the target network device after determining the above conversion time, so as to ensure that the terminal device reduces the number of data during the handover process.
  • the UL data transmission interruption time delay further, helps to achieve 0ms UL data transmission interruption.
  • the source network device does not need to forward the first indication information, so system signaling overhead can be saved.
  • the source network device may indicate to the terminal device the time when the terminal device’s PUSCH data transmission is converted from the source network device to the target network device, and the terminal device is converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device is helpful for the terminal device to start the uplink data transmission with the target network device after determining the above conversion time, so as to ensure that the terminal device reduces the number of data during the handover process.
  • the UL data transmission interruption time delay further, helps to realize the UL data transmission with 0ms interruption.
  • the source network device may receive the first indication information from the target network device and/or the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device. At this time, the source network device forwards the first indication information and/or the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device, which can be more flexible to indicate the above conversion time and/or terminal device needs to the terminal device The minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent to the target network device.
  • the target network device When the method in the second aspect and some implementations of the second aspect is executed by the target network device or a chip in the target network, the target network device receives an RRC reconfiguration complete message from the terminal device or sends an RAR to the terminal device. After the message, third indication information may also be sent to the source network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate to the source network device that the terminal device has successfully switched to the target network device. In this way, the source network device can determine, according to the third indication information, that the terminal device has successfully accessed/switched to the target network device.
  • the aforementioned target network device may also receive a PDCP status report from the source network device, where the PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet of the uplink data that needs to be sent to the target network device.
  • the source network device may also receive third instruction information sent by the target network device, and the third instruction information is used Instructing the source network device that the terminal device successfully switches to the target network device. In this way, the source network device can determine, according to the third indication information, that the terminal device has successfully accessed/switched to the target network device.
  • the aforementioned source network device may also receive uplink authorization information sent by the target network device, where the uplink authorization information is allocated by the target network device to the terminal device and used for PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the target network device.
  • the second indication information includes the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device.
  • the network device can directly indicate to the terminal device the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device.
  • the second indication information may include a UL PDCP status report, and the UL PDCP status report is used to obtain the foregoing information from the target The minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent by the network device.
  • the network device can indicate to the terminal device the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device through the UL PDCP status report.
  • the second indication information may include the PDCP SN of the last uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the source network device, then at this time
  • the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device is the first PDCP SN after the PDCP SN included in the second indication information.
  • the PDCP SN is bearer granular. That is, each bearer may have its own corresponding PDCP SN value, and the above PDCP SN corresponding to each bearer may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the foregoing second indication information may also include the RB ID corresponding to the PDCP SN.
  • the above-mentioned second indication information may not include the RB ID, and the association relationship between the PDCP SN and the RB contained in the second indication information is agreed by the agreement.
  • the second indication information may be carried with granularity.
  • each bearer may have corresponding second indication information.
  • the terminal device can determine the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device on the bearer according to the bearer used for sending the second indication information.
  • the terminal device can determine the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent to the target network device when the terminal device and the target network device transmit the uplink data packet corresponding to the bearer according to the bearer used for sending the second indication information.
  • the foregoing message may be an RRC message, or a layer 2 message, or a physical layer message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the layer 2 message may be, for example, PDCP control (control) PDU, MAC CE, and so on.
  • the physical layer message may be, for example, DCI.
  • a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) of the terminal device that can be configured in the terminal device.
  • a component for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.
  • the method executed by the terminal device is described as an example.
  • the terminal device receives fourth indication information, which is used to indicate at least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to at least one packet data convergence protocol PDCP protocol data unit PDU, and the at least one PDCP
  • the PDU is a PDCP PDU that the source network device has not successfully sent to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the at least one PDCP PDU from the target network device, and uses the parameters corresponding to the source network device to process the at least one PDCP PDU, wherein the at least one PDCP PDU received from the target network device is A PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU from the source network device.
  • the source network device forwards at least one PDCP PDU(s) that is not successfully sent to the terminal device to the target network device, instead of forwarding the unsuccessful PDCP SDU(s) to the target network device, so that the target network
  • the device does not need to use its own corresponding header compression context, key, etc. to process the DL data that has not been successfully sent by the source network device, which can help the terminal device to correctly receive the DL data from the target network device.
  • a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a source network device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the source network device.
  • the following describes the method executed by the source network device as an example.
  • the source network device sends at least one PDCP PDU to the target network device, and the at least one PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU that the source network device has not successfully sent to the terminal device. Then, the source network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device or the target network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to the at least one PDCP PDU one-to-one .
  • the source network device forwards at least one PDCP PDU(s) that is not successfully sent to the terminal device to the target network device, instead of forwarding the unsuccessful PDCP SDU(s) to the target network device, so that the target network
  • the device does not need to use its own corresponding header compression context, key, etc. to process these DL data packets that have not been successfully sent by the source network device.
  • the network device sends instructions to the terminal device to indicate that these DL data packets have not been successfully sent by the source network device.
  • the PDCP SN corresponding to the successfully sent DL data packets can thereby help the terminal device to correctly receive and process these DL data packets from the target network device.
  • a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a target network device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the target network device.
  • a target network device or a component for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.
  • the target network device receives at least one PDCP PDU from the source network device, and the at least one PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU that the source network device has not successfully sent to the terminal device. Then, the target network device receives fourth indication information from the source network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the at least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to the at least one PDCP PDU one-to-one. Then, the target network device sends the fourth indication information and the at least one PDCP PDU to the terminal device.
  • the source network device forwards at least one PDCP PDU(s) that is not successfully sent to the terminal device to the target network device, instead of forwarding the unsuccessful PDCP SDU(s) to the target network device, so that the target network
  • the device does not need to use its own corresponding header compression context, key, etc. to process these DL data packets that have not been successfully sent by the source network device.
  • the network device sends instructions to the terminal device to indicate that these DL data packets have not been successfully sent by the source network device.
  • the PDCP SN corresponding to the successfully sent DL data packets can thereby help the terminal device to correctly receive and process these DL data packets from the target network device.
  • the at least one PDCP SN has a bearer granularity.
  • a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a terminal device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the terminal device.
  • the method is executed by a terminal device as an example for description.
  • the terminal device obtains sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device and the source network device are the first 3.
  • the terminal device receives the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU from the target network device, and uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP according to the sixth indication information PDU and the second PDCP PDU.
  • the target network device sends the unsuccessfully sent PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device to the terminal device after special processing.
  • the target network device can allocate virtual PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device that are not successfully sent to the terminal device, and PDCP SDU(s) in the buffer area of the target network device that have not been sent to the terminal device.
  • the PDCP SN', and the corresponding processing method (for example, the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN', that is, the mapping relationship between the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN'; or, for example, the first offset value, the first Two offset value) Notify the terminal device so that the terminal device can correctly process the PDCP PDUs received from the target network device, so that the terminal device can correctly receive DL data.
  • the terminal device may obtain the third PDCP SN and the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device according to the sixth indication information.
  • the mapping relationship between the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device and the source network device are the second PDCP
  • the parameters corresponding to the target network device are used to process the second PDCP PDU.
  • the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the third PDCP SDU and the third PDCP SN use the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP PDU.
  • a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a target network device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the target network device.
  • the following describes the method executed by the target network device as an example.
  • the target network device receives the first PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the first PDCP SDU.
  • the target network device receives a second PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the second PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SDU is that the terminal device does not receive the PDCP SDU from the source network
  • the PDCP SDU successfully received by the device.
  • the target network device sends a third PDCP PDU and a second PDCP PDU to the terminal device, where the third PDCP PDU means that the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to perform the third PDCP SDU
  • the second PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the second PDCP SDU
  • the third PDCP SDU is generated in the target network device.
  • the target network device in the first PDCP SDU has not yet processed the PDCP SDU using the parameters corresponding to the target network device.
  • the target network device sends sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the relationship between the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU.
  • the target network device may send the sixth instruction information to the terminal device, or send the first instruction information to the source network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the target network device sends the unsuccessfully sent PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device to the terminal device after special processing.
  • the target network device can allocate virtual PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device that are not successfully sent to the terminal device, and PDCP SDU(s) in the buffer area of the target network device that have not been sent to the terminal device.
  • the PDCP SN', and the corresponding processing method (for example, the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN', that is, the mapping relationship between the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN'; or, for example, the first offset value, the first Two offset value) Notify the terminal device so that the terminal device can correctly process the PDCP PDUs received from the target network device, so that the terminal device can correctly receive DL data.
  • a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a source network device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the source network device.
  • the following describes the method executed by the source network device as an example.
  • the source network device sends the first PDCP SDU to the target network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the first PDCP SDU.
  • the source network device sends a second PDCP SDU to the target network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the second PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SDU is that the terminal device is not from the source network
  • the PDCP SDU successfully received by the device.
  • the source network device receives sixth indication information from the target network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device is related to the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received from the target network device.
  • the mapping relationship between the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device and the source network device allocated for the second PDCP SDU The mapping relationship between the PDCP SNs, where the third PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP SDU from the source network device and The third PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device, and the second PDCP PDU is used by the target network device to process the second PDCP SDU from the source network device using the parameters corresponding to the target network device.
  • the second PDCP SN is generated later and the second PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device, and the third PDCP SDU is before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU, all of the first PDCP SDU
  • the target network device has not yet used the PDCP SDU processed by the parameters corresponding to
  • the source network device sends the sixth indication information to the terminal device.
  • the target network device sends the unsuccessfully sent PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device to the terminal device after special processing.
  • the target network device can allocate virtual PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device that are not successfully sent to the terminal device, and PDCP SDU(s) in the buffer area of the target network device that have not been sent to the terminal device.
  • the PDCP SN', and the corresponding processing method (for example, the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN', that is, the mapping relationship between the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN'; or, for example, the first offset value, the first Two offset value) Notify the terminal device so that the terminal device can correctly process the PDCP PDUs received from the target network device, so that the terminal device can correctly receive DL data.
  • the sixth indication information includes a first offset value and a second offset value, so
  • the first offset value is the offset of the third PDCP SN relative to the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU
  • the second offset value is the offset relative to the second PDCP SN.
  • the sixth indication information includes at least one PDCP SN in the third PDCP SN and at least one of the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device corresponding to the at least one PDCP SN in the third PDCP SN PDCP SN.
  • the sixth indication information further includes at least one PDCP SN in the second PDCP SN and the source network device corresponding to at least one PDCP SN in the second PDCP SN. At least one PDCP SN in the allocated PDCP SN.
  • the first offset value is determined according to the number of the second PDCP SDUs Yes
  • the second offset value is determined according to the first offset value and the number of fourth PDCP SDUs, where the fourth PDCP SDU is received by the target network device.
  • the target network device in the first PDCP SDU has already used the parameters corresponding to the target network device to perform the PDCP SDU corresponding to the PDCP layer processing.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication device for executing the method in any one of the first to eighth aspects or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects.
  • the device includes A module for executing the method in any one of the above-mentioned first aspect to the eighth aspect or any possible implementation manner of any one of the aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and a transceiver.
  • memory may also be included.
  • the memory is used to store instructions
  • the processor is used to execute instructions stored in the memory
  • the execution causes the processor to execute any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect Aspect or any possible implementation of any aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium for storing a computer program, and the computer program includes a computer program for executing any one of the first to eighth aspects or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects.
  • the instruction of the method in the way is not limited to.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute any or any one of the first to eighth aspects Any possible implementation of the method.
  • a chip including a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is used to call and execute instructions from the communication interface.
  • the processor executes the instructions, the first aspect to the The method in any one of the eighth aspect or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects.
  • the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory or instructions derived from other sources.
  • the processor is used to implement any one of the foregoing first to eighth aspects or the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the aspects.
  • a communication system in a fourteenth aspect, includes a device capable of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned first aspect, and the above-mentioned methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned second aspect are implemented. The function of the device.
  • a communication system in a fifteenth aspect, includes a device capable of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the foregoing third aspect, and the foregoing has the methods and various possible designs that implement the foregoing fourth aspect.
  • a communication system in a sixteenth aspect, includes a device capable of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned sixth aspect, and the above-mentioned methods and various possible designs are provided for implementing the above-mentioned seventh aspect.
  • Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which an embodiment of the present application is applied.
  • Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture to which an embodiment of the present application is applied.
  • Fig. 3 shows another schematic diagram of a network architecture to which an embodiment of the present application is applied.
  • Fig. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of data transmission at a PDCP layer.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of the user plane protocol stack architecture on the network device side corresponding to downlink data transmission
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G future 5th generation
  • NR new wireless
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as: user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), access terminal, user unit, user station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • access terminal user unit, user station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to the user, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and so on.
  • a handheld device with a wireless connection function for example, a vehicle-mounted device, and so on.
  • some examples of terminals are: mobile phones (mobile phones), tablet computers, notebook computers, handheld computers, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, and augmented reality.
  • augmented reality, AR equipment
  • wireless terminals in industrial control wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery
  • smart grids Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocols , SIP) phone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to wireless modem, vehicle Devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network or terminal devices in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • SIP wireless local loop
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • Its main technical feature is to pass items through communication technology. Connect with the network to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices.
  • the network device may also be called an access device or a radio access network device, and may be an evolved NodeB in the LTE system. , ENB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the access device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and the future
  • the access equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network can be the access point (AP) in the WLAN, or the gNB in the new radio (NR) system.
  • the application examples are not limited.
  • a network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU).
  • CU centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU).
  • -CP node user plane CU node
  • CU-UP node user plane CU node
  • RAN equipment of DU node may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU).
  • -CP node user plane CU node (CU-UP node) and RAN equipment of DU node.
  • Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which an embodiment of the present application is applied.
  • the source network device is the network device to which the serving cell where the terminal device is currently located
  • the target network device is the network device to which the target cell to which the terminal device will be handed over belongs.
  • the source network device and the target network device may be base stations of the same radio access type (RAT), or may be base stations of different RATs.
  • RAT radio access type
  • Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture to which an embodiment of the present application is applied.
  • the communication between network equipment and terminal equipment follows a certain protocol layer structure.
  • the control plane protocol layer structure can include the radio resource control (RRC) layer, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, the radio link control (RLC) layer, and the media interface. Access control (media access control, MAC) layer and physical layer and other protocol layer functions.
  • the user plane protocol layer structure can include the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer; in one implementation, the PDCP layer can also include the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) Floor.
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • the access device can include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU) , Multiple DUs can be centrally controlled by one CU.
  • CU centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network.
  • the functions of the PDCP layer and the above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below the PDCP, such as the RLC layer and MAC layer, are set in the DU.
  • the CU has functions above the PDCP layer (including PDCP, SDAP, and RRC), and the DU has functions below the PDCP layer (including RLC, MAC, and PHY).
  • This type of protocol layer division is just an example, it can also be divided in other protocol layers, for example, in the RLC layer, the functions of the RLC layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the functions of the protocol layers below the RLC layer are set in the DU; Or, in a certain protocol layer, for example, part of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU. In addition, it can also be divided in other ways, for example, by time delay. The functions that need to meet the delay requirement for processing time are set in the DU, and the functions that do not need to meet the delay requirement are set in the CU.
  • Fig. 3 shows another schematic diagram of a network architecture to which an embodiment of the present application is applied.
  • the control plane (CP) and user plane (UP) of the CU can also be separated and divided into different entities for implementation, namely the control plane CU entity (CU-CP entity) and the user plane CU entity (CU-UP entity).
  • CU-CP entity control plane CU entity
  • CU-UP entity user plane CU entity
  • the signaling generated by the CU can be sent to the terminal device through the DU, or the signaling generated by the terminal device can be sent to the CU through the DU.
  • the DU can directly pass the protocol layer encapsulation without analyzing the signaling and transparently transmit it to the terminal device or CU. If the following embodiments involve the transmission of such signaling between the DU and the terminal device, at this time, the sending or receiving of the signaling by the DU includes this scenario.
  • the CU is divided into network equipment on the RAN side of the access network.
  • the CU may also be divided into network equipment on the CN side of the core network, which is not limited here.
  • the devices in the following embodiments of the present application may be located in terminal equipment or network equipment according to their realized functions.
  • the network device may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • Fig. 4 shows a schematic flow chart of data transmission by the PDCP layer.
  • the sending end when performing uplink data transmission, the sending end may be a terminal device, and the receiving end may be a network device.
  • the sending end when performing downlink data transmission, the sending end may be a network device, and the receiving end may be a terminal device.
  • the relevant parameters corresponding to the sender can be used , Process the PDCP service data unit (service data unit, SDU).
  • the PDCP layer of the sender may perform PDCP sequence number (sequence number, SN) allocation and header compression (header compression) to the PDCP SDU in the transmission buffer (transmission buffer).
  • header compression, integrity protection, ciphering, add PDCP header, routing/duplication, etc. are processed to generate PDCP protocol data unit, PDU).
  • the PDCP layer at the receiving end can use related parameters (such as header decompression context, integrity verification parameters, keys, etc.) to process the received PDCP PDUs.
  • the PDCP layer at the receiving end may remove the PDCP header (remove PDCP header) from the received PDCP PDU. After removing the PDCP header, perform deciphering, integrity verification, reordering and duplicate discarding in the reception buffer, and then perform header decompression ( header decomposition) and other processing to get PDCP SDUs.
  • the PDCP layer at the receiving end or the transmitting end has a bearing granularity. That is, for one or more bearers established (or existing) between the terminal device and the network device, each of the one or more bearers has its own corresponding PDCP layer. In other words, corresponding to any one of the one or more bearers, the terminal device and the network device respectively establish (or exist) a PDCP layer corresponding to any one of the bearers.
  • the bearer includes a data radio bearer (DRB) and/or a signaling radio bearer (SRB).
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is in the process of switching from the source network device to the target network device, it does not support the terminal device to simultaneously perform uplink (UL) data transmission with the source network device and the target network device. That is, at a certain moment in the handover process, the terminal device performs UL data transmission with one of the source network device or the target network device. In other words, there is a moment in the handover process. Before this moment, the terminal device performs UL data transmission with the source network device, and after this moment, the terminal device performs UL data transmission with the target network device.
  • UL uplink
  • UL data transmission may include at least one of the following: physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission, hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement, ACK/NACK) feedback transmission, automatic repeat request (ARQ) ACK/NACK feedback transmission, channel status information (CSI) feedback transmission, robust header compression (ROHC) feedback Transmission, media access control (medium access control, MAC) control element (CE) transmission, physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) transmission.
  • the MAC CE may include, for example, a buffer status report (buffer status report, BSR), a power headroom report (power headroom report, PHR), and so on.
  • PUSCH transmission may include transmission of new data packets (such as new PDCP SDUs) and transmission of unacknowledged data packets (such as unacknowledged PDCP SDUs).
  • the embodiment of the present application can also be described as that the UL data transmission is switched from the source network device to the target network device at the above moment. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application clearly defines the moment when the UL data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device, so as to ensure that the terminal device reduces the interruption delay of UL data transmission during the switching process. Helps realize UL data transmission with 0ms interruption.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be applied to a wireless communication system, and communication devices in the wireless communication system may have a wireless communication connection relationship.
  • One of the communication devices may be, for example, a source network device or a chip configured in the source network device, and the other of the communication devices may be, for example, a target access device or a chip configured in a target device.
  • the other one of the communication devices may be a terminal device, or a chip configured in the terminal device, for example.
  • a data transmission process of a terminal device is taken as an example to describe the embodiments of the present application in detail. It can be understood that any terminal device in the wireless communication system or the chip configured in the terminal device can perform data transmission based on the same method, and any network device in the wireless communication system or the chip configured in the network device can be Data transmission can be based on the same method. This application does not limit this.
  • PUSCH transmission For convenience, the following description will be given by taking "UL data transmission” as “PUSCH transmission” as an example, but the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • the "PUSCH transmission” appearing below can also be replaced with any one or more of the above-mentioned “UL data transmission”.
  • "PUSCH transmission” can be replaced with “HARQ ACK/NACK feedback transmission”
  • "PUSCH transmission” can be replaced with "ARQ ACK/NACK feedback transmission”
  • PUSCH transmission can be replaced with "PUSCH transmission and HARQ ACK/NACK feedback transmission”, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the data transmission solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to other uplink data that the terminal device needs to send to the network device.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method 500 from the perspective of device interaction. As shown in FIG. 5, the data transmission method 500 may include steps 510 to 530.
  • the network device acquires first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from performing physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to performing PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the terminal device before receiving the first indication information, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device, and after receiving the first indication information, starts PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the terminal device may stop PUSCH transmission with the source network device, and start PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the network device may refer to the data transmission between the terminal device and the network device through the PUSCH.
  • the first indication information may be a binary value (such as a bit), or a Boolean value, or a certain cell, or other manifestations, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the bit of the first indication information is "1”
  • the first indication information is a Boolean value and the Boolean value is "true”
  • the network device that executes the method 500 may be a source network device or a target network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device may send a handover message to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to change the serving base station.
  • the terminal device After receiving the handover message, the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the target network device. After the establishment of RRC with the target network device is completed, the terminal device starts data transmission with the target network device.
  • the handover message may be an RRC reconfiguration message including a synchronization reconfiguration (ReconfigurationWithSync) cell, or the handover message may be an RRC connection reconfiguration message including a mobility control information (MobilityControlInfo) cell. Not limited.
  • the terminal device after receiving the "handover message", can still maintain the RRC connection/data transmission with the source network device. For example, the terminal device can continue to communicate with the source network device. PUSCH transmission and/or PDSCH transmission are carried out in between, until the network device (such as the source network device or the target network device) notifies the terminal device to release the RRC connection/data transmission with the source network device.
  • the network device such as the source network device or the target network device
  • the terminal device performs PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the handover message, and after receiving the handover message, it can still maintain the PUSCH transmission with the source network device.
  • the network device sends the foregoing first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first indication information.
  • the first indication information may be that after the terminal device successfully accesses/switches to the target network device (for example, after the RRC establishment between the terminal device and the target network device is completed), the source network device or The target network device sent to the terminal device.
  • the target network device or the source network device may perform step 520, that is, the target network device or the source network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the target network device may send indication information to the source network device to indicate that the terminal device has successfully accessed/switched to the target network device.
  • the source network device may send the foregoing first instruction information to the terminal device.
  • the source network device may receive the first indication information from the target network device.
  • the terminal device switches from performing PUSCH transmission with the source network device to performing PUSCH transmission with the target network device according to the first indication information.
  • the UL data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device.
  • the terminal device may also receive the first indication information sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device may start PUSCH transmission with the target network device, and the terminal device may maintain PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first indication information. That is, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device until the first indication information is received, and after receiving the first indication information, the terminal device can perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the terminal device may start PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the terminal device may continue to maintain PUSCH transmission with the source network device. For example, if the terminal device supports the capability, the terminal device may continue to transmit the PUSCH after receiving the first indication information. Continue to maintain the PUSCH transmission with the source network device until the source network device has a radio link failure.
  • the network device sends the first instruction information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to switch from PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, that is, when receiving the first instruction information
  • the PUSCH transmission with the source network device was maintained before, and after receiving the first indication information, the PUSCH transmission with the target network device is started.
  • the embodiment of the application can clearly define that the PUSCH data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device.
  • the time of the network equipment is to ensure that the terminal equipment reduces the UL data transmission interruption time delay during the handover process, and further helps the terminal equipment to achieve 0ms data transmission interruption during the handover process.
  • the target network device may send the first indication information to After the terminal device sends a random access response (RAR) message, the source network device or the target network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • RAR random access response
  • the terminal device can receive the first indication information after receiving the RAR message sent by the target network device, and after receiving the first indication information, perform PUSCH transmission with the source network device into PUSCH transmission with the target network device. That is, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first indication information, and performs PUSCH transmission with the target network device after receiving the first indication information.
  • the target network device after the target network device sends a random access response (RAR) message and UL grant information to the terminal device, the source network device or the target network device sends the first network device to the terminal device.
  • RAR random access response
  • the terminal device may receive the first indication information after receiving the random access response RAR message sent by the target network device and the UL grant information allocated by the target network device, and after receiving the first indication information, the terminal device can communicate with the source
  • the network device performs PUSCH transmission into PUSCH transmission with the target network device, that is, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first instruction information, and after receiving the first instruction information, communicates with the target network device.
  • the device performs PUSCH transmission.
  • the source network device or the target network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may receive the first indication information after receiving the UL grant information allocated by the target network device, and after receiving the first indication information, perform PUSCH transmission with the source network device into PUSCH transmission with the target network device. Transmission, that is, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first indication information, and performs PUSCH transmission with the target network device after receiving the first indication information.
  • the terminal device may send the RRC reconfiguration complete message, and/or receive the RAR message, and/or receive the UL grant information
  • the PUSCH transmission with the source network device is converted to the PUSCH transmission with the target network device. That is, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before sending the RRC reconfiguration complete message, and/or receiving the RAR message, and/or receiving the UL grant information, and sends the RRC reconfiguration complete message, and/or Or after receiving the RAR message, and/or receiving the UL grant information, perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the network device may also determine the second indication information, which is used to indicate the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device The smallest data convergence protocol PDCP serial number SN.
  • the network device may send the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the network device may be a source network device or a target network device.
  • the terminal device receives the second indication information.
  • the uplink data packet may be a PUSCH data packet.
  • the PUSCH data packet may include new data packets (such as new PDCP SDUs) and unacknowledged data packets (such as unacknowledged PDCP SDUs). In this way, the terminal device can determine the PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device according to the second indication information.
  • the minimum PDCP SN may be the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent to the target network device after the terminal device is converted to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the second indication information includes the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device.
  • the network device can directly indicate to the terminal device the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device.
  • the source network device before sending the foregoing first indication information to the terminal device, the source network device has successfully received an uplink data packet with a PDCP SN of 0-50 from the terminal device.
  • the second indication information may be 51, which indicates that the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet that the terminal device will send to the target network device is 51.
  • the smallest PDCP SN is 51.
  • the source network device before sending the above-mentioned first indication information to the terminal device, the source network device has successfully received from the terminal device an uplink data packet with a PDCP SN of 0-45 and a PDCP SN of 48, 50.
  • the second indication information may be 46, indicating that the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet that the terminal device will send to the target network device is 46, and the second indication information can also indicate that the PDCP SN is 46.
  • the upstream data packet was not successfully received by the source network device. That is, the terminal device needs to retransmit the uplink data packet whose PDCP SN is 46. For example, the terminal device sends the uplink data packet whose PDCP SN is 46 to the target network device.
  • the terminal device also sends uplink data packets with PDCP SN of 47-50 respectively, and subsequent uplink data packets to the target network device.
  • the second indication information may be 46, 47, and 49, indicating that the PDCP SN of the first three uplink data packets that the terminal device will send to the target network device are 46, 47, and 49 respectively, and at the same time
  • the second indication information can also indicate that the uplink data packets whose PDCP SNs are 46, 47, and 49 are not successfully received by the source network device. In other words, the terminal device needs to retransmit the uplink data packets whose PDCP SN is 46, 47, and 49.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink data packets whose PDCP SN is 46, PDCP SN is 47, and PDCP SN is 49.
  • Target network device After that, the terminal device sends the uplink data packet with the PDCP SN of 51 and later to the target network device.
  • the second indication information may include a UL PDCP status report, and the UL PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device.
  • the UL PDCP status report is generated by the source network device according to the reception status of the uplink data packet received from the terminal device, and is used to indicate the reception status of the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the source network device, where the reception status includes successful reception Or the reception fails.
  • the above “received successfully” refers to the network device successfully receiving the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device, and it can also be described as the terminal device successfully sending the uplink data packet to the network device, and the two indicate the same or similar meaning.
  • the above-mentioned “reception failure” refers to that the network device did not successfully receive the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device. It can also be described as the terminal device failed to send the uplink data packet to the network device, and the two have the same or similar meaning.
  • the source network device before sending the above-mentioned first indication information to the terminal device, the source network device generates/acquires the PDCP status report of the uplink data packet whose PDCP SN is 0-50 sent by the terminal device.
  • the PDCP status report is used to indicate that the uplink data packets with PDCP SN 0-50 sent by the terminal device to the source network device are successfully received, the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device is 51.
  • the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device is 48.
  • the terminal device needs to retransmit uplink data packets with PDCP SN of 48 and 50 respectively. For example, the terminal device sends uplink data packets with PDCP SN of 48 and PDCP SN of 50 to the target network device.
  • the terminal device needs to retransmit the uplink data packets with PDCP SN of 48, 49, and 50 respectively. For example, the terminal device sets PDCP SN to 48, PDCP SN to 49, and PDCP SN to 50.
  • the uplink data packet is sent to the target network device. After that, the terminal device sends the uplink data packet with the PDCP SN of 51 and later to the target network device.
  • the second indication information may include the PDCP SN corresponding to the last uplink data packet in the sequenced uplink data packets successfully sent by the terminal device to the source network device, then the terminal device sends the data to the target network device at this time.
  • the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet (or the smallest PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device) is the first PDCP SN after the PDCP SN included in the second indication information.
  • the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device is the PDCP SN included in the second indication information plus "1".
  • the second indication information may include the largest PDCP SN in the sequential uplink data packets successfully sent by the terminal device to the source network device, then the smallest uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device at this time
  • the PDCP SN is the first PDCP SN after the PDCP SN included in the second indication information.
  • the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device is the PDCP SN included in the second indication information plus "1".
  • the source network device before sending the foregoing first indication information to the terminal device, the source network device has successfully received an uplink data packet with a PDCP SN of 0-50 from the terminal device.
  • the second indication information may be 50, indicating that the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet that the terminal device will send to the target network device is 51, or the minimum value of the uplink data packet that the terminal device will send to the target network device The PDCP SN is 51.
  • the source network device before sending the above-mentioned first indication information to the terminal device, the source network device has successfully received from the terminal device an uplink data packet with a PDCP SN of 0-45 and a PDCP SN of 48, 50.
  • the second indication information may be 45, indicating that the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet that the terminal device will send to the target network device is 46, and the second indication information can also indicate that the PDCP SN is 46.
  • the upstream data packet was not successfully received by the source network device. That is, the terminal device needs to retransmit the uplink data packet whose PDCP SN is 46.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink data packet whose PDCP SN is 46 to the target network device.
  • the terminal device also sends uplink data packets with PDCP SN of 47-50 respectively, and subsequent uplink data packets to the target network device.
  • the target network device may first obtain an uplink PDCP status report from the source network device, and then determine the uplink PDCP status report that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device based on the PDCP status report The minimum PDCP SN of the data packet, or the PDCP status report is sent to the terminal device.
  • the source network device when the method 500 is executed by the source network device, can determine the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device after generating the PDCP status report, and then The minimum PDCP SN is sent to the terminal device.
  • the source network device may send the PDCP status report to the terminal device.
  • the PDCP SN included in the foregoing second indication information may be of a bearer granularity. That is, each bearer may have its own corresponding PDCP SN value, and the above PDCP SN corresponding to each bearer may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the bearer refers to a radio bearer (RB) between a terminal device and a network device.
  • the RB may be a data radio bearer (DRB) or a signaling radio bearer (SRB), but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the RBs established/existed between the terminal device and the network device include RB1 and RB2, and the second indication information may be used to indicate the first PDCP SN corresponding to RB1 and the second PDCP SN corresponding to RB2.
  • the first PDCP SN and the second PDCP SN may be the same or different.
  • the second indication information may be used to indicate the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device on RB1 to the target network device (or the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device on RB1 to the target network device) SN), and the second indication information may be used to indicate the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device on RB2 to the target network device (or the smallest value of the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device on RB2 to the target network device) PDCP SN).
  • the second indication information may be used to indicate the largest PDCP SN in the sequential uplink data packets successfully sent by the terminal device on RB1 to the source network device (or, the sequential uplink data packets successfully sent by the terminal device on RB1 to the source network device)
  • the PDCP SN corresponding to the last uplink data packet in the data packet and the second indication information can be used to indicate the largest PDCP SN (or, The PDCP SN corresponding to the last uplink data packet in the sequenced uplink data packets successfully sent by the terminal device on the RB2 to the source network device.
  • the foregoing second indication information may also include the RB identity (ID) corresponding to the PDCP SN.
  • the RBs established/existing between the terminal device and the network device include RB1 and RB2, and the second indication information may be used to indicate the first PDCP SN corresponding to RB1.
  • the second indication information further includes the RB ID (such as "1") corresponding to the first PDCP SN.
  • the second indication information may be used to indicate the second PDCP SN corresponding to RB2.
  • the second indication information further includes the RB ID (such as "2") corresponding to the second PDCP SN.
  • the above-mentioned second indication information may not include the RB ID, and the association relationship between the PDCP SN and the RB contained in the second indication information is agreed by the agreement.
  • the first PDCP SN included in the second indication information corresponds to the smallest RB ID
  • the second PDCP SN included in the second indication information corresponds to the next smallest RB ID
  • the second indication information includes The last PDCP SN corresponds to the largest RB ID.
  • the first PDCP SN included in the second indication information corresponds to the largest RB ID
  • the second PDCP SN included in the second indication information corresponds to the second largest RB ID
  • the second indication information The last PDCP SN included corresponds to the smallest RB ID.
  • other correspondences between PDCP SN and RB may also be agreed upon, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the maximum/minimum RB ID here refers to the maximum/minimum RB ID corresponding to the RB established/existing between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the second indication information may be of bearing granularity.
  • each bearer may have corresponding second indication information.
  • the second indication information corresponding to the first bearer may indicate the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device on the first bearer.
  • the second indication information is of bearer granularity, and it can also be understood that PDCP SN is of bearer granularity.
  • the second indication information when the second indication information is sent on the first bearer, the second indication information may be used to indicate that on the first bearer, the terminal device needs to send the minimum uplink data packet to the target network device.
  • PDCP SN when the network device sends the second indication information, it may also indicate to the terminal device the bearer identifier corresponding to the second indication information.
  • the network device when the second indication information is sent on the first bearer, the network device may indicate to the terminal device the RB ID corresponding to the second indication information, that is, the RB ID corresponding to the first bearer.
  • the terminal device can determine the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device on the bearer according to the bearer used for sending the second indication information.
  • the terminal device can determine the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent to the target network device when the terminal device and the target network device transmit the uplink data packet corresponding to the bearer according to the bearer used for sending the second indication information.
  • the second indication information may be included in a layer 2 message.
  • the second indication information or other messages may be sent through a PDCP control PDU, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the second indication information corresponding to different bearers can be sent through layer 2 messages (such as PDCP control PDU messages) on each bearer. That is, the layer 2 message sent on a certain bearer can include the corresponding bearer.
  • the second instruction information may also include a bearer identifier corresponding to the second indication information.
  • the network device transmits the second indication information through the PDCP control PDU. For example, if the network device sends the first PDCP control PDU on the first bearer and the first PDCP control PDU contains the second indication information, then On the first bearer, the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device may be determined according to the second indication information included in the first PDCP control PDU.
  • the terminal device needs to send an uplink data packet to the target network device
  • the minimum PDCP SN may be determined according to the second indication information included in the second PDCP control PDU.
  • the network device transmits the second indication information through the RRC message, for example, if the RRC message contains the second indication information corresponding to the first bearer, the second indication information corresponding to the second bearer, and optionally
  • the RRC message also includes the bearer identifier corresponding to the first bearer and the bearer identifier corresponding to the second bearer.
  • the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device can be based on The second indication information corresponding to the first bearer is determined; on the second bearer, the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device can be determined according to the second indication information corresponding to the second bearer.
  • the target network device may also allocate uplink grant (UL grant) information to the terminal device, and the uplink grant information is used for PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the target network device.
  • the terminal device can obtain the UL grant according to the UL grant information, and use the UL grant to perform uplink data transmission with the target network device.
  • the UL grant information may include PUSCH resource information, modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) information, etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the target network device may send the uplink authorization information to the terminal device.
  • the target network device may send the uplink authorization information to the source network device, and then the source network device sends the uplink authorization information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the uplink authorization information. In this way, after receiving the uplink authorization information, the terminal device can send an uplink data packet to the target network device according to the uplink authorization information.
  • the terminal device may also obtain uplink authorization information in advance.
  • pre-acquisition may include indication or pre-defined by network device signaling, for example, protocol definition.
  • pre-defined can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and network equipment). This application does not make any specific implementation methods. limited.
  • At least one of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the uplink authorization information may be included in the same message and sent to the terminal device, or separately sent to the terminal device in different messages This embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • the second indication information may also be used to instruct the terminal device to switch from physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the minimum data convergence protocol PDCP sequence number SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device after the terminal device is converted to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device can be instructed to implicitly indicate that the terminal device is transferred from The physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device is converted to the PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the first indication information is optional, that is, the first indication information may not be sent.
  • the first indication information may also be UL uplink grant information, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the foregoing message may be an RRC message, or a layer 2 message, or a physical layer message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the layer 2 message may be, for example, PDCP control (control) PDU, MAC CE, and so on.
  • the physical layer message may be, for example, downlink control information (DCI) or the like.
  • the message when the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device corresponds to multiple uplink bearers, if the above message is an RRC message, MAC CE, or DCI, the message may also include 2. The RB ID corresponding to the PDCP SN indicated by the indication information, or the RB ID corresponding to the second indication information. If the message carrying the second indication information is a PDCP control PDU, the PDCP control PDU may be sent on its corresponding RB. In this way, the terminal device can determine the RB ID corresponding to the PDCP SN indicated by the second indication information or the RB ID corresponding to the second indication information according to the RB receiving the PDCP control PDU.
  • the message when the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device corresponds to multiple uplink bearers, if the above message is an RRC message, MAC CE, or DCI, the message may not include The RB ID corresponding to the PDCP SN indicated by the second indication information or does not include the RB ID corresponding to the second indication information.
  • the correspondence between PDCP SN and RB ID can be defined in advance.
  • the network device pre-configures the correspondence between the PDCP SN and the RB ID, or the correspondence between the PDCP SN and the RB ID may be pre-defined by a protocol, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to transfer the uplink data transmission (for example, PUSCH data transmission) of the terminal device from the source network device to the target network device through the network device. After that, it starts to perform uplink data transmission with the target network device to ensure that the terminal device reduces the UL data transmission interruption delay during the handover process, and further, helps to achieve 0ms UL data transmission interruption. Further, by instructing the terminal device to transmit the minimum PDCP SN or UL grant information of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, thereby informing the terminal device how to correctly communicate with the target network device.
  • the network equipment performs uplink data transmission to ensure correct reception on the network equipment side.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method 600 shown from the perspective of device interaction.
  • the target network device sends the above-mentioned first indication information to the terminal device.
  • FIG. 6 shows the steps or operations of the data transmission method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 6.
  • the various steps in FIG. 6 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 6, and it is possible that not all the operations in FIG. 6 are to be performed.
  • the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the handover message.
  • the handover message may be an RRC reconfiguration message including a synchronization reconfiguration ReconfigurationWithSync cell, or the handover message may be an RRC connection reconfiguration message including a mobility control information MobilityControlInfo cell, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application. .
  • the handover message may contain relevant information of the target cell, such as the physical cell identifier (PCI) of the target cell, frequency information of the target cell, and the temporary cell wireless network identifier assigned by the target cell to the terminal device.
  • PCI physical cell identifier
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identifier
  • RACH random access control channel
  • the target network device may send the handover message to the terminal device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the handover message, the terminal device can still perform PUSCH transmission with the source network device.
  • the terminal device may use the first parameter corresponding to the source network device to process the PDCP SDU to be sent to the source network device.
  • the first parameter corresponding to the source network device may include at least one of the following: the header compression context corresponding to the source network device (such as ROHC context), the key corresponding to the source network device, Integrity protection parameters corresponding to the source network device, etc.
  • the terminal device uses the header compression context corresponding to the source network device for header compression, uses the integrity protection parameter corresponding to the source network device for integrity protection, and uses the key corresponding to the source network device for encryption and other processing.
  • the terminal device can still perform PDSCH transmission with the source network device.
  • the terminal device can still receive the PDCP PDU from the source network device.
  • the terminal device may use the second parameter corresponding to the source network device to process the PDCP PDU received from the source network device.
  • the second parameter corresponding to the source network device includes at least one of the following: the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device (such as ROHC context), the key corresponding to the source network device, Integrity verification parameters corresponding to the source network device, etc.
  • the terminal device uses the key corresponding to the source network device to decrypt, uses the integrity verification parameter corresponding to the source network device to perform integrity verification, and uses the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device to perform header decompression and other processing.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC reconfiguration complete) message to the target network device.
  • RRC reconfiguration complete RRC reconfiguration complete
  • the RRC reconfiguration complete message indicates that the terminal device has successfully switched to the target network device, or indicates that the establishment of the RRC connection/data transmission channel between the terminal device and the target network device is completed.
  • the target network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message.
  • the terminal device can try to handover to the target cell according to the information content contained in the handover message. For example, the terminal device performs a random access procedure with the target cell. After the random access procedure is successful, the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC reconfiguration complete) message to the network device to which the target cell belongs (that is, the target network device).
  • RRC reconfiguration complete RRC reconfiguration complete
  • the target network device After receiving the RRC reconfiguration complete message, the target network device sends third indication information to the source network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate to the source network device that the terminal device has successfully accessed (ie switched) to the target network equipment.
  • the source network device After receiving the third indication information, the source network device sends the UL PDCP status report to the target network device.
  • the UL PDCP status report is generated by the source network device according to the reception status of the uplink data packet received from the terminal device, and is used to indicate the reception status of the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the source network device.
  • the UL PDCP status report can be referred to the description in FIG. 5. For brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • the target network device sends a first message to the terminal device, where the first message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device .
  • the first message may also include second indication information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to send the minimum uplink data packet to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • PDCP SN may be a specific value X, or the foregoing UL PDCP status report, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the value X is used to represent PDCP SN, and X is a natural number.
  • the target network device may also allocate uplink authorization information to the terminal device.
  • the first message may also include uplink authorization information allocated by the target network device to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information, the second indication information, and the uplink authorization information can be referred to the description in FIG. 5, which is not repeated here for brevity.
  • the first message may be an RRC message, PDCP control PDU, MAC CE, or DCI, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the value X (ie, PDCP SN) and UL PDCP status report may be carried in a granular manner, or the second indication information may be carried in a granular manner.
  • the second indication information may be carried in a granular manner.
  • the terminal device performs uplink transmission conversion.
  • uplink transmission conversion refers to PUSCH transmission conversion.
  • the terminal device can switch from PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the terminal device After completing the uplink transmission conversion, the terminal device performs PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device until the first message is received (or until the UL grant information allocated by the target network device is obtained). After receiving the first message (or after obtaining UL grant information allocated by the target network device), the terminal device may perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device. Optionally, if the terminal device is capable of supporting it, after receiving the first message, the terminal device may continue to maintain PUSCH transmission with the source network device until the source network device has a radio link failure.
  • the terminal device may use the first parameter corresponding to the target network device to process the PDCP SDU to be sent to the target network device.
  • the first parameter corresponding to the target network device includes at least one of the following: a header corresponding to the target network device Compression context (such as ROHC context), key corresponding to the target network device, integrity protection parameters corresponding to the target network device, etc.
  • the terminal device uses the header compression context corresponding to the target network device for header compression, uses the integrity protection parameters corresponding to the target network device for integrity protection, and uses the target
  • the key corresponding to the network device performs encryption and other processing. For details, please refer to the description in FIG.
  • the terminal device can receive the PDCP PDU from the target network device.
  • the terminal device uses the second parameter corresponding to the target network device to process the PDCP PDU received from the target network device.
  • the second parameter corresponding to the target network device includes at least one of the following: a header corresponding to the target network device Decompression context (such as ROHC context), key corresponding to the target network device, integrity verification parameters corresponding to the target network device, etc.
  • the terminal device uses the key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt, uses the integrity verification parameter corresponding to the target network device to perform integrity verification, and uses the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device to perform header decompression and other processing.
  • the key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt
  • the integrity verification parameter corresponding to the target network device to perform integrity verification
  • the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device to perform header decompression and other processing.
  • the terminal device is instructed by the network device to indicate the time when the PUSCH data transmission of the terminal device is converted from the source network device to the target network device, which is beneficial to realize that the terminal device starts to communicate with the target network after determining the above-mentioned conversion time.
  • the device performs uplink data transmission to ensure that the terminal device reduces the UL data transmission interruption delay during the handover process, and further, helps to achieve 0ms UL data transmission interruption.
  • the terminal device is notified how to correctly communicate with the target network device.
  • the network equipment performs uplink data transmission to ensure correct reception on the network equipment side. At this time, the source network device does not need to forward the first indication information, so system signaling overhead can be saved.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method 700 from the perspective of device interaction.
  • the source network device sends the above-mentioned first indication information to the terminal device.
  • FIG. 7 shows the steps or operations of the data transmission method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 7.
  • the various steps in FIG. 7 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 7, and it is possible that not all the operations in FIG. 7 are to be performed.
  • the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the handover message.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the handover message, the terminal device can still perform PUSCH transmission with the source network device.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC reconfiguration complete) message to the target network device, indicating that the terminal device has successfully switched to the target network device, or indicating that the RRC connection/data transmission channel between the terminal device and the target network device has been established. .
  • RRC reconfiguration complete RRC reconfiguration complete
  • the target network device After receiving the RRC reconfiguration complete message, the target network device sends third indication information to the source network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate to the source network device that the terminal device has successfully accessed (ie switched) to the target network equipment.
  • 701 to 704 please refer to the description of 601 to 604 in FIG.
  • the target network device may also allocate uplink authorization information to the terminal device.
  • the target network device may also send the uplink authorization information to the source network device.
  • the uplink authorization information and the third indication information may be carried in the same message and sent to the source network device, or sent separately to the terminal device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the uplink authorization information can be referred to the description in FIG. 5, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • the source network device sends a second message to the terminal device, where the second message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device .
  • the second message may also include second indication information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to send the minimum uplink data packet to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • PDCP SN As an example, the second indication information may be a specific value X or a UL PDCP status report, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Among them, the value X is used to represent PDCP SN, and X is a natural number.
  • the second message may also include the uplink authorization information allocated by the target network device to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information, the second indication information, and the uplink authorization information can be referred to the description in FIG. 5, which is not repeated here for brevity.
  • the second message may be an RRC message, PDCP control PDU, MAC CE, or DCI, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the value X (ie, PDCP SN) and UL PDCP status report may be carried in a granular manner, or the second indication information may be carried in a granular manner.
  • the second indication information may be carried in a granular manner.
  • the terminal device performs uplink transmission conversion.
  • the terminal device After completing the uplink transmission conversion, the terminal device performs PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • 706 and 707 can be referred to the descriptions of 607 and 608 in FIG.
  • the terminal device is instructed by the network device to indicate the time when the PUSCH data transmission of the terminal device is converted from the source network device to the target network device, which is beneficial to realize that the terminal device starts to communicate with the target network after determining the above-mentioned conversion time.
  • the device performs uplink data transmission to ensure that the terminal device reduces the UL data transmission interruption delay during the handover process, and further, helps to achieve 0ms UL data transmission interruption. Further, by instructing the terminal device to transmit the minimum PDCP SN or UL grant information of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, the terminal device is notified how to correctly communicate with the target network device.
  • the network equipment performs uplink data transmission to ensure correct reception on the network equipment side.
  • the source network device may receive the first indication information from the target network device and/or the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device. At this time, the source network device forwards the first indication information and/or the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device, which can be more flexible to indicate the above conversion time and/or terminal device needs to the terminal device The minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent to the target network device.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of the user plane protocol stack architecture on the network device side corresponding to downlink (DL) data transmission.
  • the source network device can allocate PDCP SNs to the PDCP SDUs respectively.
  • the source network device may forward all or part of the PDCP SDUs allocated with the PDCP SN and the PDCP SN (PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN) associated with each of the PDCP SDUs to the target network device.
  • PDCP SDUs that are not forwarded to the target network device are processed by the source network device such as header compression, encryption, and header addition, and then sent to the terminal device via the RLC1, MAC1, and PHY1 of the source network device.
  • These PDCP SDUs forwarded to the target network device are processed by the target network device such as header compression, encryption, and header addition, and then sent to the terminal device via the RLC2, MAC2, and PHY2 of the target network device.
  • FIG. 8 shows an example of the PDCP layer, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. As an example, FIG. 8 shows some of the functions of the PDCP layer. For details, refer to the description in FIG. 4.
  • duplication can be performed on the network device side, that is, for data corresponding to a certain PDCP SN, the source network device can produce 2 PDCP SDUs.
  • One of the PDCP SDUs is compressed and encrypted by the source network device itself, that is, compressed using the header compression context of the source network device (for example, header compression #1 in Figure 8), encrypted using the key of the source network device, etc.
  • a PDCP PDU is generated, and then sent by the source network device to the terminal device.
  • Another PDCP SDU is forwarded by the source network device to the target network device, and the target network device performs compression, encryption, etc., that is, uses the header compression context of the target network device for compression (for example, header compression #2 in Figure 8), use After the key of the target network device is encrypted and other processing (such as encryption #2 in FIG. 8), a PDCP PDU is generated.
  • the target network device can send the above-mentioned PDCP PDU(s) processed by the target network device to the terminal equipment.
  • the network device side may not perform duplication, that is, the source network device may receive one or more PDCP SDU(s) from the UPF, and the source network device's own PDCP layer performs header compression, After encryption and other processing, it is sent to the terminal device.
  • the source network device can allocate PDCP SN to one or more PDCP SDU(s) received from UPF, and then forward these PDCP SDU(s) (ie, PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN) respectively allocated with PDCP SN
  • the target network device performs header compression and encryption.
  • the target network device can send the PDCP PDU(s) processed by the target network device to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device After receiving the handover message, the terminal device can maintain the data transmission with the source network device, that is, the terminal device side maintains the user plane protocol stack architecture corresponding to the source network device, and the user plane protocol corresponding to the source network device The stack does not perform layer 2 recovery/re-establishment.
  • the terminal device establishes a user plane protocol stack architecture corresponding to the target network device for random access and data transmission with the target network device.
  • layer 2 includes the MAC/RLC/PDCP protocol layer.
  • the terminal device Before the terminal device releases the connection with the source network device, the terminal device maintains two sets of security keys (also referred to as security contexts)/two sets of header compression contexts (or header decompression contexts).
  • the terminal device uses the corresponding key/header decompression context to process the received data packet (PDCP PDU(s)) according to whether the received data packet comes from the source network device or the target network device.
  • the terminal device uses the security key corresponding to the source network device to decrypt, and the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device performs header decompression and other processing.
  • the terminal device For the PDCP PDU(s) received from the target network device, the terminal device uses the security key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt, and the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device performs header decompression and other processing.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device successfully accesses the target network device, it can use the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device and the key corresponding to the target network device to process the data packets (PDCP PDU(s)) received from the target network device.
  • PDCP PDU(s) data packets
  • the source network device may have unsuccessfully sent DL data to the terminal device. The time source network device needs to forward these unsuccessfully sent DL data packets to the target network device, and then the target network device sends it to the terminal device.
  • the source network device transfers to the target network device the PDCP SDU(s) each assigned with PDCP SN, after the target network device receives these PDCP SDU(s) each assigned with PDCP SN, it uses the corresponding header compression of the target network device
  • the context and the key corresponding to the target network device perform header compression and encryption on these PDCP SDUs.
  • this may cause the terminal device to fail to correctly receive the DL data received from the target network device.
  • the packets for header decompression are required to be in order.
  • ROHC robust header compression
  • the terminal device receives the data packets from the network device side.
  • the PDCP SN of the received downlink data packet is out of order, which will cause the header decompression of the terminal device to be out of order/failure, which will cause the DL reception to fail.
  • the source network device After the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device, for a certain DL bearer, the source network device continues to send PDCP SN 10-100 data packets to the terminal device, that is, the source network device uses its own corresponding After the header compression context performs header compression and its own key is encrypted, it is sent to the terminal device.
  • the source network device can forward PDCP SDUs with PDCP SN 101-120 to the target network device.
  • the target network device uses the header compression context corresponding to the target network device, and the key pair PDCP SN corresponding to the target network device is 101- After 120 PDCP SDUs undergo header compression, encryption, and other processing, PDCP PDUs are generated.
  • the target network device can send PDCP PDUs starting with PDCP SN 101 to the terminal device in sequence. That is to say, the target network device sends PDCP PDUs of 101, 102, ... obtained by processing the header compression context/key on the target network device side to the terminal device. If the target network device sends a PDCP SN 110 data packet to the terminal device, it receives the PDCP SN 90-100 data packet forwarded by the source network device (that is, the source network device fails to successfully set the PDCP SN to 90). -100 data packets are sent to the terminal device).
  • the target network device uses its own corresponding header compression context and its own key to perform header compression and encryption on PDCP SDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100, it will cause the terminal device to be unable to correctly perform processing from the target network device.
  • DL data reception if the target network device uses its own corresponding header compression context and its own key to perform header compression and encryption on PDCP SDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100, it will cause the terminal device to be unable to correctly perform processing from the target network device.
  • DL data reception the target network device uses its own corresponding header compression context and its own key to perform header compression and encryption on PDCP SDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, which forwards at least one PDCP PDU(s) that was not successfully sent to the terminal device to the target network device through the source network device, instead of forwarding the unsuccessful forwarding to the target network device.
  • PDCP SDU(s) so that the target network device does not need to use its own header compression context and key to process the DL data that has not been successfully sent by the source network device, which can help the terminal device to correctly access the target network device Perform DL data reception.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method 900 from the perspective of device interaction. It should be understood that FIG. 9 shows the steps or operations of the data transmission method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 9. In addition, the various steps in FIG. 9 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 9, and it is possible that not all the operations in FIG. 9 are to be performed. As shown in FIG. 9, the data transmission method may include steps 901 to 906.
  • the source network device determines that it fails to send a downlink data packet to the terminal device.
  • the source network device can continue to send downlink data packets to the terminal device. For example, the source network device sends a part of PDCP PDU(s) generated after processing by itself to the terminal device.
  • the source network device may forward part of the PDCP SDU(s) allocated with PDCP SN to the target network device, and the target network device processes these PDCP SDU(s) to generate PDCP PDU(s).
  • the target network device can send the PDCP PDU(s) generated after processing by itself to the terminal device.
  • the source network device determines to Part or all of the PDCP PDU(s) sent by the device failed.
  • the PDCP PDU(s) that the source network device fails to send to the terminal network device may be referred to as the first PDCP PDU(s).
  • the source network device continues to send to the terminal device PDCP SN 10-100 DL packets, that is, the source network device uses the header compression context and source corresponding to the source network device.
  • the integrity protection parameters corresponding to the network device and the key corresponding to the source network device perform header compression, integrity protection, and encryption on the PDCP SDUs whose PDCP SN is 10-100 respectively, and then send the generated PDCP PDUs to the terminal equipment.
  • the source network device can send PDCP SDUs with PDCP SN 101-120 to the target network device, that is, the source network device sends the target network device to the target network device with PDCP SN assigned PDCP SDUs and the PDCP SN associated with each PDCP SDU.
  • the source network device sends to the target network device is PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN.
  • the source network device finds that the PDCP SN is not successfully changed to 90- 100 PDCP PDUs are sent to the terminal device (in other words, PDCP SDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100 are not successfully sent to the terminal device).
  • the PDCP PDUs with the PDCP SN of 90-100 are an example of the foregoing first PDCP PDU(s).
  • the source network device After the source network device performs header compression and encryption on a certain PDCP SDU, it obtains the PDCP PDU corresponding to the PDCP SDU. Then, the source network device sends the PDCP PDU to the terminal device, and when the terminal device successfully receives the PDCP PDU, it feeds back an acknowledgement (acknowledge, ACK) for the PDCP PDU to the source network device.
  • acknowledgement acknowledgement
  • the source network device does not receive the ACK for the PDCP PDU sent by the terminal device within a specified time period after the PDCP PDU is sent to the terminal device, it can be considered that the PDCP PDU is not successfully sent. Or, when the source network device receives the NACK for the PDCP PDU sent by the terminal device, it can be considered that the PDCP PDU was not successfully sent.
  • the source network device sends the first PDCP PDU(s) in step 901 to the target network device.
  • the source network device uses its own corresponding header compression context, integrity protection parameters, keys, etc., to the at least one PDCP SDU(s). s) After processing, generate at least one corresponding PDCP PDU(s), and then, the source network device sends the at least one PDCP PDU(s) to the target network device.
  • the target network device receives the at least one PDCP PDU(s).
  • the source network device may send PDCP PDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100 to the target network device.
  • PDCP PDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100 are generated by the source network device after processing using its own corresponding header compression context, integrity protection parameters, keys, and so on.
  • the PDCP SN is 90-100 respectively as an example for description, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the PDCP SN corresponding to the unsuccessfully sent downlink data packets may be continuous or non-continuous, and both fall within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the PDCP SN corresponding to the unsuccessfully sent downlink data packet may be 95 and 98, respectively.
  • step 903 may be performed, that is, the source network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate that at least one PDCP PDU(s) in step 902 (ie, the first PDCP PDU( s)) One-to-one correspondence with at least one PDCP SN, that is, at least one PDCP PDU(s) (i.e., the first PDCP PDU(s)) that the source network device did not successfully send to the terminal device in step 901 corresponds to at least one PDCP one-to-one SN.
  • the terminal device receives the fourth indication information.
  • the fourth indication information may include at least one PDCP SN respectively associated with at least one PDCP PDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) in step 902, that is, the fourth indication information may Including the PDCP SN corresponding to each PDCP PDU in the first PDCP PDU(s).
  • the fourth indication information may include the smallest PDCP SN in at least one PDCP PDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) in step 902, and a bitmap. The bitmap can be used to indicate the PDCP PDU corresponding to the smallest PDCP SN and the reception status of the subsequent PDCP PDU.
  • the fourth indication information may include 95 and 011011, indicating that PDCP PDUs with SNs of 95 and 98 were not successfully sent, and PDCP PDUs with SNs of 96, 97, 99, and 100 were successfully sent.
  • step 903 may not be executed, but step 903' may be executed, where 903' includes steps 904 and 905.
  • the source network device sends fourth indication information to the target network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one corresponding to at least one PDCP PDU(s) (ie, the first PDCP PDU(s)) in step 902.
  • PDCP SN that is, at least one PDCP SN that has a one-to-one correspondence with at least one PDCP PDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) that the source network device did not successfully send to the terminal device in step 901.
  • the target network device receives the fourth indication information.
  • the target network device sends the foregoing fourth instruction information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the fourth indication message.
  • the source network device indicates to the terminal device the PDCP SN corresponding to the downlink data packets that are not successfully sent to the terminal device in step 901.
  • the source network device may first indicate to the target network device the PDCP SN corresponding to the downlink data packets that were not successfully sent to the terminal device in step 901, and then the target network device indicates to the terminal device that the unsuccessful transmission to the terminal device The PDCP SN corresponding to the downlink data packet of the terminal device.
  • At least one PDCP SN corresponding to at least one PDCP SDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) that is not successfully sent to the terminal device may be continuous or non-continuous. This depends on the at least one PDCP PDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) forwarded by the source network device to the target network device in step 902.
  • the fourth indication information indicates The PDCP SN of is 90-100, for example, the fourth indication information includes a value of 90-100.
  • the PDCP SN corresponding to at least one PDCP PDU(s) that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)
  • the fourth indication information includes the values 95 and 98.
  • the fourth indication information in step 904 may be carried in an Xn message or X2 message.
  • the Xn message or X2 message is an SN status transfer (SN status transfer) message, or other messages. Not limited.
  • the fourth indication information in step 903 or step 905 may be carried in an RRC message, or a layer 2 message, or a physical layer message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the layer 2 message may be, for example, PDCP control PDU, MAC CE, etc.
  • the physical layer message may be DCI
  • the RRC message may be an RRC reconfiguration message, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the PDCP SN indicated by the fourth indication information may be of bearer granularity, that is, different bearers may have their respective corresponding PDCP SNs.
  • the fourth indication information may be of bearing granularity.
  • the carrying granularity of the fourth indication information is similar to the carrying granularity of the second indication information, and reference may be made to the description of the second indication information above. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the target network device sends the first PDCP PDU(s), that is, the at least one PDCP PDU(s) described in step 902, to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first PDCP PDU(s) from the target network device.
  • the terminal device For a PDCP PDU received from the target network device, if the PDCP SN corresponding to the PDCP PDU is included in the PDCP SN indicated by the fourth indication information, the terminal device uses the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device to perform the header Decompress, use the key corresponding to the source network device for decryption and other processing. If the PDCP SN corresponding to the PDCP PDU is not included in the PDCP SN indicated by the fourth indication information, the terminal device uses the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device to perform header decompression, and uses the key corresponding to the target network device to perform header decompression. Decryption and other processing.
  • the fourth indication information is 90-100
  • the fourth indication information is a value of 90-100
  • the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to receive information from the target network device.
  • the received PDCP SNs are respectively 90-100 PDCP PDUs.
  • the terminal device receives from the target network device
  • the PDCP SN is 90-100 PDCP PDUs
  • the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device is used for header decompression
  • the key corresponding to the source network device is used for decryption and other processing.
  • the terminal device receives PDCP PDUs with PDCP SN 101-120 from the target network device, it uses the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device to minus the header decompression, and uses the key corresponding to the target network device to perform decryption and other processing.
  • the order in which the terminal device receives data packets from the network device side may not be limited.
  • the terminal device may first receive the PDCP PDU corresponding to any PDCP SN in the PDCP SN 101-120, and then receive the PDCP PDU corresponding to any PDCP SN in the PDCP SN 90-100; or First receive the PDCP PDU corresponding to any PDCP SN of 90-100, and then receive the PDCP PDU corresponding to any PDCP SN of 101-120.
  • the source network device forwards at least one PDCP PDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) that is not successfully sent to the terminal device to the target network device, and the target network device transmits the at least one PDCP PDU(s) to the target network device.
  • the PDCP PDU(s) is sent to the terminal device, and the source network device or the target network device indicates to the terminal device that the at least one PDCP PDU(s) corresponds to at least one PDCP SN, and for the at least one PDCP SN received from the target network device
  • the terminal device uses the header compression context and key corresponding to the source network device to process, so that the terminal device can correctly receive DL data from the target network device.
  • the embodiment of the application also provides a data transmission method.
  • the target network device After obtaining the reception status/status report for the downlink data packet sent by the source network device to the terminal device, the target network device can start to check the PDCP SDU in its own buffer area. (s) Carry out the corresponding treatment.
  • the target network device before obtaining the reception status/status report for the downlink data packet sent by the source network device to the terminal device, if the target network device receives the PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device, the target network device is not correct
  • These PDCP SDU(s) are processed accordingly, but are stored in its own buffer area.
  • the target network device After obtaining the receiving status/status report for the downlink data packet sent by the source network device to the terminal device, the target network device performs header compression and encryption on all PDCP SDU(s) in its own buffer area, and then communicates with the terminal device. The device performs downlink data transmission.
  • all PDCP SDU(s) include PDCP SDU(s) that the source network device has not successfully sent to the terminal device, and PDCP SDU(s) that the source network device forwards to the target network device and needs to be sent by the target network device to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can use the key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt, and the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device to perform header decompression and other processing, so that the terminal The device can correctly receive DL data from the target network device.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method 1000 from the perspective of device interaction. It should be understood that FIG. 10 shows the steps or operations of the data transmission method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 10. In addition, the various steps in FIG. 10 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 10, and it is possible that not all operations in FIG. 10 are to be performed. As shown in FIG. 10, the data transmission method may include steps 1001 to 1006.
  • the source network device sends the first PDCP SDU to the target network device.
  • the target network device receives the first PDCP SDU.
  • the first PDCP SDU may include one PDCP SDU or include multiple PDCP SDUs.
  • the source network device may forward at least one PDCP SDU(s) assigned with a PDCP SN and its associated PDCP SN (PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN) to the target network device.
  • the source network device after sending the handover message to the terminal device, the source network device sends the first PDCP SDU allocated with the PDCP SN and the PDCP SN respectively associated with each PDCP SDU of the first PDCP SDU to the target network device.
  • the source network device uses a general packet radio service tunnelling protocol user (GPRS tunnelling protocol user, GTP-U) extension header (extension header) to send the PDCP SN to the target network device.
  • GTP-U general packet radio service tunnelling protocol user
  • the source network device can send the PDCP SN corresponding to the PDCP SDU through the GTP-U extension header corresponding to the PDCP SDU (that is, the source network device can send to the target network device
  • the GTP-U extension header corresponding to the PDCP SDU, and the GTP-U extension header contains the PDCP SDU corresponding to the PDCP SDU.
  • the source network device can use the GTP-U corresponding to each PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU.
  • the U extension header is used to respectively send the PDCP SN corresponding to each PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU.
  • the source network device can send to the target network device the hyperframe number (hyperframe number, HFN) corresponding to each PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU through the SN status transfer message, that is, the SN status transfer message can Contains the HFN corresponding to each PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU.
  • the source network device may send the hyperframe number (HFN) corresponding to at least one PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU to the target network device through the SN status transfer message, that is, the SN status transfer message May include at least one HFN, and the at least one HFN corresponds to at least one PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU.
  • HFN hyperframe number
  • the source network device can send the hyperframe number (hyperframe number, HFN) corresponding to any PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU to the target network device through the SN status transfer message, that is, in the SN status transfer message It may include the HFN corresponding to any one of the PDCP SDUs in the first PDCP SDU.
  • the source network device can send to the target network device the PDCP SDU corresponding to the smallest PDCP SN in the first PDCP SDU through the SN status transfer message.
  • the source network device can send the HFN corresponding to the PDCP SDU corresponding to the largest PDCP SN in the first PDCP SDU to the target network device through the SN status transfer message, or the source network device can send the SN status transfer message to the target network device.
  • the network device sends the HFN corresponding to the PDCP SDU corresponding to any PDCP SN in the first PDCP SDU, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the source network device uses the GTP-U extension header to send the PDCP SN to the target network device. For example, for a certain PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU, the source network device can use the GTP-U corresponding to the PDCP SDU.
  • the source network device may respectively send the PDCP SN corresponding to each PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU through the GTP-U extension header corresponding to each PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU respectively.
  • the source network device sends the COUNT value corresponding to at least one PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU to the target network device through the SN status transfer message
  • the COUNT value may refer to the COUNT value of the uplink data packet and/or the downlink data
  • the COUNT value of the packet specifically, the COUNT value can include the PDCP SN value and the HFN value. That is, the SN status transfer message may include the COUNT value corresponding to at least one PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU, respectively.
  • the source network device can use the user plane protocol stack to send PDCP SN to the target network device.
  • the source network device can use the protocol data unit (protocol data unit). Unit, PDU)
  • the session (session) user plane protocol stack sends the PDCP SN to the target network device.
  • the source network device sends the COUNT value corresponding to at least one PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU to the target network device through the SN status transfer message
  • the COUNT value may refer to the COUNT value of the uplink data packet and/ Or the COUNT value of the downstream data packet.
  • the COUNT value may include the PDCP SN value and the HFN value. That is, the SN status transfer message may include the COUNT value corresponding to at least one PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU.
  • the source network device determines that it fails to send a downlink data packet to the terminal device.
  • the downlink data packet sent to the terminal device may fail to be sent.
  • the source network device may send part of the PDCP SDU(s) to the terminal device after header compression and encryption are performed by the source network device itself.
  • some or all of the PDCP SDU(s) in this part of PDCP SDU(s) may fail to be sent.
  • these PDCP SDU(s) that have failed to send may be referred to as the second PDCP SDU.
  • the second PDCP SDU may include one PDCP SDU or include multiple PDCP SDUs.
  • step 1001 and step 1002 are not limited.
  • step 1001 can be executed before step 1002, or step 1001 can be executed after step 1002, or step 1001 and step 1002 can be executed simultaneously .
  • the source network device sends the second PDCP SDU to the target network device.
  • the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU.
  • the source network device continues to send the terminal device PDCP SN 10-100 DL data packets, that is, the source network device uses the header compression context and source corresponding to the source network device.
  • the integrity protection parameters corresponding to the network device and the key corresponding to the source network device perform header compression, integrity protection, and encryption on the PDCP SDUs whose PDCP SN is 10-100 respectively, and then send the generated PDCP PDUs to the terminal equipment.
  • the source network device after the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device, it can send PDCP SDUs with PDCP SN 101-120 to the target network device, that is, the source network device sends PDCP SDUs with PDCP SN assigned to the target network device. , And the PDCP SN associated with each PDCP SDU. In other words, what the source network device sends to the target network device is PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN. After the target network device receives the PDCP SDUs with the PDCP SN of 101-120 respectively, it can be stored in the buffer area, but does not perform header compression, encryption, and other processing on these PDCP SDUs.
  • a possible situation is that the source network device finds that it has not successfully sent PDCP PDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100 to the terminal device (in other words, it has not successfully sent PDCP SDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100 to the terminal device. ).
  • PDCP SDUs with PDCP SNs 101-120 are an example of the first PDCP SDU
  • PDCP SDUs with PDCP SNs 90-100 are an example of the second PDCP SDU.
  • the source network device may forward PDCP SDUs (PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN) with a PDCP SN of 90-100 to the target network device, that is, the source network device sends the second PDCP SDU to the target network device.
  • PDCP SDUs PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN
  • the source network device sends the second PDCP SDU to the target network device.
  • the terminal device sends fifth indication information to the target network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device has not successfully received the second PDCP SDU from the source network device.
  • the fifth indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device does not have the PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP SDU successfully received from the source network device.
  • the fifth indication information may be a PDCP status report.
  • the PDCP status report is used to indicate the reception status of the downlink data packet received by the terminal device from the source network device.
  • the PDCP status report may be used for Indicate the receiving status of the downlink data packets whose PDCP SN is 90-100.
  • the target network device may determine, according to the PDCP status report, that the terminal device has not successfully received the second PDCP SDU from the source network device. As an example, it may be determined that the terminal device does not have the PDCP SN corresponding to the first PDCP SDU successfully received from the source network device.
  • the PDCP status report may include the reception status of data packets whose PDCP SN is 10-100, where the reception status of data packets whose PDCP SN is 10-89 is received successfully, and PDCP SN is 90-100 data.
  • the receiving status of the packet is receiving failure.
  • the PDCP status report may include the reception status of data packets whose PDCP and SN are 60-100, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the terminal device may also send the PDCP status report to the source network device, and the source network device sends the PDCP status report to the target network device.
  • the PDCP SN indicated by the fifth indication information may be of bearer granularity, that is, different bearers may have their respective corresponding PDCP SNs.
  • the fifth indication information may be of bearing granularity.
  • the carrying granularity of the fifth indication information is similar to the carrying granularity of the second indication information. Refer to the above description of the second indication information. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • step 1003 and step 1004 are not limited.
  • step 1003 can be executed before step 1004, or step 1003 can be executed after step 1004, or step 1003 and step 1004 can be executed simultaneously .
  • the target network device may use its corresponding parameters to process the first PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SDU.
  • the target network device uses the header compression context corresponding to the target network device to compress the first PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SDU, and uses the key corresponding to the target network device to encrypt the first PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SDU, etc. deal with.
  • the target network device can first perform header compression and encryption on the second PDCP SDU, and then perform header compression and encryption on the first PDCP SDU; or, the target network device can use other processing methods, which are not limited. .
  • step 1005 is executed after step 1004. That is to say, the target network device only starts the corresponding processing of the PDCP layer after learning the reception status of all the downlink data packets sent by the source network device to the terminal device. That is, before receiving the fifth indication information, the target network device does not process the PDCP SDU(s) received from the source network device, for example, the first PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SDU. . After receiving the fifth indication information, the target network device performs header compression and encryption on the first PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SDU. Correspondingly, after header compression and encryption are performed on the first PDCP SDU, the first PDCP PDU is obtained, and after header compression and encryption are performed on the second PDCP SDU, the second PDCP PDU is obtained.
  • the target network device sends the first PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU to the terminal device.
  • the target network device may first send the second PDCP PDU to the terminal device, and then send the first PDCP PDU.
  • the terminal device receives the first PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU, and uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the first PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU. For example, use the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device to decompress the first PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU, and use the key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt the first PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU.
  • the terminal device may first perform header decompression and decryption processing on the second PDCP PDU, and then perform header decompression and decryption processing on the first PDCP PDU.
  • the target network device may, after acquiring the reception status of the downlink data packet sent by the source network device to the terminal device, forward the source network device to all PDCP SDUs of the target network device for header compression, encryption, etc. Processing and sending to the terminal device, the terminal device can use the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device to perform header decompression and the security key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt, so that the terminal device can correctly perform processing from the target network device DL data reception.
  • the embodiment of the application also provides a data transmission method. It is assumed that when the target network device has successfully sent a downlink data packet with a PDCP SN of Y to the terminal device, the source network device will unsuccessfully send the PDCP SDU( s) Send to the target network device. At this time, the target network device regards the PDCP SN corresponding to these PDCP SDU(s) as (Y+1), (Y+2), (Y+3)..., and the target network device forwards the source network device The received PDCP SDU(s) that are not successfully sent to the terminal device are sent to the terminal device after header compression and encryption are performed on these PDCP SDU(s) using the header compression context and key corresponding to the target network device. In addition, the terminal device can be notified of the corresponding processing method, so that the terminal device can correctly decompress and decrypt the received PDCP PDUs, thereby helping the terminal device to correctly receive DL data from the target network device.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method 1100 from the perspective of device interaction. It should be understood that FIG. 11 shows the steps or operations of the data transmission method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 11. In addition, the various steps in FIG. 11 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 11, and it is possible that not all operations in FIG. 11 are to be performed. As shown in FIG. 11, the admission control method may include steps 1101 to 1107.
  • the source network device sends the first PDCP SDU to the target network device.
  • the target network device receives the first PDCP SDU. After the target network device receives the first PDCP SDU, it uses the header compression context and key corresponding to the target network device to perform corresponding processing.
  • the first PDCP SDU may include one PDCP SDU or include multiple PDCP SDUs.
  • the source network device may forward at least one PDCP SDU(s) assigned with a PDCP SN and its associated PDCP SN (PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN) to the target network device.
  • the target network device receives the at least one PDCP SDU(s), it uses the header compression context, key, etc., corresponding to the target network device to perform header compression, encryption, and other processing.
  • the source network device fails to send a downlink data packet to the terminal device.
  • the PDCP SDU(s) whose transmission fails are called the second PDCP SDU.
  • the second PDCP SDU may include one PDCP SDU or include multiple PDCP SDUs. For details, refer to step 1002 in FIG. 10.
  • step 1101 and step 1102 are not limited.
  • step 1101 can be executed before step 1102, or step 1101 can be executed after step 1102, or step 1101 and step 1102 can be executed simultaneously .
  • the target network device sends a fourth PDCP PDU to the terminal device.
  • the fourth PDCP PDU is the PDCP PDU corresponding to the part of the PDCP SDU (such as the fourth PDCP SDU) in the first PDCP SDU in step 1101, that is, the fourth PDCP PDU is the part of the PDCP of the first PDCP SDU from the target network device SDU (such as the fourth PDCP SDU) is generated after processing.
  • the fourth PDCP PDU may include one PDCP PDU or include multiple PDCP PDUs.
  • the target network device may use the header compression context, key, etc., corresponding to the target network device to perform corresponding processing on the fourth PDCP SDU.
  • the target network device sends the fourth PDCP PDU obtained after processing to the terminal device.
  • the PDCP SN corresponding to the fourth PDCP PDU is consistent with the PDCP SN corresponding to the fourth PDCP SUD, that is, the PDCP SN that is always allocated to the source network device can be recorded as the fourth PDCP SN.
  • Step 1103 occurs after the terminal device successfully accesses/switches to the target network device. For example, after the target network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal device, the target network device executes step 1103.
  • the source network device sends the second PDCP SDU to the target network device.
  • the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU.
  • the second PDCP SDU may include one PDCP SDU or include multiple PDCP SDUs. Specifically, for the second PDCP SDU, reference may be made to the description in 1003 in FIG. 10, which is not repeated here for brevity.
  • step 1103 and step 1104 are not limited.
  • step 1103 can be executed before step 1104, or step 1103 can be executed after step 1104, or step 1103 and step 1104 can be executed simultaneously .
  • the target network device uses its own corresponding parameters to compare the second PDCP SDU and the third PDCP SDU (the third PDCP SDU is the PDCP SDU remaining after the fourth PDCP SDU is removed from the first PDCP SDU, and the third PDCP SDU may include One PDCP SDU or multiple PDCP SDUs) are processed.
  • the target network device uses its own corresponding header compression context to perform header compression on the second PDCP SDU, and uses its own key to encrypt the second PDCP SDU to obtain the second PDCP PDU.
  • the target network device Use its own corresponding header compression context to perform header compression on the third PDCP SDU, and use its corresponding key to encrypt the third PDCP SDU and other processing to obtain the third PDCP PDU. It should be noted that the target network device may first perform header compression and encryption on the second PDCP SDU, and then perform header compression and encryption on the third PDCP SDU.
  • the target network device after the target network device sends a part of the first PDCP SDU (that is, the fourth PDCP SDU) to the terminal device, it receives the second PDCP SDU from the source network device.
  • the target network device may first perform the second PDCP SDU.
  • the SDU performs header compression, decryption, and other processing.
  • the target network device continues to compress and decrypt the PDCP SDU that is not sent in the first PDCP SDU (that is, the third PDCP SDU, which is the PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU that has not been sent to the terminal device). Wait for processing.
  • the target network device can re-allocate the PDCP SN (may be called the third PDCP SN) for the third PDCP SDU on the basis of the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU.
  • the device Based on the PDCP SN allocated for the second PDCP SDU, the device re-allocates the PDCP SN (may be referred to as the second PDCP SN) for the second PDCP SDU.
  • the third PDCP SN has a first offset value relative to the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the third PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SN allocates the second PDCP SDU to the source network device
  • the PDCP SN has a second offset value.
  • the first offset value is determined according to the number of second PDCP SDUs that are not successfully sent to the terminal device, that is, the first offset value is equal to the second PDCP that is not successfully sent to the terminal device.
  • the second offset value is based on the first offset value, and before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU, the target network device has already checked some of the SDUs in the first PDCP SDU (that is, the fourth PDCP SDU).
  • the number of PDCP SDUs (that is, the number of fourth PDCP SDUs, for example, the value is P) subjected to the corresponding processing of the PDCP layer is determined, that is, the second offset value is equal to the first offset value plus P.
  • the second offset value is based on the first offset value and the number of fourth PDCP PDUs that have been sent to the terminal device before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU (for example, , The value is determined by P), that is, the second offset value is equal to the first offset value plus P.
  • the target network device When the target network device performs header compression and encryption on the PDCP SDUs whose PDCP SN is 101-110 (that is, the fourth PDCP SDU), it receives PDCP SDUs whose PDCP SN is 90-100 from the source network device.
  • the target network device may not continue to process the PDCP SDUs (that is, the third PDCP SDU) whose PDCP SN is 111-120, but instead process the PDCP SDUs (that is, the second PDCP SDU) whose PDCP SN is 90-100. Header compression, encryption and other processing.
  • the target network device can interpret "PDCP SDUs with PDCP SN 90-100 respectively" as (pretend to be) "PDCP SN' (ie, the second PDCP SN) PDCP SDUs with 111-121 respectively".
  • the target network device performs header compression and decryption on the PDCP SDUs assigned by the source network device with SN 111-120 (that is, the third PDCP SDU).
  • the target network device sets the "PDCP assigned by the source network device" "PDCP SDUs with SN 111-120 respectively” is understood as (pretending to be) "PDCP SN' (that is, the third PDCP SN) is PDCP SDUs with 122-131 respectively".
  • the subsequent target network device also receives the PDCP SDU, the new PDCP SDU with the subsequent PDCP SN of Z will be processed according to the PDCP SN' of (Z+11).
  • "11" represents the number of second PDCP SDUs.
  • the packet header of PDCP PDU may also include "PDCP SN'" (ie virtual serial number), so that the terminal device can determine the PDCP PDU corresponding to the PDCP packet header.
  • PDCP SN that is, the actual serial number
  • the target network device sends sixth indication information to the terminal device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device and the source network device are third
  • the mapping relationship between the PDCP SN allocated by the PDCP SDU, and the sixth indication information may also be used to indicate that the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device and the source network device are The mapping relationship between the PDCP SNs allocated by the second PDCP SDU.
  • the sixth indication information can indicate how the target network device processes the third PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SDU.
  • the sixth indication information may include the first offset value and the second offset value.
  • PDCP SN' is equal to PDCP SN plus the first Two offset value.
  • PDCP SN' is equal to PDCP SN plus the first offset value. In this way, the terminal device can correctly receive the downlink data packet received from the target network device according to the sixth indication information.
  • the sixth indication information may include the PDCP SN' allocated by the target network device and the PDCP SN allocated by the corresponding source network device.
  • the sixth indication information may include at least one PDCP SN in the third PDCP SN and the associated PDCP SN.
  • the target network device may also send the sixth indication information to the source network device, and the source network device sends the sixth indication information to the terminal device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the foregoing first offset value and second offset value may be of bearing granularity, that is, different bearers may have respective corresponding first offset values and second offset values.
  • the sixth indication information may be of bearing granularity. The embodiments of this application do not limit this.
  • the carrying granularity of the sixth indication information is similar to the carrying granularity of the second indication information, and reference may be made to the description of the second indication information above. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the target network device sends the third PDCP PDU (the third PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses its own parameters to process the third PDCP SDU) and the second PDCP PDU to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the third PDCP PDU and the second PDU, and processes the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU according to the sixth indication information and using the parameters corresponding to the target network device.
  • the terminal device learns the mapping relationship between PDCP SN' and PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device according to the sixth indication information, and learns that the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device is mapped 3.
  • the terminal device can use the key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU according to at least one of PDCP SN and PDCP SN'; according to at least one of PDCP SN and PDCP SN', use the target
  • the header decompression context corresponding to the network device decompresses the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU.
  • the target network device may first process the second PDCP SDU (such as header compression, encryption, etc.), and then process the third PDCP SDU (such as header compression, encryption, etc.).
  • the terminal device may first process the second PDCP PDU (such as decryption, header decompression, etc.), and then process the third PDCP PDU (such as decryption, header decompression, etc.).
  • the target network device sends the unsuccessfully sent PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device to the terminal device after special processing.
  • the target network device can assign a virtual PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device to PDCP SDU(s) that are not successfully sent to the terminal device, and PDCP SDU(s) that the target network device has not yet sent to the terminal device,
  • the corresponding processing method for example, the mapping relationship between the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN'; or, for example, the first offset value and the second offset value
  • the PDCP PDUs received by the target network device are processed, so that the terminal device can correctly receive DL data.
  • the uplink data transmission can be converted.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device successfully connects to the target network device, the terminal device only performs uplink data transmission with the source network device.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device successfully connects to the target network device, the terminal device only performs uplink data with the target network device. transmission.
  • RAR random access response
  • the terminal device uses the header compression context corresponding to the source network device to perform header compression, and the key corresponding to the source network device is encrypted and sent to Source network device.
  • the terminal device may send UL data packets with PDCP and SN of 0-50 to the source network device.
  • the terminal device uses the header compression context corresponding to the target network device to perform header compression, and the key corresponding to the target network device is encrypted and sent to the target network equipment.
  • the terminal device may send the subsequent UL data packets of the PDCP SN starting from 51 to the target network device.
  • the terminal device finds that some of the UL data packets previously sent to the source network device have not been successfully received by the source network device.
  • the terminal device After sending a UL data packet with a PDCP SN of 60 to the target network device, learns that the UL data packet with a PDCP SN of 45 sent to the source network device has not been successfully received by the source network device.
  • the terminal device receives the PDCP status report corresponding to the UL data packet sent by the terminal device to the source network device from the network device side (such as the source network device or the target network device), and finds that the UL data packet with a PDCP SN of 45 is not successfully sent To the source network device.
  • a data packet is not successfully received as an example.
  • the PDCP SN corresponding to the multiple data packets may be continuous.
  • It may also be non-continuous, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a data transmission method.
  • the terminal device can process the UL data packet that is not successfully sent to the source network device using the parameters corresponding to the source network device (for example, using the header compression context corresponding to the source network device).
  • the key corresponding to the source network device is encrypted, and then sent to the target network device, and then the target network device directly forwards the data packet received from the source network device to the source network device, and the source network device Use its own corresponding parameters for processing (for example, use the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device to perform header decompression, and the key corresponding to the source network device to decrypt it), so that the terminal device can correctly transmit UL data.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method 1200 from the perspective of device interaction. It should be understood that FIG. 12 shows the steps or operations of the data transmission method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 12. In addition, the various steps in FIG. 12 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 12, and it is possible that not all the operations in FIG. 12 are to be performed. As shown in FIG. 12, the admission control method may include steps 1201 to 1206.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the target network device.
  • the terminal device performs UL data transmission conversion, that is, the terminal device switches from PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. That is, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before sending the RRC reconfiguration complete message, and starts PUSCH transmission with the target network device after sending the RRC reconfiguration complete message.
  • the time when the RRC reconfiguration complete message is sent is used as the time when the terminal device performs UL data transmission conversion, and the time when the terminal device receives the earliest UL grant sent by the target network device can also be used as the terminal device to perform UL data transmission conversion. Time, or other, this embodiment does not limit this.
  • the terminal device uses the parameters corresponding to the source network device to process the PDCP SDU, and sends the PDCP PDU obtained after the processing to the source network device.
  • the moment when the terminal device completes the random access process is used as the moment when the terminal device performs UL data transmission conversion.
  • the terminal device performs UL after receiving the random access response RAR message sent by the target network device. Data transmission conversion, or the time when the terminal device receives the random access response message is taken as the time when the terminal device performs UL data transmission conversion.
  • the terminal device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the PDCP SDU, and sends the PDCP PDU obtained after the processing to the target network device.
  • the terminal device fails to send an uplink data packet to the source network device. That is to say, after step 1201, that is, when the terminal device has been converted from PUSCH with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, 1202 occurs, that is, the terminal device discovers that the terminal device has switched to the source before the UL data transmission conversion time.
  • the uplink data packet sent by the network device fails (the uplink data packet failure here can be understood as PDCP SDU failure, or it can also be understood as PDCP PDU failure. For the following description, collectively referred to as PDCP PDU failure).
  • the fifth PDCP PDU may include one PDCP PDU or include multiple PDCP PDUs.
  • the fifth PDCP PDU is generated after the terminal device uses the parameters corresponding to the source network device to process the fifth PDCP SDU. For example, the terminal device uses the header compression context corresponding to the source network device, the key corresponding to the source network device, etc. Perform header compression and decryption on the fifth PDCP SDU.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink data packet whose transmission failed in step 1202, that is, the fifth PDCP PDU, to the target network device.
  • the terminal device will also send other PDCP PDUs to the target network device.
  • the terminal device will also send a new packet to the target network device.
  • the header of the fifth PDCP PDU carries eighth indication information, which is used to indicate that the fifth PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU that the terminal device has not successfully sent to the source network device.
  • the eighth indication information may be a binary value (such as a bit), or a Boolean value, or other manifestations, and is not limited.
  • an indication field may be added to the header of the fifth PDCP PDU, and the indication field is used to indicate whether the PDCP PDU needs to be forwarded to the source network device.
  • the indication field can be a bit. When the bit is "0", it means that the corresponding data packet needs to be forwarded by the target network device to the source network device, and the source network device uses the corresponding parameters to process the data packet ; When the bit is "1", it means that the corresponding data packet does not need to be forwarded by the target network device to the source network device. Or vice versa, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the indication field can be a Boolean value.
  • Boolean value When the Boolean value is "true”, it means that the corresponding data packet needs to be forwarded to the source network device by the target network device, and the source network device will process the data packet; when the Boolean value is "true” When the value is "false”, it means that the corresponding data packet does not need to be forwarded by the target network device to the source network device. Or vice versa, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device sends seventh indication information to the target network device, which is used to indicate that the fifth PDCP PDU is uplink data that failed to be successfully sent to the source network device.
  • the seventh indication information is used to indicate the PDCP SN corresponding to the fifth PDCP PDU, for example, the seventh indication information includes the PDCP SN corresponding to the fifth PDCP PDU, respectively.
  • the target network device receives the seventh indication information, and determines that the PDCP PDU (that is, the fifth PDCP PDU) indicated by the seventh indication information needs to be forwarded to the source network device.
  • the seventh indication information may also be used to indicate to the target network device which PDCP PDUs need to be forwarded by the target network device to the source network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • step 1204 may not be performed.
  • the terminal device may send a message to the target network device, and the message may include the seventh indication information.
  • the seventh indication information may include the PDCP SN corresponding to the fifth PDCP PDU that the terminal device failed to successfully send to the source network device.
  • the PDCP SN included in the seventh indication information may be continuous or non-continuous, depending on the PDCP PDU that the terminal device failed to successfully send to the source network device in step 1203.
  • the foregoing message may be an RRC message, or a layer 2 message, or a physical layer message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the layer 2 message may be, for example, PDCP control PDU, MAC CE, etc.
  • the physical layer message may be DCI.
  • the PDCP SN indicated by the seventh indication information may be of bearer granularity, that is, different bearers may have their own corresponding PDCP SNs.
  • the seventh indication information may be of bearing granularity.
  • the carrying granularity of the seventh indication information is similar to the carrying granularity of the second indication information. Refer to the above description of the second indication information. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • step 1203 and step 1204 are not limited.
  • step 1203 can be executed before step 1204, or step 1203 can be executed after step 1204, or, step 1203 and step 1203 can be executed before step 1204.
  • Step 1204 can be performed at the same time.
  • the target network device sends a fifth PDCP PDU to the source network device.
  • the source network device receives the fifth PDCP PDU from the target network device.
  • the target network device For the PDCP PDU received by the target network device from the terminal device, if the PDCP SN corresponding to the PDCP PDU is included in the PDCP SN indicated by the seventh indication information, or the packet header of the PDCP PDU includes a packet used to indicate that the PDCP PDU is a terminal
  • the PDCP PDU indication information (such as the eighth indication information) that the device did not successfully send to the source network device, that is, the PDCP PDU is the fifth PDCP PDU
  • the target network device forwards the PDCP PDU to the source network device, and the source network device Use its own header decompression context for header decompression, and use its own key for decryption and other processing.
  • the source network device can send the processed data packet to the UPF, or forward it to the target network device, and the target network device can send it to the UPF.
  • the target network device uses its own corresponding header to decompress The context decompresses the PDCP PDU received from the terminal device, and uses the key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt the PDCP PDU received from the terminal device.
  • the target network device can send the processed data packet to the UPF.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device sends a UL data packet with a PDCP SN of 60 to the target network device, it learns that the UL data packet with a PDCP SN of 45 is not successfully received by the source network device. At this time, for a PDCP SDU with a PDCP SN of 45, the terminal device uses the header compression context corresponding to the source network device to perform header compression, uses the key corresponding to the source network device to perform encryption and other processing, and then generates a PDCP PDU with a PDCP SN of 45.
  • the terminal device sends the PDCP PDU with a PDCP SN of 45 (that is, the fifth PDCP PDU) to the target network device, and instructs the target network device to forward the PDCP PDU to the source network device.
  • the packet header of the PDCP PDU with the PDCP SN of 45 includes indication information for instructing the target network device to forward the PDCP PDU with the PDCP SN of 45 to the source network device.
  • the terminal device may send seventh indication information to the network device.
  • the seventh indication information includes 45, which is used to instruct the target network device to forward the PDCP PDU with the PDCP SN of 45 to the source network device.
  • the target network device After the target network device receives the PDCP PDU with a PDCP SN of 45, it forwards it to the source network device according to the indication information on the packet header or the seventh indication information.
  • the source network device After receiving the PDCP PDU, the source network device uses the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device to perform header decompression, and uses the key corresponding to the source network device to perform decryption and other processing to obtain the PDCP SDU with a PDCP SN of 45. Then, the source network device may send the UL data packet with the PDCP SN of 45 to the UPF. Alternatively, the source network device may send the UL data packet with a PDCP SN of 45 to the target network device, and the target network device sends it to the UPF.
  • the terminal device may process the UL data packet that was not successfully sent to the source network device using the parameters corresponding to the source network device, for example, use the header compression context corresponding to the source network device to perform header compression ,
  • the key corresponding to the source network device is encrypted and sent to the target network device, and instructs the target network device to forward these data packets to the source network device, and the source network device uses its own header decompression context to perform header decompression , Its own key is decrypted and other processing, so that the terminal device can correctly send UL data, and the network device side can correctly receive UL data.
  • the method implemented by the terminal device can also be implemented by a component (such as a chip or circuit, etc.) that can be configured in the terminal device, and is implemented by a network device (source network device or target network device).
  • the implementation method can also be implemented by a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) that can be configured in a network device.
  • the interaction between the network device (the source network device or the target network device) and the terminal device can also be applied to the interaction between the CU and the terminal device, or the DU and the terminal device.
  • the interaction between can be understood that the interaction mechanism between the network device and the terminal device in the various embodiments of the present application can be appropriately modified to adapt to the interaction between the CU or DU and the terminal device.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication apparatus 1300 provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • the apparatus 1400 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit, for example, a chip or circuit that can be provided in a terminal device.
  • the apparatus 1400 may be a source network device, or a chip or circuit, for example, a chip or circuit that can be provided in the source network device.
  • the apparatus 1400 may be a target network device, or a chip or circuit, for example, a chip or circuit that can be installed in the target network device.
  • the apparatus 1300 may include a processing unit 1310 (that is, an example of at least one processor) and a transceiver unit 1330.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit or interface circuit.
  • the device may further include a storage unit 1320.
  • the storage unit 1320 is used to store information such as instructions and/or data.
  • the storage unit 1320 may be realized by a memory.
  • the processing unit 1310 is configured to execute information such as instructions and/or data stored in the storage unit 1320, so that the apparatus 1300 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method.
  • the processing unit 1310 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 1320, so that the apparatus 1300 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method.
  • the processing unit 1310 is configured to execute information such as instructions and/or data stored in the storage unit 1320, so that the apparatus 1300 implements the steps performed by the source network device in the foregoing method.
  • the processing unit 1310 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 1320, so that the apparatus 1300 implements the steps performed by the source network device in the foregoing method.
  • the processing unit 1310 is configured to execute information such as instructions and/or data stored in the storage unit 1320, so that the apparatus 1300 implements the steps performed by the target network device in the foregoing method.
  • the processing unit 1310 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 1320, so that the apparatus 1300 implements the steps performed by the target network device in the foregoing method.
  • the processing unit 1310, the storage unit 1320, and the transceiver unit 1330 can communicate with each other through internal connection paths to transfer control and/or data signals.
  • the storage unit 1320 is used to store a computer program, and the processing unit 1310 can be used to call and run the calculation program from the storage unit 1320 to control the transceiver unit 1330 to receive and/or send signals to complete the above method. Steps for terminal equipment.
  • the storage unit 1320 may be integrated in the processing unit 1310, or may be provided separately from the processing unit 1310.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 includes a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 includes an input interface and an output interface.
  • the function of the transceiver unit 1330 may be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver.
  • the processing unit 1310 may be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processing unit, or a general-purpose chip.
  • a general-purpose computer may be considered to implement the communication device (for example, a terminal device, or a source network device, or a target network device) provided in the embodiments of the present application. That is, the program code for realizing the functions of the processing unit 1310 and the transceiver unit 1330 is stored in the storage unit 1320.
  • the general processing unit implements the functions of the processing unit 1310 and the transceiver unit 1330 by executing the code in the storage unit 1320.
  • the apparatus 1300 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is configured to receive first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is operated by The physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device is converted to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, wherein the terminal device maintains the PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first indication information, so The terminal device starts to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device after receiving the first indication information.
  • the processing unit 1310 is configured to switch from PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device according to the first indication information.
  • the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to transmit to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the second indication information includes the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device.
  • the second indication information includes a PDCP status report, and the PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device.
  • the PDCP SN is of bearer granularity.
  • the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to receive uplink authorization information, where the uplink authorization information is allocated by the target network device to the terminal device and used for PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the target network device .
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the target network device, or receive a random access response RAR message sent by the target network device.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is used for the fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used for indicating the connection with at least one packet At least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to the data convergence protocol PDCP protocol data unit PDU one-to-one, and the at least one PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU that the source network device fails to send to the terminal device.
  • the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to receive the at least one PDCP PDU from a target network device, and process the at least one PDCP PDU using parameters corresponding to the source network device, wherein the at least one PDCP PDU received from the target network device A PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU from the source network device.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to obtain sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate the terminal
  • the mapping relationship between the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the device from the target network device and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU, and the second received from the target network device The mapping relationship between the second PDCP SN corresponding to the PDCP PDU and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU, where the third PDCP PDU corresponds to the target network device using the target network device
  • the parameters of is generated after processing the third PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the third PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device, and the second PDCP PDU is used by the target network device
  • the parameters corresponding to the target network device are generated after processing the second PDCP SDU from the
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to receive the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU from the target network device.
  • the processing unit 1310 is configured to process the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU using parameters corresponding to the target network device according to the sixth indication information.
  • the processing unit 1310 is specifically configured to: obtain, according to the sixth indication information, the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device and that the source network device is the third PDCP The mapping relationship between the PDCP SN allocated by the SDU, and the mapping between the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU relationship.
  • the parameters corresponding to the target network device are used to process the second PDCP PDU.
  • the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the third PDCP SDU and the third PDCP SN use the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP PDU.
  • each module or unit in the device 1300 can be used to execute various actions or processing procedures performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method.
  • the terminal device in the foregoing method.
  • the apparatus 1300 may be a network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the network device.
  • the network device can be a source network device or a target network device.
  • the processing unit 1310 is configured to obtain first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the The terminal device converts the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is configured to send the first instruction information to the terminal device, where the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first instruction information, and the terminal device After receiving the first indication information, the device starts to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the processing unit 1310 is further configured to determine second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to transmit to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  • the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to send the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the second indication information includes the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device.
  • the second indication information includes a PDCP status report, and the PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device.
  • the PDCP SN is of bearer granularity.
  • the processing unit 1310 is further configured to determine uplink authorization information, and the sending unit is further configured to send the uplink authorization information to the terminal device, where the uplink authorization information is allocated by the target network device to all The terminal device is used for PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the target network device.
  • the apparatus 1300 is the target network device or a chip in the target network device, and the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to send third instruction information to the source network device, and the third instruction information It is used to indicate to the source network device that the terminal device successfully switches to the target network device.
  • the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to receive a PDCP status report from the source network device, where the PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum number of uplink data packets of the uplink data that needs to be sent to the target network device.
  • PDCP SN the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to receive a PDCP status report from the source network device, where the PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum number of uplink data packets of the uplink data that needs to be sent to the target network device.
  • each module or unit in the device 1300 can be used to perform various actions or processing procedures performed by the target network device in the above method.
  • the details are omitted. Description.
  • the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to receive third instruction information sent by the target network device, and the third instruction information is used for Indicating to the source network device that the terminal device successfully switches to the target network device.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to receive uplink authorization information sent by the target network device, where the uplink authorization information is allocated to the terminal device by the target network device and used for the terminal device and the target network The device performs PUSCH transmission.
  • each module or unit in the device 1300 can be used to perform various actions or processing procedures performed by the source network device in the foregoing method.
  • the details are omitted. Description.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is configured to receive at least one PDCP PDU from the source network device, the at least one PDCP PDU It is the PDCP PDU that the source network device did not successfully send to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to receive fourth indication information from the source network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the at least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to the at least one PDCP PDU in a one-to-one manner.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to send the fourth indication information and the at least one PDCP PDU to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is configured to receive the first PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the source network device PDCP SN allocated for the first PDCP SDU.
  • the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to receive a second PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SDU is not from the terminal device The PDCP SDU successfully received by the source network device.
  • the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to send a third PDCP PDU and a second PDCP PDU to the terminal device, where the third PDCP PDU refers to the target network device using the parameters corresponding to the target network device to compare the third PDCP
  • the second PDCP PDU is generated after the SDU is processed, and the second PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the second PDCP SDU, and the third PDCP SDU is generated in the Before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU, the target network device in the first PDCP SDU has not yet processed the PDCP SDU using the parameters corresponding to the target network device;
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to send sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU. And the mapping relationship between the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU, where the second PDCP SN and the The third PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is configured to send at least one PDCP PDU to the target network device, and the at least one PDCP The PDU is a PDCP PDU that the source network device did not successfully send to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to send fourth indication information to the terminal device or the target network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to the at least one PDCP PDU one-to-one .
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is configured to send the first PDCP SDU to the target network device, and the source network device PDCP SN allocated for the first PDCP SDU.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to send a second PDCP SDU to the target network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the second PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SDU is not slaved to the terminal device.
  • the PDCP SDU successfully received by the source network device.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to receive sixth indication information from the target network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device.
  • the mapping relationship with the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device and the source network device are the second The mapping relationship between the PDCP SN allocated by the PDCP SDU, where the third PDCP PDU is after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP SDU from the source network device The third PDCP SN is generated and allocated by the target network device, and the second PDCP PDU is the target network device using the parameters corresponding to the target network device to compare the second PDCP SN from the source network device.
  • the SDU is generated after processing and the second PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device, and the third PDCP SDU is before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU, the first PDCP SDU The PDCP SDU that the target network device in has not yet used the parameters corresponding to the target network device for processing.
  • the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to send the sixth indication information to the terminal device.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1400 provided by this application.
  • the terminal device 1400 can execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 14 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 1400 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. For example, it is used to support the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, for example, to store the codebook described in the above embodiments.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 14 only shows a memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data.
  • the processor in FIG. 14 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and the various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and control circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 1410 of the terminal device 1400, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit 1420 of the terminal device 1400.
  • the terminal device 1400 includes a transceiving unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420.
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 1410 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 1410 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 1500 provided by an embodiment of the application, which may be used to implement the function of an access device (for example, a primary base station or a secondary base station) in the foregoing method.
  • the network device 1500 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1510 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU) 1520.
  • RRU 1510 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 1511 and a radio frequency unit 1512.
  • the RRU 1510 part is mainly used for receiving and sending of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages described in the foregoing embodiments to terminal equipment.
  • the BBU1520 part is mainly used for baseband processing, control of the base station, and so on.
  • the RRU 1510 and the BBU 1520 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 1520 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the BBU (processing unit) 1320 may be used to control the base station 40 to execute the operation flow of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the BBU 1520 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), and may also support different connections. Enter the standard wireless access network.
  • the BBU 1520 further includes a memory 1521 and a processor 1522.
  • the memory 1521 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 1521 stores the codebook in the above-mentioned embodiment and the like.
  • the processor 1522 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 1521 and the processor 1522 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • SoC system-on-chip
  • all or part of the functions of part 1520 and part 1510 can be realized by SoC technology, for example, a base station function chip Realization, the base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station.
  • the base station function chip can also read a memory external to the chip to implement related functions of the base station.
  • FIG. 15 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other types of base station structures that may appear in the future.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and dedicated integration Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • the foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs.
  • the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the above embodiments or the steps performed by the target network device are implemented. Or the steps performed by the source network device.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product that, when executed by a computer, implements the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the above embodiments, or the steps performed by the target network device, or the steps performed by the source network device .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned source network device, target network device, and terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, which includes a communication unit and a processing unit.
  • the processing unit may be a processor, for example.
  • the communication unit may be, for example, a communication interface, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, or the like.
  • the processing unit can execute computer instructions to make the chip in the communication device execute the steps performed by the terminal device provided in the embodiments of the present application, or the steps performed by the target network device, or the steps performed by the source network device.
  • the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
  • the various embodiments in this application can be used independently or in combination, which is not limited here.
  • the uplink data transmission method and the downlink data transmission method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be used independently or in combination, and both fall within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a data transmission method and apparatus. The method comprises: a terminal device receives first instruction information, the first instruction information being used for instructing the terminal device to convert from the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission with a source network device to the PUSCH transmission with a target network device; and then the terminal device converts, according to the first instruction information, from the PUSCH transmission with the source network device to the PUSCH transmission with the target network device. Therefore, embodiments of the present application clearly define the moment when the UL data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device, which can guarantee that the interruption delay of the UL data transmission is reduced during terminal device switching, and further facilitate achieving UL data transmission of 0 ms interruption.

Description

数据传输的方法和装置Method and device for data transmission 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体的,涉及通信领域中的数据传输的方法和装置。This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to methods and devices for data transmission in the field of communications.
背景技术Background technique
在移动通信系统中,随着终端设备的移动,网络设备通过切换过程将终端设备从源小区切换到目标小区进行数据传输。传统的切换过程中,源网络设备向终端设备发送切换消息后,终端设备与源网络设备之间的数据传输会中断,直到终端设备成功切换到目标网络设备,终端设备才可以与目标网络设备进行数据传输。因此,在切换过程中,从源网络设备向终端设备发送切换消息至终端设备成功切换到目标网络设备的这段时间内,空口没有数据传输,存在中断时延。In a mobile communication system, as the terminal device moves, the network device switches the terminal device from the source cell to the target cell for data transmission through a handover process. In the traditional handover process, after the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device, the data transmission between the terminal device and the source network device will be interrupted. Until the terminal device is successfully switched to the target network device, the terminal device can communicate with the target network device. data transmission. Therefore, during the handover process, during the period from the source network device sending the handover message to the terminal device to the successful handover of the terminal device to the target network device, there is no data transmission on the air interface, and there is an interruption delay.
在一种切换增强方案中,为减少中断时延,源网络设备向终端设备发送切换消息后,终端设备与源网络设备之间可以保持数据传输。例如,对于下行数据传输,终端设备保持与源网络设备之间的数据传输直至终端设备能从目标网络设备接收数据,或者,直至终端设备断开与源网络设备间的RRC连接/数据传输。该切换增强方案中,终端设备在接收到切换消息至释放与源网络设备的连接的这段时间内,可以同时与源网络设备和目标网络设备进行下行数据传输,但是,终端设备可能无法同时与源网络设备以及目标网络设备进行上行传输。因此,终端设备如何进行上行数据传输是亟需解决的问题。In a handover enhancement solution, in order to reduce the interruption delay, after the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device, data transmission can be maintained between the terminal device and the source network device. For example, for downlink data transmission, the terminal device maintains data transmission with the source network device until the terminal device can receive data from the target network device, or until the terminal device disconnects the RRC connection/data transmission with the source network device. In this handover enhancement solution, the terminal device can perform downlink data transmission with the source network device and the target network device at the same time during the period from receiving the handover message to releasing the connection with the source network device. However, the terminal device may not be able to communicate with the source network device at the same time. The source network device and the target network device perform uplink transmission. Therefore, how the terminal device performs uplink data transmission is a problem that needs to be solved urgently.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供数据传输的方法和装置,有助于实现0ms的上行数据传输。This application provides a method and device for data transmission, which is helpful for realizing 0ms uplink data transmission.
第一方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法由终端设备或可配置于终端设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)执行。下面以该方法由终端设备执行为例进行描述。In the first aspect, a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a terminal device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the terminal device. In the following, the method is executed by a terminal device as an example for description.
在该方法中,终端设备接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。其中,终端设备在接收第一指示信息之前保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,终端设备在接收第一指示信息之后开始与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。然后,终端设备根据该第一指示信息,由与源网络设备进行PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。In this method, the terminal device receives first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. The terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first instruction information, and the terminal device starts PUSCH transmission with the target network device after receiving the first instruction information. Then, the terminal device converts the PUSCH transmission with the source network device to the PUSCH transmission with the target network device according to the first instruction information.
因此,本申请实施例中,在终端设备接收第一指示信息的时刻,该终端设备的UL数据传输从源网络设备切换到目标网络设备。也就是说,本申请实施例明确定义了终端设备的UL数据传输从源网络设备切换到目标网络设备的时刻,能够保证终端设备在切换过程中,减少UL数据传输中断时延,进一步地,有助于实现0ms中断的UL数据传输。Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, when the terminal device receives the first indication information, the UL data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application clearly defines the moment when the UL data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device, which can ensure that the terminal device reduces the interruption delay of UL data transmission during the switching process. Further, there is Helps realize UL data transmission with 0ms interruption.
本申请实施例中,第一指示信息可以由源网络设备或目标网络设备发送给终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the first indication information may be sent to the terminal device by the source network device or the target network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备还可以接收第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小数据汇聚协议PDCP序列号SN。这样,终端设备可以根据第二指示信息,确定需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的PDCP SN。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device may also receive second indication information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to transmit to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. The minimum data convergence protocol PDCP serial number SN of the uplink data packet sent by the target network device. In this way, the terminal device can determine the PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device according to the second indication information.
作为示例,该最小PDCP SN,可以是终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,发送给目标网络设备的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN。As an example, the minimum PDCP SN may be the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent to the target network device after the terminal device is converted to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
在一些可能的实施例中,第二指示信息也可以用于指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。此时,可以通过向终端设备指示终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小数据汇聚协议PDCP序列号SN,来隐式指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。In some possible embodiments, the second indication information may also be used to instruct the terminal device to switch from physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. At this time, the minimum data convergence protocol PDCP sequence number SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device after the terminal device is converted to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device can be instructed to implicitly indicate that the terminal device is transferred from The physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device is converted to the PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,还包括:In combination with the first aspect, some implementations of the first aspect further include:
所述终端设备接收上行授权(UL grant)信息,所述上行授权信息是所述目标网络设备分配给所述终端设备,并用于所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。The terminal device receives uplink grant (UL grant) information, where the uplink grant information is allocated to the terminal device by the target network device and used for PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the target network device.
这样,终端设备可以根据该UL grant信息获取到UL grant,并使用该UL grant与目标网络设备进行上行数传。作为示例,该UL grant信息可以包括PUSCH资源信息、MCS信息等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In this way, the terminal device can obtain the UL grant according to the UL grant information, and use the UL grant to perform uplink data transmission with the target network device. As an example, the UL grant information may include PUSCH resource information, MCS information, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一些可能的实施例中,第一指示信息还可以为UL上行授权信息,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In some possible embodiments, the first indication information may also be UL uplink grant information, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
因此,本申请实施例中,通过网络设备向终端设备指示终端设备的PUSCH数据传输从源网络设备转换到目标网络设备的时刻,有利于实现终端设备在确定上述转换的时刻后,开始与目标网络设备进行上行数据传输,以保证终端设备在切换过程中,减少UL数据传输中断时延,进一步的,有助于实现0ms UL数据传输中断。进一步的,通过向终端设备指示终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN,或UL grant信息,能够进一步减少UL数据传输中断时延。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device is instructed by the network device to indicate the time when the PUSCH data transmission of the terminal device is converted from the source network device to the target network device, which is beneficial to realize that the terminal device starts to communicate with the target network after determining the above-mentioned conversion time. The device performs uplink data transmission to ensure that the terminal device reduces the UL data transmission interruption delay during the handover process, and further, helps to achieve 0ms UL data transmission interruption. Furthermore, by instructing the terminal device to transmit the minimum PDCP SN or UL grant information of the uplink data packet to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, the UL data transmission interruption can be further reduced. Extension.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备接收第一指示信息之前,向所述目标网络设备发送RRC重配置完成消息,或者接收目标网络设备发送的RAR消息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, before receiving the first indication information, the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the target network device, or receives an RAR message sent by the target network device.
当由源网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息时,目标网络设备在接收到终端设备发送的RRC重配置完成消息,或者向终端设备发送RAR消息之后,可以向源网络设备发送指示信息,用于指示终端设备已经成功接入至/切换至目标网络设备。源网络设备在接收到该指示信息之后,可以向终端设备发送该第一指示信息。When the source network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, the target network device may send the indication information to the source network device after receiving the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal device or sending the RAR message to the terminal device. To indicate that the terminal device has successfully connected/switched to the target network device. After receiving the instruction information, the source network device may send the first instruction information to the terminal device.
第二方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法由网络设备可配置于网络设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)执行。下面以该方法由网络设备执行为例进行描述。In the second aspect, a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) of the network device that can be configured in the network device. The following describes the method executed by a network device as an example.
在该方法中,网络设备可以获取第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。然后,网络设备向终端设备发送该第一指示信息,其中,终端设备在接收该第一指示信息之前保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,在接收第一指示信息之后开始与目标网 络设备进行PUSCH传输。In this method, the network device may obtain first indication information, which is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. Then, the network device sends the first instruction information to the terminal device, where the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first instruction information, and starts to communicate with the target network device after receiving the first instruction information PUSCH transmission.
因此,本申请实施例中,在终端设备接收第一指示信息的时刻,该终端设备的UL数据传输从源网络设备切换到目标网络设备。也就是说,本申请实施例明确定义了终端设备的UL数据传输从源网络设备切换到目标网络设备的时刻,能够保证终端设备在切换过程中,减少UL数据传输中断时延,进一步地,有助于实现0ms中断的UL数据传输。Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, when the terminal device receives the first indication information, the UL data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application clearly defines the moment when the UL data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device, which can ensure that the terminal device reduces the interruption delay of UL data transmission during the switching process. Further, there is Helps realize UL data transmission with 0ms interruption.
本申请实施例中,可以由源网络设备或目标网络设备将第一指示信息发送给终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the source network device or the target network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,网络设备还可以确定第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小数据汇聚协议PDCP序列号SN。然后,网络设备向终端设备发送该第二指示信息。这样,终端设备可以根据第二指示信息,确定需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的PDCP SN。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the network device may also determine second indication information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to transmit to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. The minimum data convergence protocol PDCP serial number SN of the uplink data packet sent by the target network device. Then, the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device can determine the PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device according to the second indication information.
作为示例,该最小PDCP SN,可以是终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,发送给目标网络设备的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN。As an example, the minimum PDCP SN may be the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent to the target network device after the terminal device is converted to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,网络设备还可以向终端设备发送上行授权信息,该上行授权信息是目标网络设备分配给终端设备,并用于终端设备与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the network device may also send uplink authorization information to the terminal device. The uplink authorization information is allocated by the target network device to the terminal device and used for the terminal device to communicate with the target network device. PUSCH transmission.
这样,终端设备可以根据该UL grant信息获取到UL grant,并使用该UL grant与目标网络设备进行上行数传。作为示例,该UL grant信息可以包括PUSCH资源信息、MCS信息等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In this way, the terminal device can obtain the UL grant according to the UL grant information, and use the UL grant to perform uplink data transmission with the target network device. As an example, the UL grant information may include PUSCH resource information, MCS information, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
因此,本申请实施例中,通过网络设备向终端设备指示终端设备的PUSCH数据传输从源网络设备转换到目标网络设备的时刻,有利于实现终端设备在确定上述转换的时刻后,开始与目标网络设备进行上行数据传输,以保证终端设备在切换过程中,减少UL数据传输中断时延,进一步的,有助于实现0ms UL数据传输中断。进一步的,通过向终端设备指示终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN,或UL grant信息,能够进一步减少UL数据传输中断时延。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device is instructed by the network device to indicate the time when the PUSCH data transmission of the terminal device is converted from the source network device to the target network device, which is beneficial to realize that the terminal device starts to communicate with the target network after determining the above-mentioned conversion time. The device performs uplink data transmission to ensure that the terminal device reduces the UL data transmission interruption delay during the handover process, and further, helps to achieve 0ms UL data transmission interruption. Furthermore, by instructing the terminal device to transmit the minimum PDCP SN or UL grant information of the uplink data packet to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, the UL data transmission interruption can be further reduced. Extension.
本申请一些可选的实施例中,可以通过目标网络设备向终端设备指示终端设备的PUSCH数据传输从源网络设备转换到目标网络设备的时刻,以及终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN,有利于实现终端设备在确定上述转换的时刻后,开始与目标网络设备进行上行数据传输,以保证终端设备在切换过程中,减少UL数据传输中断时延,进一步的,有助于实现0ms UL数据传输中断。此时,不需要由源网络设备转发该第一指示信息,因此能够节省系统信令开销。In some optional embodiments of this application, the target network device may indicate to the terminal device the time when the terminal device’s PUSCH data transmission is converted from the source network device to the target network device, and the terminal device is converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. After that, the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device is helpful for the terminal device to start the uplink data transmission with the target network device after determining the above conversion time, so as to ensure that the terminal device reduces the number of data during the handover process. The UL data transmission interruption time delay, further, helps to achieve 0ms UL data transmission interruption. At this time, the source network device does not need to forward the first indication information, so system signaling overhead can be saved.
本申请一些可选的实施例中,可以通过源网络设备向终端设备指示终端设备的PUSCH数据传输从源网络设备转换到目标网络设备的时刻,以及终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN,有利于实现终端设备在确定上述转换的时刻后,开始与目标网络设备进行上行数据传输,以保证终端设备在切换过程中,减少UL数据传输中断时延,进一步的,有助于实现 0ms中断的UL数据传输。此时,可选地,源网络设备可以从目标网络设备接收该第一指示信息和/或终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。此时,通过源网络设备转发第一指示信息和/或终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN,能够更灵活得对终端设备指示上述转换的时刻和/或终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。In some optional embodiments of this application, the source network device may indicate to the terminal device the time when the terminal device’s PUSCH data transmission is converted from the source network device to the target network device, and the terminal device is converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. After that, the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device is helpful for the terminal device to start the uplink data transmission with the target network device after determining the above conversion time, so as to ensure that the terminal device reduces the number of data during the handover process. The UL data transmission interruption time delay, further, helps to realize the UL data transmission with 0ms interruption. At this time, optionally, the source network device may receive the first indication information from the target network device and/or the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device. At this time, the source network device forwards the first indication information and/or the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device, which can be more flexible to indicate the above conversion time and/or terminal device needs to the terminal device The minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent to the target network device.
当第二方面以及第二方面的一些实现方式中的方法由目标网络设备或目标网络中的芯片执行时,目标网络设备在接收到来自终端设备的RRC重配完成消息,或者向终端设备发送RAR消息之后,还可以向源网络设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于向源网络设备指示终端设备成功切换至目标网络设备。这样,源网络设备能够根据第三指示信息,确定终端设备已经成功接入至/切换至目标网络设备。When the method in the second aspect and some implementations of the second aspect is executed by the target network device or a chip in the target network, the target network device receives an RRC reconfiguration complete message from the terminal device or sends an RAR to the terminal device. After the message, third indication information may also be sent to the source network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate to the source network device that the terminal device has successfully switched to the target network device. In this way, the source network device can determine, according to the third indication information, that the terminal device has successfully accessed/switched to the target network device.
可选的,上述目标网络设备还可以从源网络设备接收PDCP状态报告,其中,该PDCP状态报告用于获取需要向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。Optionally, the aforementioned target network device may also receive a PDCP status report from the source network device, where the PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet of the uplink data that needs to be sent to the target network device.
当第二方面以及第二方面的一些实现方式中的方法由源网络设备或源网络设备中的芯片执行,源网络设备还可以接收目标网络设备发送的第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于向所述源网络设备指示所述终端设备成功切换至所述目标网络设备。这样,源网络设备能够根据第三指示信息,确定终端设备已经成功接入至/切换至目标网络设备。When the methods in the second aspect and some implementations of the second aspect are executed by the source network device or a chip in the source network device, the source network device may also receive third instruction information sent by the target network device, and the third instruction information is used Instructing the source network device that the terminal device successfully switches to the target network device. In this way, the source network device can determine, according to the third indication information, that the terminal device has successfully accessed/switched to the target network device.
可选的,上述源网络设备还可以接收目标网络设备发送的上行授权信息,该上行授权信息为目标网络设备分配给终端设备,并用于终端设备与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输的。Optionally, the aforementioned source network device may also receive uplink authorization information sent by the target network device, where the uplink authorization information is allocated by the target network device to the terminal device and used for PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the target network device.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在第一方面或第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第二指示信息包括终端设备向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN。这样,网络设备可以直接向终端设备指示终端设备向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the first or second aspect, the second indication information includes the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device. In this way, the network device can directly indicate to the terminal device the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在第一方面或第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第二指示信息可以包括UL PDCP状态报告,该UL PDCP状态报告用于获取上述需要向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。这样,网络设备可以通过UL PDCP状态报告向终端设备指示终端设备向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect or the second aspect, the second indication information may include a UL PDCP status report, and the UL PDCP status report is used to obtain the foregoing information from the target The minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent by the network device. In this way, the network device can indicate to the terminal device the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device through the UL PDCP status report.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在第一方面或第二方面的某些实现方式中,第二指示信息可以包括终端设备向源网络设备发送的最后一个上行数据包的PDCP SN,则此时终端设备向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN为该第二指示信息所包括的PDCP SN之后的第一个PDCP SN。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in some implementations of the first or second aspect, the second indication information may include the PDCP SN of the last uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the source network device, then at this time The PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device is the first PDCP SN after the PDCP SN included in the second indication information.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在第一方面或第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述PDCP SN是承载粒度的。也就是说,各承载可以具有自身对应的上述PDCP SN值,各个承载所对应的上述PDCP SN可以相同或不同,本申请实施例不作限定。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect or the second aspect, the PDCP SN is bearer granular. That is, each bearer may have its own corresponding PDCP SN value, and the above PDCP SN corresponding to each bearer may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选的,上述第二指示信息中除了包含PDCP SN,还可以包含该PDCP SN对应的RB ID。在一些可选的实施例中,上述第二指示信息中可以不包括RB ID,而是由协议约定第二指示信息中包含的PDCP SN与RB之间的关联关系。Optionally, in addition to the PDCP SN, the foregoing second indication information may also include the RB ID corresponding to the PDCP SN. In some optional embodiments, the above-mentioned second indication information may not include the RB ID, and the association relationship between the PDCP SN and the RB contained in the second indication information is agreed by the agreement.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在第一方面或第二方面的某些实现方式中,第二指示信息可以是承载粒度的。也就是说,每个承载可以具有各自对应的第二指示信息。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect or the second aspect, the second indication information may be carried with granularity. In other words, each bearer may have corresponding second indication information.
这样,终端设备可以根据发送第二指示信息所使用的承载,确定该承载上,终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。换句话说,终端设备可以根据发送第二指示信息所使用的承载,确定终端设备与目标网络设备传输该承载对应的上行数据包时,向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。In this way, the terminal device can determine the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device on the bearer according to the bearer used for sending the second indication information. In other words, the terminal device can determine the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent to the target network device when the terminal device and the target network device transmit the uplink data packet corresponding to the bearer according to the bearer used for sending the second indication information.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在第一方面或第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一指示信息,第二指示信息,以及上行授权信息中的至少一种可以包含在同一条消息中发送给终端设备,或者分开在不同的消息中发送给终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。作为示例,上述消息可以为RRC消息,或层2消息,或物理层消息,本申请实施例对此不做限定。其中,层2消息例如可以为PDCP控制(control)PDU、MAC CE等。物理层消息例如可以为DCI等。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect or the second aspect, at least one of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the uplink authorization information may be included in the same message It is sent to the terminal device, or sent to the terminal device in separate messages, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. As an example, the foregoing message may be an RRC message, or a layer 2 message, or a physical layer message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Among them, the layer 2 message may be, for example, PDCP control (control) PDU, MAC CE, and so on. The physical layer message may be, for example, DCI.
第三方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法由终端设备可配置于终端设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)执行。下面以该方法由终端设备执行为例进行描述。In a third aspect, a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) of the terminal device that can be configured in the terminal device. In the following, the method executed by the terminal device is described as an example.
在该方法中,终端设备接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示与至少一个包数据汇聚协议PDCP协议数据单元PDU一一对应的至少一个PDCP序列号SN,所述至少一个PDCP PDU为源网络设备没有成功向所述终端设备发送的PDCP PDU。然后,所述终端设备从目标网络设备接收所述至少一个PDCP PDU,并使用与所述源网络设备对应的参数处理所述至少一个PDCP PDU,其中,所述从目标网络设备接收的所述至少一个PDCP PDU是来自源网络设备的PDCP PDU。In this method, the terminal device receives fourth indication information, which is used to indicate at least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to at least one packet data convergence protocol PDCP protocol data unit PDU, and the at least one PDCP The PDU is a PDCP PDU that the source network device has not successfully sent to the terminal device. Then, the terminal device receives the at least one PDCP PDU from the target network device, and uses the parameters corresponding to the source network device to process the at least one PDCP PDU, wherein the at least one PDCP PDU received from the target network device is A PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU from the source network device.
因此,本申请实施例通过源网络设备将未成功发送给终端设备的至少一个PDCP PDU(s)转发给目标网络设备,而不是向目标网络设备转发未成功的PDCP SDU(s),使得目标网络设备不需要使用自身对应的头压缩上下文、密钥等对这些未能由源网络设备成功发送的DL数据进行处理,从而能够有助于终端设备正确从目标网络设备进行DL数据接收。Therefore, in this embodiment of the application, the source network device forwards at least one PDCP PDU(s) that is not successfully sent to the terminal device to the target network device, instead of forwarding the unsuccessful PDCP SDU(s) to the target network device, so that the target network The device does not need to use its own corresponding header compression context, key, etc. to process the DL data that has not been successfully sent by the source network device, which can help the terminal device to correctly receive the DL data from the target network device.
第四方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法由源网络设备或可配置于源网络设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)执行。下面以该方法由源网络设备执行为例进行描述。In a fourth aspect, a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a source network device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the source network device. The following describes the method executed by the source network device as an example.
在该方法中,源网络设备向目标网络设备发送至少一个PDCP PDU,所述至少一个PDCP PDU为所述源网络设备没有成功发送给终端设备的PDCP PDU。然后,所述源网络设备向所述终端设备或所述目标网络设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述至少一个PDCP PDU一一对应的至少一个PDCP序列号SN。In this method, the source network device sends at least one PDCP PDU to the target network device, and the at least one PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU that the source network device has not successfully sent to the terminal device. Then, the source network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device or the target network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to the at least one PDCP PDU one-to-one .
因此,本申请实施例通过源网络设备将未成功发送给终端设备的至少一个PDCP PDU(s)转发给目标网络设备,而不是向目标网络设备转发未成功的PDCP SDU(s),使得目标网络设备不需要使用自身对应的头压缩上下文、密钥等对这些未能由源网络设备成功发送的DL数据包进行处理,同时,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息以指示这些未能由源网络设备成功发送的DL数据包所分别对应的PDCP SN,从而,能够有助于终端设备正确从目标网络设备接收、处理这些DL数据包。Therefore, in this embodiment of the application, the source network device forwards at least one PDCP PDU(s) that is not successfully sent to the terminal device to the target network device, instead of forwarding the unsuccessful PDCP SDU(s) to the target network device, so that the target network The device does not need to use its own corresponding header compression context, key, etc. to process these DL data packets that have not been successfully sent by the source network device. At the same time, the network device sends instructions to the terminal device to indicate that these DL data packets have not been successfully sent by the source network device. The PDCP SN corresponding to the successfully sent DL data packets can thereby help the terminal device to correctly receive and process these DL data packets from the target network device.
第五方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法由目标网络设备或可配置于目标网络设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)执行。下面以该方法由目标网络设备执行为例进行描述。In a fifth aspect, a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a target network device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the target network device. The following describes the method executed by the target network device as an example.
在该方法中,目标网络设备从源网络设备接收至少一个PDCP PDU,所述至少一个PDCP PDU为所述源网络设备没有成功发送给终端设备的PDCP PDU。然后,所述目标网 络设备从所述源网络设备接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述与所述至少一个PDCP PDU一一对应的至少一个PDCP序列号SN。然后,所述目标网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第四指示信息和所述至少一个PDCP PDU。In this method, the target network device receives at least one PDCP PDU from the source network device, and the at least one PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU that the source network device has not successfully sent to the terminal device. Then, the target network device receives fourth indication information from the source network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the at least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to the at least one PDCP PDU one-to-one. Then, the target network device sends the fourth indication information and the at least one PDCP PDU to the terminal device.
因此,本申请实施例通过源网络设备将未成功发送给终端设备的至少一个PDCP PDU(s)转发给目标网络设备,而不是向目标网络设备转发未成功的PDCP SDU(s),使得目标网络设备不需要使用自身对应的头压缩上下文、密钥等对这些未能由源网络设备成功发送的DL数据包进行处理,同时,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息以指示这些未能由源网络设备成功发送的DL数据包所分别对应的PDCP SN,从而,能够有助于终端设备正确从目标网络设备接收、处理这些DL数据包。Therefore, in this embodiment of the application, the source network device forwards at least one PDCP PDU(s) that is not successfully sent to the terminal device to the target network device, instead of forwarding the unsuccessful PDCP SDU(s) to the target network device, so that the target network The device does not need to use its own corresponding header compression context, key, etc. to process these DL data packets that have not been successfully sent by the source network device. At the same time, the network device sends instructions to the terminal device to indicate that these DL data packets have not been successfully sent by the source network device. The PDCP SN corresponding to the successfully sent DL data packets can thereby help the terminal device to correctly receive and process these DL data packets from the target network device.
结合第三方面或第四方面或第五方面,在第三方面或第四方面或第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述至少一个PDCP SN是承载粒度的。With reference to the third aspect, the fourth aspect, or the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the fourth aspect, or the fifth aspect, the at least one PDCP SN has a bearer granularity.
第六方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法由终端设备或可配置于终端设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)执行。下面以该方法由终端设备执行为例进行描述。In a sixth aspect, a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a terminal device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the terminal device. In the following, the method is executed by a terminal device as an example for description.
在该方法中,终端设备获取第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述终端设备从目标网络设备接收的第三PDCP PDU对应的第三PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,以及从所述目标网络设备接收的第二PDCP PDU对应的第二PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,其中,所述第三PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对来自所述源网络设备的所述第三PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的且所述第三PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的,所述第二PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对来自所述源网络设备的所述第二PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的且所述第二PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的,所述第三PDCP SDU是在所述目标网络设备接收所述第二PDCP SDU之前,所述源网络设备向所述目标网络设备发送的第一PDCP SDU中的所述目标网络设备还未使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数进行处理的PDCP SDU,所述第二PDCP SDU是所述终端设备没有从源网络设备成功接收到的PDCP SDU。In this method, the terminal device obtains sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device and the source network device are the first 3. The mapping relationship between the PDCP SN allocated by the PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU Mapping relationship, wherein the third PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the third The PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device, and the second PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the second PDCP SDU from the source network device And the second PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device, and the third PDCP SDU is before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU, the source network device sends to the target network device In the first PDCP SDU sent, the target network device has not yet used the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SDU is not successfully received by the terminal device from the source network device PDCP SDU.
然后,所述终端设备从所述目标网络设备接收所述第三PDCP PDU和所述第二PDCP PDU,根据所述第六指示信息,使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数处理所述第三PDCP PDU和所述第二PDCP PDU。Then, the terminal device receives the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU from the target network device, and uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP according to the sixth indication information PDU and the second PDCP PDU.
因此,本申请实施例中,目标网络设备将源网络设备转发过来的未成功发送的PDCP SDU(s),进行特殊处理后,发送给终端设备。例如,目标网络设备可以对源网络设备转发过来的未成功发送给终端设备的PDCP SDU(s),以及目标网络设备的缓存区中还没有发送给终端设备的PDCP SDU(s),分配虚拟的PDCP SN’,并将相应的处理方式(例如,实际的PDCP SN与虚拟的PDCP SN’,即实际的PDCP SN与虚拟的PDCP SN’的映射关系;或者,例如,第一偏移值、第二偏移值)通知终端设备,使得终端设备能够正确对从目标网络设备接收的PDCP PDUs进行处理,从而使得终端设备能够正确进行DL数据接收。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the target network device sends the unsuccessfully sent PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device to the terminal device after special processing. For example, the target network device can allocate virtual PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device that are not successfully sent to the terminal device, and PDCP SDU(s) in the buffer area of the target network device that have not been sent to the terminal device. PDCP SN', and the corresponding processing method (for example, the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN', that is, the mapping relationship between the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN'; or, for example, the first offset value, the first Two offset value) Notify the terminal device so that the terminal device can correctly process the PDCP PDUs received from the target network device, so that the terminal device can correctly receive DL data.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的一些可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以根据所述第六指示信息,获取所述终端设备从目标网络设备接收的第三PDCP PDU对应的第三PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,以及,从所述目 标网络设备接收的第二PDCP PDU对应的第二PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系。然后,根据所述源网络设备为所述第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN以及所述第二PDCP SN,使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数处理所述第二PDCP PDU。然后根据所述源网络设备为所述第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN以及所述第三PDCP SN,使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数处理所述第三PDCP PDU。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some possible implementations of the sixth aspect, the terminal device may obtain the third PDCP SN and the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device according to the sixth indication information. The mapping relationship between the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device and the source network device are the second PDCP The mapping relationship between PDCP and SN allocated by SDU. Then, according to the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SN, the parameters corresponding to the target network device are used to process the second PDCP PDU. Then, according to the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the third PDCP SDU and the third PDCP SN, use the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP PDU.
第七方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法由目标网络设备或可配置于目标网络设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)执行。下面以该方法由目标网络设备执行为例进行描述。In a seventh aspect, a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a target network device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the target network device. The following describes the method executed by the target network device as an example.
在该方法中,目标网络设备从源网络设备接收第一PDCP SDU,以及所述源网络设备为所述第一PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN。In this method, the target network device receives the first PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the first PDCP SDU.
所述目标网络设备从所述源网络设备接收第二PDCP SDU,以及所述源网络设备为所述第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN,所述第二PDCP SDU是所述终端设备没有从源网络设备成功接收到的PDCP SDU。The target network device receives a second PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the second PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SDU is that the terminal device does not receive the PDCP SDU from the source network The PDCP SDU successfully received by the device.
所述目标网络设备向所述终端设备发送第三PDCP PDU和第二PDCP PDU,其中,所述第三PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对第三PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的,所述第二PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对所述第二PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的,所述第三PDCP SDU是在所述目标网络设备接收所述第二PDCP SDU之前,所述第一PDCP SDU中的所述目标网络设备还未使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数进行处理的PDCP SDU。The target network device sends a third PDCP PDU and a second PDCP PDU to the terminal device, where the third PDCP PDU means that the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to perform the third PDCP SDU After processing, the second PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the second PDCP SDU, and the third PDCP SDU is generated in the target network device. Before the network device receives the second PDCP SDU, the target network device in the first PDCP SDU has not yet processed the PDCP SDU using the parameters corresponding to the target network device.
所述目标网络设备发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第三PDCP PDU对应的第三PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,以及所述第二PDCP PDU对应的第二PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,其中,所述第二PDCP SN和所述第三PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的。The target network device sends sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the relationship between the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU The mapping relationship, and the mapping relationship between the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU, where the second PDCP SN and the third PDCP SN are The PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device.
一些可能的实施例中,目标网络设备可以向终端设备发送该第六指示信息,或者向源网络设备发送该第一指示信息,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In some possible embodiments, the target network device may send the sixth instruction information to the terminal device, or send the first instruction information to the source network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
因此,本申请实施例中,目标网络设备将源网络设备转发过来的未成功发送的PDCP SDU(s),进行特殊处理后,发送给终端设备。例如,目标网络设备可以对源网络设备转发过来的未成功发送给终端设备的PDCP SDU(s),以及目标网络设备的缓存区中还没有发送给终端设备的PDCP SDU(s),分配虚拟的PDCP SN’,并将相应的处理方式(例如,实际的PDCP SN与虚拟的PDCP SN’,即实际的PDCP SN与虚拟的PDCP SN’的映射关系;或者,例如,第一偏移值、第二偏移值)通知终端设备,使得终端设备能够正确对从目标网络设备接收的PDCP PDUs进行处理,从而使得终端设备能够正确进行DL数据接收。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the target network device sends the unsuccessfully sent PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device to the terminal device after special processing. For example, the target network device can allocate virtual PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device that are not successfully sent to the terminal device, and PDCP SDU(s) in the buffer area of the target network device that have not been sent to the terminal device. PDCP SN', and the corresponding processing method (for example, the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN', that is, the mapping relationship between the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN'; or, for example, the first offset value, the first Two offset value) Notify the terminal device so that the terminal device can correctly process the PDCP PDUs received from the target network device, so that the terminal device can correctly receive DL data.
第八方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法由源网络设备或可配置于源网络设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)执行。下面以该方法由源网络设备执行为例进行描述。In an eighth aspect, a data transmission method is provided, which is executed by a source network device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the source network device. The following describes the method executed by the source network device as an example.
在该方法中,源网络设备向目标网络设备发送第一PDCP SDU,以及所述源网络设备为所述第一PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN。In this method, the source network device sends the first PDCP SDU to the target network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the first PDCP SDU.
所述源网络设备向所述目标网络设备发送第二PDCP SDU,以及所述源网络设备为所述第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN,所述第二PDCP SDU是所述终端设备没有从源网络 设备成功接收到的PDCP SDU。The source network device sends a second PDCP SDU to the target network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the second PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SDU is that the terminal device is not from the source network The PDCP SDU successfully received by the device.
所述源网络设备从所述目标网络设备接收第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述终端设备从所述目标网络设备接收的第三PDCP PDU对应的第三PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,以及从所述目标网络设备接收的第二PDCP PDU对应的第二PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,其中,所述第三PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对来自所述源网络设备的第三PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的且所述第三PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的,所述第二PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对来自所述源网络设备的第二PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的且所述第二PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的,所述第三PDCP SDU是在所述目标网络设备接收所述第二PDCP SDU之前,所述第一PDCP SDU中的所述目标网络设备还未使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数进行处理的PDCP SDU。The source network device receives sixth indication information from the target network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device is related to the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received from the target network device. The mapping relationship between the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device and the source network device allocated for the second PDCP SDU The mapping relationship between the PDCP SNs, where the third PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP SDU from the source network device and The third PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device, and the second PDCP PDU is used by the target network device to process the second PDCP SDU from the source network device using the parameters corresponding to the target network device The second PDCP SN is generated later and the second PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device, and the third PDCP SDU is before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU, all of the first PDCP SDU The target network device has not yet used the PDCP SDU processed by the parameters corresponding to the target network device.
所述源网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第六指示信息。The source network device sends the sixth indication information to the terminal device.
因此,本申请实施例中,目标网络设备将源网络设备转发过来的未成功发送的PDCP SDU(s),进行特殊处理后,发送给终端设备。例如,目标网络设备可以对源网络设备转发过来的未成功发送给终端设备的PDCP SDU(s),以及目标网络设备的缓存区中还没有发送给终端设备的PDCP SDU(s),分配虚拟的PDCP SN’,并将相应的处理方式(例如,实际的PDCP SN与虚拟的PDCP SN’,即实际的PDCP SN与虚拟的PDCP SN’的映射关系;或者,例如,第一偏移值、第二偏移值)通知终端设备,使得终端设备能够正确对从目标网络设备接收的PDCP PDUs进行处理,从而使得终端设备能够正确进行DL数据接收。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the target network device sends the unsuccessfully sent PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device to the terminal device after special processing. For example, the target network device can allocate virtual PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device that are not successfully sent to the terminal device, and PDCP SDU(s) in the buffer area of the target network device that have not been sent to the terminal device. PDCP SN', and the corresponding processing method (for example, the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN', that is, the mapping relationship between the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN'; or, for example, the first offset value, the first Two offset value) Notify the terminal device so that the terminal device can correctly process the PDCP PDUs received from the target network device, so that the terminal device can correctly receive DL data.
结合第六方面或第七方面或第八方面,在第六方面或第七方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中,第六指示信息包含第一偏移值和第二偏移值,所述第一偏移值为所述第三PDCP SN相对所述源网络设备为所述第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN的偏移,所述第二偏移值为所述第二PDCP SN相对所述源网络设备为所述第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN的偏移;或者With reference to the sixth or seventh or eighth aspects, in some implementations of the sixth or seventh or eighth aspects, the sixth indication information includes a first offset value and a second offset value, so The first offset value is the offset of the third PDCP SN relative to the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU, and the second offset value is the offset relative to the second PDCP SN. The offset of the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU; or
所述第六指示信息包括所述第三PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN以及与所述第三PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN相对应的由所述源网络设备分配的PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN,可选的,所述第六指示信息还包括所述第二PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN以及与所述第二PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN相对应的由所述源网络设备分配的PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN。The sixth indication information includes at least one PDCP SN in the third PDCP SN and at least one of the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device corresponding to the at least one PDCP SN in the third PDCP SN PDCP SN. Optionally, the sixth indication information further includes at least one PDCP SN in the second PDCP SN and the source network device corresponding to at least one PDCP SN in the second PDCP SN. At least one PDCP SN in the allocated PDCP SN.
结合第六方面或第七方面或第八方面,在第六方面或第七方面或第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一偏移值是根据所述第二PDCP SDU的数量确定的,所述第二偏移值是根据所述第一偏移值以及第四PDCP SDU的数量确定的,其中,所述第四PDCP SDU是在所述目标网络设备接收所述第二PDCP SDU之前,所述第一PDCP SDU中的所述目标网络设备已经使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数进行PDCP层相应处理的PDCP SDU。With reference to the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect, or the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect, or the eighth aspect, the first offset value is determined according to the number of the second PDCP SDUs Yes, the second offset value is determined according to the first offset value and the number of fourth PDCP SDUs, where the fourth PDCP SDU is received by the target network device. Previously, the target network device in the first PDCP SDU has already used the parameters corresponding to the target network device to perform the PDCP SDU corresponding to the PDCP layer processing.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,用于执行上述第一方面至第八方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,具体的,该装置包括用于执行上述第一方面至第八方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的模块。In the ninth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication device for executing the method in any one of the first to eighth aspects or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects. Specifically, the device includes A module for executing the method in any one of the above-mentioned first aspect to the eighth aspect or any possible implementation manner of any one of the aspects.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和收发器。可选的,还 可以包括存储器。其中,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令,并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时,该执行使得该处理器执行第一方面至第八方面中任一方面或任一方面任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and a transceiver. Optionally, memory may also be included. Wherein, the memory is used to store instructions, the processor is used to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the execution causes the processor to execute any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect Aspect or any possible implementation of any aspect.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序包括用于执行第一方面至第八方面中任一方面或任一方面任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium for storing a computer program, and the computer program includes a computer program for executing any one of the first to eighth aspects or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects. The instruction of the method in the way.
第十二方面,本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行第一方面至第八方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In the twelfth aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute any or any one of the first to eighth aspects Any possible implementation of the method.
第十三方面,提供了一种芯片,包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器用于从所述通信接口调用并运行指令,当所述处理器执行所述指令时,实现上述第一方面至第八方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a chip is provided, including a processor and a communication interface. The processor is used to call and execute instructions from the communication interface. When the processor executes the instructions, the first aspect to the The method in any one of the eighth aspect or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects.
可选地,该芯片还可以包括存储器,该存储器中存储有指令,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的指令或源于其他的指令。当该指令被执行时,处理器用于实现上述第一方面至第八方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。Optionally, the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory or instructions derived from other sources. When the instruction is executed, the processor is used to implement any one of the foregoing first to eighth aspects or the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the aspects.
第十四方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括具有实现上述第一方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置,上述具有实现上述第二方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes a device capable of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned first aspect, and the above-mentioned methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned second aspect are implemented. The function of the device.
第十五方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括具有实现上述第三方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置,上述具有实现上述第四方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置,以及上述具有实现上述第五方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes a device capable of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the foregoing third aspect, and the foregoing has the methods and various possible designs that implement the foregoing fourth aspect. The device with the functions of the above, and the above-mentioned device with the functions of the various methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned fifth aspect.
第十六方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括具有实现上述第六方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置,上述具有实现上述第七方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置,以及上述具有实现上述第八方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置。In a sixteenth aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes a device capable of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned sixth aspect, and the above-mentioned methods and various possible designs are provided for implementing the above-mentioned seventh aspect. The device with the functions of the above, and the above-mentioned device with the functions of the various methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned eighth aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1示出了应用本申请实施例的一种网络架构的示意图。Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which an embodiment of the present application is applied.
图2示出了应用本申请实施例的另一种网络架构的示意图。Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture to which an embodiment of the present application is applied.
图3示出了应用本申请实施例的网络架构的又一示意图。Fig. 3 shows another schematic diagram of a network architecture to which an embodiment of the present application is applied.
图4示出了一种PDCP层进行数据传输的示意性流程图。Fig. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of data transmission at a PDCP layer.
图5示出了本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8示出了下行数据传输对应的网络设备侧的用户面协议栈架构的一个示意图Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of the user plane protocol stack architecture on the network device side corresponding to downlink data transmission
图9示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图10示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图11示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图12示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图13示出了本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信的装置的示意图。FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图14示出了本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。Fig. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by the present application.
图15示出了本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR),以及后续演进通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex) , TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the future 5th generation (5G) system or new wireless ( new radio, NR), and subsequent evolution of communication systems.
本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以称为:用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as: user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), access terminal, user unit, user station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to the user, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and so on. At present, some examples of terminals are: mobile phones (mobile phones), tablet computers, notebook computers, handheld computers, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, and augmented reality. (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grids Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocols , SIP) phone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to wireless modem, vehicle Devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network or terminal devices in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of the present application, wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the Internet of Things (IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to pass items through communication technology. Connect with the network to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things.
另外,本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备也 可以称为接入设备或无线接入网设备,可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该接入设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的接入设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point,AP),可以是新无线(new radio,NR)系统中的gNB,本申请实施例并不限定。In addition, the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices. The network device may also be called an access device or a radio access network device, and may be an evolved NodeB in the LTE system. , ENB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the access device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and the future The access equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network can be the access point (AP) in the WLAN, or the gNB in the new radio (NR) system. The application examples are not limited.
在一种网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备、或者控制面CU节点(CU-CP节点)和用户面CU节点(CU-UP节点)以及DU节点的RAN设备。In a network structure, a network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU). -CP node), user plane CU node (CU-UP node) and RAN equipment of DU node.
图1示出了应用本申请实施例的一种网络架构的示意图。如图1所示,当终端设备移动时,能够根据小区的信号强度的变化,发生服务小区的切换。在图1中,源网络设备为终端设备当前所在的服务小区所属的网络设备,目标网络设备为终端设备将要切换到的目标小区所属的网络设备。本申请实施例中,源网络设备和目标网络设备可以为相同无线接入类型(radio access type,RAT)的基站,也可以是不同RAT的基站。Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which an embodiment of the present application is applied. As shown in Fig. 1, when the terminal device moves, it is possible to switch the serving cell according to the change of the signal strength of the cell. In FIG. 1, the source network device is the network device to which the serving cell where the terminal device is currently located, and the target network device is the network device to which the target cell to which the terminal device will be handed over belongs. In the embodiments of the present application, the source network device and the target network device may be base stations of the same radio access type (RAT), or may be base stations of different RATs.
图2示出了应用本申请实施例的另一种网络架构的示意图。如图2所示,网络设备和终端设备之间的通信遵循一定的协议层结构。例如控制面协议层结构可以包括无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层、分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理层等协议层的功能。用户面协议层结构可以包括PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和物理层等协议层的功能;在一种实现中,PDCP层之上还可以包括业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层。Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture to which an embodiment of the present application is applied. As shown in Figure 2, the communication between network equipment and terminal equipment follows a certain protocol layer structure. For example, the control plane protocol layer structure can include the radio resource control (RRC) layer, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, the radio link control (RLC) layer, and the media interface. Access control (media access control, MAC) layer and physical layer and other protocol layer functions. The user plane protocol layer structure can include the functions of the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer; in one implementation, the PDCP layer can also include the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) Floor.
这些协议层的功能可以由一个节点实现,或者可以由多个节点实现;例如,在一种演进结构中,接入设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布单元(distributed unit,DU),多个DU可以由一个CU集中控制。The functions of these protocol layers can be implemented by one node or multiple nodes; for example, in an evolution structure, the access device can include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU) , Multiple DUs can be centrally controlled by one CU.
如图2所示,CU和DU可以根据无线网络的协议层划分,例如PDCP层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,PDCP以下的协议层,例如RLC层和MAC层等的功能设置在DU。或者说,CU具有PDCP层以上(含PDCP、SDAP和RRC)功能,DU具有PDCP层以下(含RLC、MAC和PHY)功能。As shown in Figure 2, CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network. For example, the functions of the PDCP layer and the above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the protocol layers below the PDCP, such as the RLC layer and MAC layer, are set in the DU. In other words, the CU has functions above the PDCP layer (including PDCP, SDAP, and RRC), and the DU has functions below the PDCP layer (including RLC, MAC, and PHY).
这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例,还可以在其它协议层划分,例如在RLC层划分,将RLC层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,RLC层以下协议层的功能设置在DU;或者,在某个协议层中划分,例如将RLC层的部分功能和RLC层以上的协议层的功能设置在CU,将RLC层的剩余功能和RLC层以下的协议层的功能设置在DU。此外,也可以按其它方式划分,例如按时延划分,将处理时间需要满足时延要求的功能设置在DU,不需要满足该时延要求的功能设置在CU。This type of protocol layer division is just an example, it can also be divided in other protocol layers, for example, in the RLC layer, the functions of the RLC layer and above protocol layers are set in the CU, and the functions of the protocol layers below the RLC layer are set in the DU; Or, in a certain protocol layer, for example, part of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU. In addition, it can also be divided in other ways, for example, by time delay. The functions that need to meet the delay requirement for processing time are set in the DU, and the functions that do not need to meet the delay requirement are set in the CU.
图3示出了应用本申请实施例的网络架构的又一示意图。相对于图2所示的架构,还可以将CU的控制面(CP)和用户面(UP)分离,分成不同实体来实现,分别为控制面CU实体(CU-CP实体)和用户面CU实体(CU-UP实体)。Fig. 3 shows another schematic diagram of a network architecture to which an embodiment of the present application is applied. Compared with the architecture shown in Figure 2, the control plane (CP) and user plane (UP) of the CU can also be separated and divided into different entities for implementation, namely the control plane CU entity (CU-CP entity) and the user plane CU entity (CU-UP entity).
在以上网络架构中,CU产生的信令可以通过DU发送给终端设备,或者终端设备产生的信令可以通过DU发送给CU。DU可以不对该信令进行解析而直接通过协议层封装 而透传给终端设备或CU。以下实施例中如果涉及这种信令在DU和终端设备之间的传输,此时,DU对信令的发送或接收包括这种场景。In the above network architecture, the signaling generated by the CU can be sent to the terminal device through the DU, or the signaling generated by the terminal device can be sent to the CU through the DU. The DU can directly pass the protocol layer encapsulation without analyzing the signaling and transparently transmit it to the terminal device or CU. If the following embodiments involve the transmission of such signaling between the DU and the terminal device, at this time, the sending or receiving of the signaling by the DU includes this scenario.
在以上实施例中CU划分为接入网RAN侧的网络设备,此外,也可以将CU划分为核心网CN侧的网络设备,在此不做限制。In the above embodiments, the CU is divided into network equipment on the RAN side of the access network. In addition, the CU may also be divided into network equipment on the CN side of the core network, which is not limited here.
本申请以下实施例中的装置,根据其实现的功能,可以位于终端设备或网络设备。当采用以上CU-DU的结构时,网络设备可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备。The devices in the following embodiments of the present application may be located in terminal equipment or network equipment according to their realized functions. When the above CU-DU structure is adopted, the network device may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
图4示出了一种PDCP层进行数据传输的示意性流程图。其中,当进行上行数据传输时,发送端可以为终端设备,接收端可以为网络设备。当进行下行数据传输时,发送端可以为网络设备,接收端可以为终端设备。Fig. 4 shows a schematic flow chart of data transmission by the PDCP layer. Among them, when performing uplink data transmission, the sending end may be a terminal device, and the receiving end may be a network device. When performing downlink data transmission, the sending end may be a network device, and the receiving end may be a terminal device.
在数据传输时,对于发送端的PDCP层(即发送PDCP实体,或发送PDCP协议栈),可以使用发送端对应的相关参数(如发送端对应的头压缩上下文、完整性保护参数、密钥等),对PDCP服务数据单元(service data unit,SDU)进行处理。作为示例,发送端的PDCP层可以对传输缓存(transmission buffer)中的PDCP SDU进行PDCP序列号(sequence number,SN)分配、头压缩(header compression)。在头压缩之后,进行完整性保护(integrity protection)、加密(ciphering)、添加PDCP头(add PDCP header)、路由(routing)/重复(duplication)等处理,生成PDCP协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)。During data transmission, for the PDCP layer of the sender (that is, send the PDCP entity, or send the PDCP protocol stack), the relevant parameters corresponding to the sender (such as the header compression context, integrity protection parameters, keys, etc. corresponding to the sender) can be used , Process the PDCP service data unit (service data unit, SDU). As an example, the PDCP layer of the sender may perform PDCP sequence number (sequence number, SN) allocation and header compression (header compression) to the PDCP SDU in the transmission buffer (transmission buffer). After header compression, integrity protection, ciphering, add PDCP header, routing/duplication, etc. are processed to generate PDCP protocol data unit, PDU).
接收端的PDCP层(即接收PDCP实体,或接收PDCP协议栈),可以使用相关参数(如,头解压缩上下文、完整性验证参数、密钥等),对接收到的PDCP PDUs进行处理。作为示例,接收端的PDCP层可以对接收到的PDCP PDU去除PDCP头(remove PDCP header)。在去除PDCP头之后,进行解密(deciphering)、完整性验证(integrity verification),并在接收缓存(reception buffer)中进行重排序(reordering)、重复包丢弃(duplicate discarding),然后进行头解压缩(header decomposition)等处理,得到PDCP SDUs。The PDCP layer at the receiving end (that is, the receiving PDCP entity or the receiving PDCP protocol stack) can use related parameters (such as header decompression context, integrity verification parameters, keys, etc.) to process the received PDCP PDUs. As an example, the PDCP layer at the receiving end may remove the PDCP header (remove PDCP header) from the received PDCP PDU. After removing the PDCP header, perform deciphering, integrity verification, reordering and duplicate discarding in the reception buffer, and then perform header decompression ( header decomposition) and other processing to get PDCP SDUs.
需要说明的是,接收端或发送端的PDCP层是承载粒度的。也就是说,对于终端设备与网络设备之间建立(或存在)的一个或多个承载,其中该一个或多个承载中的每个承载分别有各自对应的PDCP层。换句话说,对应该一个或多个承载中的任一承载,终端设备、网络设备均分别建立(或存在)该任一承载对应的PDCP层。本申请实施例中,承载包括数据无线承载(DRB)和/或信令无线承载(SRB)。It should be noted that the PDCP layer at the receiving end or the transmitting end has a bearing granularity. That is, for one or more bearers established (or existing) between the terminal device and the network device, each of the one or more bearers has its own corresponding PDCP layer. In other words, corresponding to any one of the one or more bearers, the terminal device and the network device respectively establish (or exist) a PDCP layer corresponding to any one of the bearers. In the embodiment of the present application, the bearer includes a data radio bearer (DRB) and/or a signaling radio bearer (SRB).
本申请实施例中,当终端设备在由源网络设备切换到目标网络设备的过程中,不支持终端设备同时与源网络设备和目标网络设备进行上行(uplink,UL)数据传输(transmission)。也就是说,在该切换过程中的某个时刻,终端设备跟源网络设备或目标网络设备中的一个网络设备进行UL数据传输。换句话说,在该切换的过程中存在一个时刻,在该时刻之前,终端设备跟源网络设备进行UL数据传输,在该时刻之后,终端设备跟目标网络设备进行UL数据传输。In the embodiment of the present application, when the terminal device is in the process of switching from the source network device to the target network device, it does not support the terminal device to simultaneously perform uplink (UL) data transmission with the source network device and the target network device. That is, at a certain moment in the handover process, the terminal device performs UL data transmission with one of the source network device or the target network device. In other words, there is a moment in the handover process. Before this moment, the terminal device performs UL data transmission with the source network device, and after this moment, the terminal device performs UL data transmission with the target network device.
作为示例,UL数据传输可以包括以下至少一种:物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)传输、混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)确认/非确认(acknowledge/negative acknowledge,ACK/NACK)反馈传输、自动重传请求(automatic repeat request,ARQ)ACK/NACK反馈传输、信道状态信息(channel status information,CSI)反馈传输、鲁棒性头压缩(robust header compression,ROHC)反馈传 输、媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)的控制单元(control element,CE)传输、物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)传输。MAC CE比如可以包括缓存状态报告(buffer status reports,BSR)、功率余量报告(power headroom report,PHR)等。示例性的,PUSCH传输可以包括新数据包(如new PDCP SDUs)传输、未被确认的数据包(如unacknowledged PDCP SDUs)传输。As an example, UL data transmission may include at least one of the following: physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission, hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement, ACK/NACK) feedback transmission, automatic repeat request (ARQ) ACK/NACK feedback transmission, channel status information (CSI) feedback transmission, robust header compression (ROHC) feedback Transmission, media access control (medium access control, MAC) control element (CE) transmission, physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) transmission. The MAC CE may include, for example, a buffer status report (buffer status report, BSR), a power headroom report (power headroom report, PHR), and so on. Exemplarily, PUSCH transmission may include transmission of new data packets (such as new PDCP SDUs) and transmission of unacknowledged data packets (such as unacknowledged PDCP SDUs).
因此,本申请实施例还可以描述为,在上述时刻UL数据传输从源网络设备切换到目标网络设备。也就是说,本申请实施例明确定义了终端设备的UL数据传输从源网络设备切换到目标网络设备的时刻,以保证终端设备在切换过程中,减少UL数据传输中断时延,进一步地,有助于实现0ms中断的UL数据传输。Therefore, the embodiment of the present application can also be described as that the UL data transmission is switched from the source network device to the target network device at the above moment. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application clearly defines the moment when the UL data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device, so as to ensure that the terminal device reduces the interruption delay of UL data transmission during the switching process. Helps realize UL data transmission with 0ms interruption.
下面将结合附图详细说明本申请提供的数据传输的方法和装置。The method and device for data transmission provided by this application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请的技术方案可以应用于无线通信系统中,处于无线通信系统中的通信装置之间可具有无线通信连接关系。该通信装置中的一个例如可以为源网络设备,或者配置于源网络设备中的芯片,该通信装置中的另一个例如可以为目标接入设备或者配置于目标设备中的芯片。该通信装置中的另一个例如可以为终端设备,或者配置于终端设备中的芯片。The technical solution of the present application can be applied to a wireless communication system, and communication devices in the wireless communication system may have a wireless communication connection relationship. One of the communication devices may be, for example, a source network device or a chip configured in the source network device, and the other of the communication devices may be, for example, a target access device or a chip configured in a target device. The other one of the communication devices may be a terminal device, or a chip configured in the terminal device, for example.
以下,不失一般性,首先以一个终端设备的数据传输过程为例详细说明本申请实施例。可以理解,处于无线通信系统中的任意一个终端设备或者配置于终端设备中的芯片均可以基于相同的方法进行数据传输,处于无线通信系统中的任意一个网络设备或者配置于网络设备中的芯片均可以基于相同的方法进行数据传输。本申请对此不做限定。In the following, without loss of generality, first, a data transmission process of a terminal device is taken as an example to describe the embodiments of the present application in detail. It can be understood that any terminal device in the wireless communication system or the chip configured in the terminal device can perform data transmission based on the same method, and any network device in the wireless communication system or the chip configured in the network device can be Data transmission can be based on the same method. This application does not limit this.
为了方便,下文将以“UL数据传输”为“PUSCH传输”为示例进行描述,但本申请实施例并不限于此。例如,下文出现的“PUSCH传输”也可替换为上述“UL数据传输”包括的任意一种或多种传输,例如,“PUSCH传输”可以替换成“HARQ ACK/NACK反馈传输”,或者,“PUSCH传输”可以替换成“ARQ ACK/NACK反馈传输”,或者,“PUSCH传输”可以替换成“PUSCH传输、以及HARQ ACK/NACK反馈传输”,等等,本实施例对此不做限定。本申请实施例提供的数据传输的方案也适用于终端设备需要发送给网络设备的其他上行数据。For convenience, the following description will be given by taking "UL data transmission" as "PUSCH transmission" as an example, but the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. For example, the "PUSCH transmission" appearing below can also be replaced with any one or more of the above-mentioned "UL data transmission". For example, "PUSCH transmission" can be replaced with "HARQ ACK/NACK feedback transmission", or " "PUSCH transmission" can be replaced with "ARQ ACK/NACK feedback transmission", or "PUSCH transmission" can be replaced with "PUSCH transmission and HARQ ACK/NACK feedback transmission", etc., which is not limited in this embodiment. The data transmission solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to other uplink data that the terminal device needs to send to the network device.
图5是从设备交互的角度示出的数据传输的方法500的示意性流程图。如图5所示,该数据传输的方法500可以包括步骤510至530。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method 500 from the perspective of device interaction. As shown in FIG. 5, the data transmission method 500 may include steps 510 to 530.
510,网络设备获取第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。510. The network device acquires first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from performing physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to performing PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
也就是说,终端设备在接收该第一指示信息之前,保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,在接收该第一指示信息之后,开始与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。作为一个示例,终端设备在接收到该第一指示信息之后,可以停止与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,并启动与目标网络设备之间的PUSCH传输。这里,终端设备与网络设备之间进行的PUSCH传输,可以指终端设备与网络设备通过PUSCH进行数据传输。That is, before receiving the first indication information, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device, and after receiving the first indication information, starts PUSCH transmission with the target network device. As an example, after receiving the first indication information, the terminal device may stop PUSCH transmission with the source network device, and start PUSCH transmission with the target network device. Here, the PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the network device may refer to the data transmission between the terminal device and the network device through the PUSCH.
作为示例,该第一指示信息可以是二进制数值(如比特位)、或布尔值、或某个信元、或其他表现形式,本申请实施例对此不做限定。例如,当第一指示信息的比特位为“1”时,可以指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。又例如,当第一指示信息为布尔值,且该布尔值为“true”时,可以指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络 设备进行PUSCH传输。As an example, the first indication information may be a binary value (such as a bit), or a Boolean value, or a certain cell, or other manifestations, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, when the bit of the first indication information is "1", it may instruct the terminal device to switch from physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. For another example, when the first indication information is a Boolean value and the Boolean value is "true", it may indicate that the terminal device is converted from physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
在本申请实施例中,执行方法500的网络设备可以为源网络设备,或者目标网络设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device that executes the method 500 may be a source network device or a target network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,随着终端设备的移动,网络设备可以向终端设备发送切换消息,用于指示终端设备进行服务基站的变更。终端设备在接收该切换消息之后,与目标网络设备之间建立RRC连接。在与目标网络设备之间建立RRC完成之后,终端设备开始与目标网络设备之间进行数据传输。具体的,切换消息可以是包含同步重配置(ReconfigurationWithSync)信元的RRC重配置消息,或者,切换消息可以是包含移动控制信息(MobilityControlInfo)信元的RRC连接重配置消息,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should be noted that as the terminal device moves, the network device may send a handover message to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to change the serving base station. After receiving the handover message, the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the target network device. After the establishment of RRC with the target network device is completed, the terminal device starts data transmission with the target network device. Specifically, the handover message may be an RRC reconfiguration message including a synchronization reconfiguration (ReconfigurationWithSync) cell, or the handover message may be an RRC connection reconfiguration message including a mobility control information (MobilityControlInfo) cell. Not limited.
本申请实施例的一些可能的实现方式中,终端设备在接收到“切换消息”之后,仍然可以保持与源网络设备之间的RRC连接/数据传输,例如,终端设备可以继续与源网络设备之间进行PUSCH传输和/或PDSCH传输,直至网络设备(如源网络设备或目标网络设备)通知终端设备释放与源网络设备之间的RRC连接/数据传输。In some possible implementations of the embodiments of the present application, after receiving the "handover message", the terminal device can still maintain the RRC connection/data transmission with the source network device. For example, the terminal device can continue to communicate with the source network device. PUSCH transmission and/or PDSCH transmission are carried out in between, until the network device (such as the source network device or the target network device) notifies the terminal device to release the RRC connection/data transmission with the source network device.
也就是说,对于上行传输,终端设备在接收切换消息之前,与源网络设备之间进行PUSCH传输,在接收该切换消息之后,仍然可以保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输。That is, for uplink transmission, the terminal device performs PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the handover message, and after receiving the handover message, it can still maintain the PUSCH transmission with the source network device.
520,网络设备向终端设备发送上述第一指示信息。对应的,终端设备接收该第一指示信息。520. The network device sends the foregoing first indication information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information.
在一些可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息可以是终端设备成功接入至/切换至目标网络设备之后(例如,终端设备与目标网络设备之间的RRC建立完成之后),由源网络设备或目标网络设备发送给终端设备的。作为示例,可以在目标网络设备接收到终端设备发送的RRC重配置完成消息之后,目标网络设备或源网络设备执行步骤520,即目标网络设备或源网络设备向终端设备发送该第一指示信息。In some possible implementation manners, the first indication information may be that after the terminal device successfully accesses/switches to the target network device (for example, after the RRC establishment between the terminal device and the target network device is completed), the source network device or The target network device sent to the terminal device. As an example, after the target network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal device, the target network device or the source network device may perform step 520, that is, the target network device or the source network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device.
一种示例,目标网络设备在接收到终端设备发送的RRC重配置完成消息之后,可以向源网络设备发送指示信息,用于指示终端设备已经成功接入至/切换至目标网络设备。源网络设备在接收到该指示信息之后,可以向终端设备发送上述第一指示信息。一些可能的实现方式中,源网络设备获取第一指示信息,可以为源网络设备从目标网络设备接收该第一指示信息。In an example, after receiving the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal device, the target network device may send indication information to the source network device to indicate that the terminal device has successfully accessed/switched to the target network device. After receiving the instruction information, the source network device may send the foregoing first instruction information to the terminal device. In some possible implementation manners, when the source network device obtains the first indication information, the source network device may receive the first indication information from the target network device.
530,终端设备根据所述第一指示信息,由与源网络设备进行PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。530. The terminal device switches from performing PUSCH transmission with the source network device to performing PUSCH transmission with the target network device according to the first indication information.
也就是说,在终端设备接收第一指示信息的时刻,该终端设备的UL数据传输从源网络设备切换到目标网络设备。That is, at the moment when the terminal device receives the first indication information, the UL data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device.
可选地,终端设备在接收到上述切换消息之后,还可以接收到网络设备发送的第一指示信息。终端设备在接收到该第一指示信息之后,可以开始与目标网络设备之间进行PUSCH传输,而终端设备在接收到该第一指示信息之前,可以保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输。即,终端设备保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输直至接收到该第一指示信息,在接收到该第一指示信息之后,终端设备可以与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。Optionally, after receiving the handover message, the terminal device may also receive the first indication information sent by the network device. After receiving the first indication information, the terminal device may start PUSCH transmission with the target network device, and the terminal device may maintain PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first indication information. That is, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device until the first indication information is received, and after receiving the first indication information, the terminal device can perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,终端设备在接收到第一指示信息之后,可以开始与目标网络设备之间的PUSCH传输。可选地,终端设备在接收到该第一指示信息之后,可以继续保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,例如,如果终端设备能力支持,终端设备在接收 到该第一指示信息之后,可以继续保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输直至源网络设备发生无线链路失败。In some possible implementation manners, after receiving the first indication information, the terminal device may start PUSCH transmission with the target network device. Optionally, after receiving the first indication information, the terminal device may continue to maintain PUSCH transmission with the source network device. For example, if the terminal device supports the capability, the terminal device may continue to transmit the PUSCH after receiving the first indication information. Continue to maintain the PUSCH transmission with the source network device until the source network device has a radio link failure.
因此,本申请实施例中,通过网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息,来指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输,即在接收该第一指示信息之前保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,在接收该第一指示信息之后,开始与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输,本申请实施例能够明确定义终端设备的PUSCH数据传输从源网络设备切换到目标网络设备的时刻,以保证终端设备在切换过程中,减少UL数据传输中断时延,进一步地,有助于终端设备在切换过程中实现0ms的数据传输中断。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device sends the first instruction information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to switch from PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, that is, when receiving the first instruction information The PUSCH transmission with the source network device was maintained before, and after receiving the first indication information, the PUSCH transmission with the target network device is started. The embodiment of the application can clearly define that the PUSCH data transmission of the terminal device is switched from the source network device to the target network device. The time of the network equipment is to ensure that the terminal equipment reduces the UL data transmission interruption time delay during the handover process, and further helps the terminal equipment to achieve 0ms data transmission interruption during the handover process.
区别于上述在目标网络设备接收到RRC重配置完成消息之后(由目标网络设备或源网络设备)发送第一指示信息的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,可以在目标网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)消息之后,由源网络设备或目标网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息。也就是说,终端设备可以在接收到目标网络设备发送的RAR消息后,接收第一指示信息,并在接收第一指示信息之后由与源网络设备进行PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输,即终端设备在接收该第一指示信息之前保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,在接收该第一指示信息之后与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。Different from the foregoing implementation manner of sending the first indication information (by the target network device or the source network device) after the target network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message, in another possible implementation manner, the target network device may send the first indication information to After the terminal device sends a random access response (RAR) message, the source network device or the target network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device. In other words, the terminal device can receive the first indication information after receiving the RAR message sent by the target network device, and after receiving the first indication information, perform PUSCH transmission with the source network device into PUSCH transmission with the target network device. That is, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first indication information, and performs PUSCH transmission with the target network device after receiving the first indication information.
或者,另一种可能的实现方式中,可以在目标网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)消息以及ULgrant信息之后,由源网络设备或目标网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息。也就是说,终端设备可以在接收到目标网络设备发送的随机接入响应RAR消息、以及目标网络设备分配的UL grant信息后,接收第一指示信息,并在接收第一指示信息之后由与源网络设备进行PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输,即终端设备在接收该第一指示信息之前,保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,在接收该第一指示信息之后,与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。Or, in another possible implementation manner, after the target network device sends a random access response (RAR) message and UL grant information to the terminal device, the source network device or the target network device sends the first network device to the terminal device. One instruction information. In other words, the terminal device may receive the first indication information after receiving the random access response RAR message sent by the target network device and the UL grant information allocated by the target network device, and after receiving the first indication information, the terminal device can communicate with the source The network device performs PUSCH transmission into PUSCH transmission with the target network device, that is, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first instruction information, and after receiving the first instruction information, communicates with the target network device. The device performs PUSCH transmission.
或者,另一种可能的实现方式中,可以在目标网络设备向终端设备发送ULgrant消息之后,由源网络设备或目标网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息。也就是说,终端设备可以在接收到目标网络设备分配的UL grant信息后,接收第一指示信息,并在接收第一指示信息之后由与源网络设备进行PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输,即终端设备在接收到第一指示信息之前,保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,在接收到第一指示信息之后,与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。Or, in another possible implementation manner, after the target network device sends the UL grant message to the terminal device, the source network device or the target network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device. In other words, the terminal device may receive the first indication information after receiving the UL grant information allocated by the target network device, and after receiving the first indication information, perform PUSCH transmission with the source network device into PUSCH transmission with the target network device. Transmission, that is, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first indication information, and performs PUSCH transmission with the target network device after receiving the first indication information.
一些可选的实施例中,当源网络设备或目标网络设备没有发送第一指示信息时,终端设备可以在发送RRC重配置完成消息,和/或接收RAR消息,和/或接收ULgrant信息之后,由与源网络设备进行PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。也就是说,终端设备在发送RRC重配置完成消息,和/或接收RAR消息,和/或接收ULgrant信息之前,保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,在发送RRC重配置完成消息,和/或接收RAR消息,和/或接收ULgrant信息之后,与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。In some optional embodiments, when the source network device or the target network device does not send the first indication information, the terminal device may send the RRC reconfiguration complete message, and/or receive the RAR message, and/or receive the UL grant information, The PUSCH transmission with the source network device is converted to the PUSCH transmission with the target network device. That is, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before sending the RRC reconfiguration complete message, and/or receiving the RAR message, and/or receiving the UL grant information, and sends the RRC reconfiguration complete message, and/or Or after receiving the RAR message, and/or receiving the UL grant information, perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,网络设备还可以确定第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小数据汇聚协议PDCP序列号SN。在确定第二指示信息之后,网络设 备可以向终端设备发送第二指示信息。这里,该网络设备可以为源网络设备或目标网络设备。对应的,终端设备接收该第二指示信息。这里,该上行数据包可以为PUSCH数据包,例如,PUSCH数据包可以包括新数据包(如new PDCP SDUs)、未被确认的数据包(如unacknowledged PDCP SDUs)。这样,终端设备可以根据该第二指示信息,确定需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的PDCP SN。In some possible implementation manners, the network device may also determine the second indication information, which is used to indicate the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device The smallest data convergence protocol PDCP serial number SN. After determining the second indication information, the network device may send the second indication information to the terminal device. Here, the network device may be a source network device or a target network device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information. Here, the uplink data packet may be a PUSCH data packet. For example, the PUSCH data packet may include new data packets (such as new PDCP SDUs) and unacknowledged data packets (such as unacknowledged PDCP SDUs). In this way, the terminal device can determine the PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device according to the second indication information.
作为示例,该最小PDCP SN,可以是终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,发送给目标网络设备的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN。As an example, the minimum PDCP SN may be the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent to the target network device after the terminal device is converted to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
一种可能的情况,该第二指示信息包括终端设备向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN。也就是说,网络设备可以直接向终端设备指示终端设备向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN。In a possible situation, the second indication information includes the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device. In other words, the network device can directly indicate to the terminal device the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device.
作为一个示例,在向终端设备发送上述第一指示信息之前,源网络设备已经成功从终端设备接收到了PDCP SN为0-50的上行数据包。此时,该第二指示信息可以为51,表示终端设备将向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN为51。换句话说,终端设备将向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包所分别对应的PDCP SN中,最小的PDCP SN为51。As an example, before sending the foregoing first indication information to the terminal device, the source network device has successfully received an uplink data packet with a PDCP SN of 0-50 from the terminal device. At this time, the second indication information may be 51, which indicates that the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet that the terminal device will send to the target network device is 51. In other words, among the PDCP SNs corresponding to the uplink data packets sent by the terminal device to the target network device, the smallest PDCP SN is 51.
作为另一个示例,在向终端设备发送上述第一指示信息之前,源网络设备已经成功从终端设备接收到了PDCP SN为0-45,以及PDCP SN为48、50的上行数据包。一种实现方式中,该第二指示信息可以为46,表示终端设备将向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN为46,同时第二指示信息还能够说明PDCP SN为46的上行数据包并未被源网络设备成功接收到。也就是说,终端设备需要将PDCP SN为46的上行数据包进行重传,例如,终端设备将PDCP SN为46的上行数据包发送给目标网络设备。可选地,终端设备也将PDCP SN分别为47-50的上行数据包,以及之后的上行数据包发送给目标网络设备。或者,另一种实现方式中,该第二指示信息可以为46、47、49,表示终端设备将向目标网络设备发送的前三个上行数据包的PDCP SN分别为46、47、49,同时第二指示信息还能够说明PDCP SN分别为46、47、49的上行数据包并未被源网络设备成功接收到。也就是说,终端设备需要将PDCP SN分别为46、47、49的上行数据包进行重传,例如,终端设备将PDCP SN为46、PDCP SN为47以及PDCP SN为49的上行数据包发送给目标网络设备。之后,终端设备将PDCP SN为51以及之后的上行数据包发送给目标网络设备。As another example, before sending the above-mentioned first indication information to the terminal device, the source network device has successfully received from the terminal device an uplink data packet with a PDCP SN of 0-45 and a PDCP SN of 48, 50. In one implementation, the second indication information may be 46, indicating that the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet that the terminal device will send to the target network device is 46, and the second indication information can also indicate that the PDCP SN is 46. The upstream data packet was not successfully received by the source network device. That is, the terminal device needs to retransmit the uplink data packet whose PDCP SN is 46. For example, the terminal device sends the uplink data packet whose PDCP SN is 46 to the target network device. Optionally, the terminal device also sends uplink data packets with PDCP SN of 47-50 respectively, and subsequent uplink data packets to the target network device. Or, in another implementation manner, the second indication information may be 46, 47, and 49, indicating that the PDCP SN of the first three uplink data packets that the terminal device will send to the target network device are 46, 47, and 49 respectively, and at the same time The second indication information can also indicate that the uplink data packets whose PDCP SNs are 46, 47, and 49 are not successfully received by the source network device. In other words, the terminal device needs to retransmit the uplink data packets whose PDCP SN is 46, 47, and 49. For example, the terminal device sends the uplink data packets whose PDCP SN is 46, PDCP SN is 47, and PDCP SN is 49. Target network device. After that, the terminal device sends the uplink data packet with the PDCP SN of 51 and later to the target network device.
另一种可能的情况,该第二指示信息可以包括UL PDCP状态报告,该UL PDCP状态报告用于获取上述需要向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。这里,该UL PDCP状态报告为源网络设备根据从终端设备接收的上行数据包的接收状态生成的,用于指示终端设备向源网络设备发送的上行数据包的接收状态,其中接收状态包括接收成功或接收失败。In another possible situation, the second indication information may include a UL PDCP status report, and the UL PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device. Here, the UL PDCP status report is generated by the source network device according to the reception status of the uplink data packet received from the terminal device, and is used to indicate the reception status of the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the source network device, where the reception status includes successful reception Or the reception fails.
需要说明的是,上述“接收成功”,指的是网络设备成功接收到终端设备发送的上行数据包,还可以描述为终端设备成功向网络设备发送该上行数据包,二者表示相同或相似的含义。另外,上述“接收失败”,指的是网络设备没有成功接收到终端设备发送的上行数据包,还可以描述为终端设备向网络设备发送该上行数据包失败,二者表示相同或相似的含义。It should be noted that the above "received successfully" refers to the network device successfully receiving the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device, and it can also be described as the terminal device successfully sending the uplink data packet to the network device, and the two indicate the same or similar meaning. In addition, the above-mentioned "reception failure" refers to that the network device did not successfully receive the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device. It can also be described as the terminal device failed to send the uplink data packet to the network device, and the two have the same or similar meaning.
作为示例,在向终端设备发送上述第一指示信息之前,源网络设备生成/获取了终端设备发送的PDCP SN为0-50的上行数据包的PDCP状态报告。当该PDCP状态报告用于指示终端设备向源网络设备发的PDCP SN为0-50的上行数据包都成功接收时,则终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小的PDCP SN为51。当该PDCP状态报告用于指示终端设备向源网络设备发送的PDCP SN为0-47,以及PDCP SN为49的上行数据包成功接收,PDCP为48以及PDCP SN为50的上行数据包没有成功接收时,则终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN为48。一种实现方式中,终端设备需要将PDCP SN分别为48、50的上行数据包进行重传,例如,终端设备将PDCP SN为48,以及PDCP SN为50的上行数据包发送给目标网络设备。或者,另一种实现方式中,终端设备需要将PDCP SN分别为48、49、50的上行数据包进行重传,例如,终端设备将PDCP SN为48,PDCP SN为49以及PDCP SN为50的上行数据包发送给目标网络设备。之后,终端设备将PDCP SN为51以及之后的上行数据包发送给目标网络设备。As an example, before sending the above-mentioned first indication information to the terminal device, the source network device generates/acquires the PDCP status report of the uplink data packet whose PDCP SN is 0-50 sent by the terminal device. When the PDCP status report is used to indicate that the uplink data packets with PDCP SN 0-50 sent by the terminal device to the source network device are successfully received, the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device is 51. When the PDCP status report is used to indicate that the PDCP SN sent by the terminal device to the source network device is 0-47, and the uplink data packet with PDCP SN of 49 is successfully received, and the uplink data packet with PDCP of 48 and PDCP SN of 50 is not successfully received At this time, the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device is 48. In one implementation, the terminal device needs to retransmit uplink data packets with PDCP SN of 48 and 50 respectively. For example, the terminal device sends uplink data packets with PDCP SN of 48 and PDCP SN of 50 to the target network device. Or, in another implementation, the terminal device needs to retransmit the uplink data packets with PDCP SN of 48, 49, and 50 respectively. For example, the terminal device sets PDCP SN to 48, PDCP SN to 49, and PDCP SN to 50. The uplink data packet is sent to the target network device. After that, the terminal device sends the uplink data packet with the PDCP SN of 51 and later to the target network device.
另一些可能的情况,第二指示信息可以包括终端设备向源网络设备成功发送的按序的上行数据包中的最后一个上行数据包对应的PDCP SN,则此时终端设备向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN(或者,终端设备向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN)为该第二指示信息所包括的PDCP SN之后的第一个PDCP SN。换句话说,终端设备向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN为该第二指示信息所包括的PDCP SN加“1”。In other possible situations, the second indication information may include the PDCP SN corresponding to the last uplink data packet in the sequenced uplink data packets successfully sent by the terminal device to the source network device, then the terminal device sends the data to the target network device at this time. The PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet (or the smallest PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device) is the first PDCP SN after the PDCP SN included in the second indication information. In other words, the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device is the PDCP SN included in the second indication information plus "1".
在一些可能的描述中,第二指示信息可以包括终端设备向源网络设备成功发送的按序的上行数据包中的最大PDCP SN,则此时终端设备向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN为该第二指示信息所包括的PDCP SN之后的第一个PDCP SN。换句话说,终端设备向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN为该第二指示信息所包括的PDCP SN加“1”。In some possible descriptions, the second indication information may include the largest PDCP SN in the sequential uplink data packets successfully sent by the terminal device to the source network device, then the smallest uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device at this time The PDCP SN is the first PDCP SN after the PDCP SN included in the second indication information. In other words, the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device is the PDCP SN included in the second indication information plus "1".
作为一个示例,在向终端设备发送上述第一指示信息之前,源网络设备已经成功从终端设备接收到了PDCP SN为0-50的上行数据包。此时,该第二指示信息可以为50,表示终端设备将向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN为51,或者,终端设备将向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN为51。As an example, before sending the foregoing first indication information to the terminal device, the source network device has successfully received an uplink data packet with a PDCP SN of 0-50 from the terminal device. At this time, the second indication information may be 50, indicating that the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet that the terminal device will send to the target network device is 51, or the minimum value of the uplink data packet that the terminal device will send to the target network device The PDCP SN is 51.
作为另一个示例,在向终端设备发送上述第一指示信息之前,源网络设备已经成功从终端设备接收到了PDCP SN为0-45,以及PDCP SN为48、50的上行数据包。一种实现方式中,该第二指示信息可以为45,表示终端设备将向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN为46,同时第二指示信息还能够说明PDCP SN为46的上行数据包并未被源网络设备成功接收到。也就是说,终端设备需要将PDCP SN为46的上行数据包进行重传,例如,终端设备将PDCP SN为46的上行数据包发送给目标网络设备。可选地,终端设备也将PDCP SN分别为47-50的上行数据包,以及之后的上行数据包发送给目标网络设备。As another example, before sending the above-mentioned first indication information to the terminal device, the source network device has successfully received from the terminal device an uplink data packet with a PDCP SN of 0-45 and a PDCP SN of 48, 50. In one implementation, the second indication information may be 45, indicating that the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet that the terminal device will send to the target network device is 46, and the second indication information can also indicate that the PDCP SN is 46. The upstream data packet was not successfully received by the source network device. That is, the terminal device needs to retransmit the uplink data packet whose PDCP SN is 46. For example, the terminal device sends the uplink data packet whose PDCP SN is 46 to the target network device. Optionally, the terminal device also sends uplink data packets with PDCP SN of 47-50 respectively, and subsequent uplink data packets to the target network device.
一些可能的实现方式中,当方法500由目标网络设备执行时,目标网络设备可以先从源网络设备获取上行PDCP状态报告,然后根据该PDCP状态报告,确定终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN,或者将该PDCP状态报告发送给终端设备。In some possible implementations, when the method 500 is executed by the target network device, the target network device may first obtain an uplink PDCP status report from the source network device, and then determine the uplink PDCP status report that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device based on the PDCP status report The minimum PDCP SN of the data packet, or the PDCP status report is sent to the terminal device.
一些可能的实现方式中,当方法500由源网络设备执行时,源网络设备可以在生成该PDCP状态报告之后,确定终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN,并将该最小PDCP SN发送给终端设备。或者,源网络设备可以将该PDCP状态报告发送给终端设备。In some possible implementations, when the method 500 is executed by the source network device, the source network device can determine the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device after generating the PDCP status report, and then The minimum PDCP SN is sent to the terminal device. Alternatively, the source network device may send the PDCP status report to the terminal device.
本申请一些可能的实施例中,上述第二指示信息所包括的PDCP SN可以是承载(bearer)粒度的。也就是说,各承载可以具有自身对应的上述PDCP SN值,各个承载所对应的上述PDCP SN可以相同或不同,本申请实施例不作限定。本申请实施例中,承载指的是终端设备与网络设备之间的无线承载(radio bearer,RB)。作为示例,RB可以为数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DRB),或者信令无线承载(signal radio bearer,SRB),但本申请实施例并不限于此。In some possible embodiments of the present application, the PDCP SN included in the foregoing second indication information may be of a bearer granularity. That is, each bearer may have its own corresponding PDCP SN value, and the above PDCP SN corresponding to each bearer may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In the embodiments of the present application, the bearer refers to a radio bearer (RB) between a terminal device and a network device. As an example, the RB may be a data radio bearer (DRB) or a signaling radio bearer (SRB), but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
一个具体的例子,终端设备与网络设备之间建立/存在的RB包括RB1和RB2,第二指示信息可以用来指示RB1对应的第一PDCP SN,以及RB2对应的第二PDCP SN。其中,第一PDCP SN与第二PDCP SN可以相同或不同。In a specific example, the RBs established/existed between the terminal device and the network device include RB1 and RB2, and the second indication information may be used to indicate the first PDCP SN corresponding to RB1 and the second PDCP SN corresponding to RB2. Among them, the first PDCP SN and the second PDCP SN may be the same or different.
示例性的,第二指示信息可以用来指示RB1上终端设备向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN(或者,RB1上终端设备向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN),以及,第二指示信息可以用来指示RB2上终端设备向目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN(或者,RB2上终端设备向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN)。Exemplarily, the second indication information may be used to indicate the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device on RB1 to the target network device (or the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device on RB1 to the target network device) SN), and the second indication information may be used to indicate the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device on RB2 to the target network device (or the smallest value of the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device on RB2 to the target network device) PDCP SN).
或者,第二指示信息可以用来指示RB1上终端设备向源网络设备成功发送的按序的上行数据包中的最大PDCP SN(或者,RB1上终端设备向源网络设备成功发送的按序的上行数据包中的最后一个上行数据包对应的PDCP SN),以及,第二指示信息可以用来指示RB2上终端设备向源网络设备成功发送的按序的上行数据包中的最大PDCP SN(或者,RB2上终端设备向源网络设备成功发送的按序的上行数据包中的最后一个上行数据包对应的PDCP SN)。Alternatively, the second indication information may be used to indicate the largest PDCP SN in the sequential uplink data packets successfully sent by the terminal device on RB1 to the source network device (or, the sequential uplink data packets successfully sent by the terminal device on RB1 to the source network device) The PDCP SN corresponding to the last uplink data packet in the data packet, and the second indication information can be used to indicate the largest PDCP SN (or, The PDCP SN corresponding to the last uplink data packet in the sequenced uplink data packets successfully sent by the terminal device on the RB2 to the source network device.
可选的,上述第二指示信息中除了包含PDCP SN,还可以包含该PDCP SN对应的RB标识(identity,ID)。仍以上述例子为例进行说明,终端设备与网络设备之间建立/存在的RB包括RB1和RB2,第二指示信息可以用来指示RB1对应的第一PDCP SN。可选地,第二指示信息还包括该第一PDCP SN对应的RB ID(如“1”)。另外,该第二指示信息可以用来指示RB2对应的第二PDCP SN。可选地,第二指示信息还包括该第二PDCP SN对应的RB ID(如“2”)。Optionally, in addition to the PDCP SN, the foregoing second indication information may also include the RB identity (ID) corresponding to the PDCP SN. Still taking the above example as an example for description, the RBs established/existing between the terminal device and the network device include RB1 and RB2, and the second indication information may be used to indicate the first PDCP SN corresponding to RB1. Optionally, the second indication information further includes the RB ID (such as "1") corresponding to the first PDCP SN. In addition, the second indication information may be used to indicate the second PDCP SN corresponding to RB2. Optionally, the second indication information further includes the RB ID (such as "2") corresponding to the second PDCP SN.
在一些可选的实施例中,上述第二指示信息中可以不包括RB ID,而是由协议约定第二指示信息中包含的PDCP SN与RB之间的关联关系。例如,第二指示信息中包含的第一个PDCP SN与最小的RB ID对应,第二指示信息中包含的第二个PDCP SN与次小的RB ID对应,如此类推,第二指示信息中包含的最后一个PDCP SN与最大的RB ID对应。又例如,第二指示信息中包含的第一个PDCP SN与最大的RB ID对应,第二指示信息中包含的第二个PDCP SN与次大的RB ID对应,如此类推,第二指示信息中包含的最后一个PDCP SN与最小的RB ID对应。或者,还可以约定PDCP SN与RB之间的其他对应关系,本申请实施例对此不作限定。需要说明的是,这里的最大/最小的RB ID,指的是终端设备与网络设备之间建立/存在的RB所对应的RB ID中的最大值/最小值。In some optional embodiments, the above-mentioned second indication information may not include the RB ID, and the association relationship between the PDCP SN and the RB contained in the second indication information is agreed by the agreement. For example, the first PDCP SN included in the second indication information corresponds to the smallest RB ID, the second PDCP SN included in the second indication information corresponds to the next smallest RB ID, and so on, the second indication information includes The last PDCP SN corresponds to the largest RB ID. For another example, the first PDCP SN included in the second indication information corresponds to the largest RB ID, the second PDCP SN included in the second indication information corresponds to the second largest RB ID, and so on, the second indication information The last PDCP SN included corresponds to the smallest RB ID. Alternatively, other correspondences between PDCP SN and RB may also be agreed upon, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. It should be noted that the maximum/minimum RB ID here refers to the maximum/minimum RB ID corresponding to the RB established/existing between the terminal device and the network device.
本申请一些可能的实施例中,第二指示信息可以是承载粒度的。也就是说,每个承载可以具有各自对应的第二指示信息。作为示例,第一承载对应的第二指示信息,可以指示在该第一承载上,终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。此时,第二指示信息为承载粒度的,也可以理解为PDCP SN为承载粒度的。In some possible embodiments of the present application, the second indication information may be of bearing granularity. In other words, each bearer may have corresponding second indication information. As an example, the second indication information corresponding to the first bearer may indicate the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device on the first bearer. At this time, the second indication information is of bearer granularity, and it can also be understood that PDCP SN is of bearer granularity.
一种可能的实现方式,当第二指示信息在第一承载上发送时,该第二指示信息可以用于指示在该第一承载上,终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。可选地,网络设备在发送第二指示信息时,还可以向终端设备指示该第二指示信息对应的承载标识。例如,当第二指示信息在第一承载上发送时,网络设备可以向终端设备指示该第二指示信息对应的RB ID,即该第一承载对应的RB ID。In a possible implementation manner, when the second indication information is sent on the first bearer, the second indication information may be used to indicate that on the first bearer, the terminal device needs to send the minimum uplink data packet to the target network device. PDCP SN. Optionally, when the network device sends the second indication information, it may also indicate to the terminal device the bearer identifier corresponding to the second indication information. For example, when the second indication information is sent on the first bearer, the network device may indicate to the terminal device the RB ID corresponding to the second indication information, that is, the RB ID corresponding to the first bearer.
这样,终端设备可以根据发送第二指示信息所使用的承载,确定该承载上,终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。换句话说,终端设备可以根据发送第二指示信息所使用的承载,确定终端设备与目标网络设备传输该承载对应的上行数据包时,向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。In this way, the terminal device can determine the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device on the bearer according to the bearer used for sending the second indication information. In other words, the terminal device can determine the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent to the target network device when the terminal device and the target network device transmit the uplink data packet corresponding to the bearer according to the bearer used for sending the second indication information.
示例性的,该第二指示信息可以包含在层2消息中,例如,可以通过PDCP控制PDU发送该第二指示信息,或者其他消息,本申请实施例对此不作限定。进一步的,不同的承载所各自对应的第二指示信息可以分别通过各承载上的层2消息(如PDCP控制PDU消息)进行发送,即,某承载上发送的层2消息中可以包含该承载对应的第二指示信息。可选的,层2消息中除了包含第二指示信息,还可以包含该第二指示信息对应的承载标识。Exemplarily, the second indication information may be included in a layer 2 message. For example, the second indication information or other messages may be sent through a PDCP control PDU, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Further, the second indication information corresponding to different bearers can be sent through layer 2 messages (such as PDCP control PDU messages) on each bearer. That is, the layer 2 message sent on a certain bearer can include the corresponding bearer. The second instruction information. Optionally, in addition to the second indication information, the layer 2 message may also include a bearer identifier corresponding to the second indication information.
一个具体的例子,网络设备通过PDCP控制PDU来传递第二指示信息,例如,如果网络设备在第一承载上发送第一PDCP控制PDU,该第一PDCP控制PDU中包含第二指示信息,则在第一承载上,终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN可以根据该第一PDCP控制PDU中包含的第二指示信息来确定。又例如,如果网络设备在第二承载上发送第二PDCP控制PDU,该第二PDCP控制PDU中包含第二指示信息,则在第二承载上,终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN可以根据该第二PDCP控制PDU中包含的第二指示信息来确定。In a specific example, the network device transmits the second indication information through the PDCP control PDU. For example, if the network device sends the first PDCP control PDU on the first bearer and the first PDCP control PDU contains the second indication information, then On the first bearer, the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device may be determined according to the second indication information included in the first PDCP control PDU. For another example, if the network device sends a second PDCP control PDU on the second bearer, and the second PDCP control PDU contains second indication information, then on the second bearer, the terminal device needs to send an uplink data packet to the target network device The minimum PDCP SN may be determined according to the second indication information included in the second PDCP control PDU.
一个具体的例子,网络设备通过RRC消息来传递第二指示信息,例如,如果该RRC消息中包含第一承载对应的第二指示信息、第二承载对应的第二指示信息,以及,可选地,该RRC消息中还包含该第一承载对应的承载标识、该第二承载对应的承载标识,则在第一承载上,终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN可以根据该第一承载对应的第二指示信息确定;在第二承载上,终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN可以根据该第二承载对应的第二指示信息确定。In a specific example, the network device transmits the second indication information through the RRC message, for example, if the RRC message contains the second indication information corresponding to the first bearer, the second indication information corresponding to the second bearer, and optionally The RRC message also includes the bearer identifier corresponding to the first bearer and the bearer identifier corresponding to the second bearer. On the first bearer, the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device can be based on The second indication information corresponding to the first bearer is determined; on the second bearer, the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device can be determined according to the second indication information corresponding to the second bearer.
本申请一些可能的实施例中,目标网络设备还可以为终端设备分配上行授权(UL grant)信息,该上行授权信息用于该终端设备与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。终端设备可以根据该UL grant信息获取到UL grant,并使用该UL grant与目标网络设备进行上行数据传输。作为示例,该UL grant信息可以包括PUSCH资源信息、调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)信息等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In some possible embodiments of the present application, the target network device may also allocate uplink grant (UL grant) information to the terminal device, and the uplink grant information is used for PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the target network device. The terminal device can obtain the UL grant according to the UL grant information, and use the UL grant to perform uplink data transmission with the target network device. As an example, the UL grant information may include PUSCH resource information, modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS) information, etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
一些可能的情况,当方法500由目标网络设备执行时,目标网络设备可以将该上行授权信息发送给终端设备。一些可能的情况,当方法500由源网络设备执行时,目标网络设备可以将该上行授权信息发送给源网络设备,再由源网络设备将该上行授权信息发送给终 端设备。对应的,终端设备接收该上行授权信息。这样,终端设备在接收到该上行授权信息之后,可以根据该上行授权信息,向目标网络设备发送上行数据包。In some possible situations, when the method 500 is executed by the target network device, the target network device may send the uplink authorization information to the terminal device. In some possible situations, when the method 500 is executed by the source network device, the target network device may send the uplink authorization information to the source network device, and then the source network device sends the uplink authorization information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the uplink authorization information. In this way, after receiving the uplink authorization information, the terminal device can send an uplink data packet to the target network device according to the uplink authorization information.
一些可选的实施例中,终端设备还可以预先获取上行授权信息。这里,“预先获取”可包括由网络设备信令指示或者预先定义,例如,协议定义。其中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。In some optional embodiments, the terminal device may also obtain uplink authorization information in advance. Here, "pre-acquisition" may include indication or pre-defined by network device signaling, for example, protocol definition. Among them, "pre-defined" can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and network equipment). This application does not make any specific implementation methods. limited.
在一些可能的实施例中,第一指示信息,第二指示信息,以及上行授权信息中的至少一种可以包含在同一条消息中发送给终端设备,或者分开在不同的消息中发送给终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In some possible embodiments, at least one of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the uplink authorization information may be included in the same message and sent to the terminal device, or separately sent to the terminal device in different messages This embodiment of the application does not limit this.
在一些可能的实施例中,第二指示信息也可以用于指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。此时,可以通过向终端设备指示终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小数据汇聚协议PDCP序列号SN,来隐式指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。该种方式中,第一指示信息是可选的,也就是说可以不发送第一指示信息。In some possible embodiments, the second indication information may also be used to instruct the terminal device to switch from physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. At this time, the minimum data convergence protocol PDCP sequence number SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device after the terminal device is converted to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device can be instructed to implicitly indicate that the terminal device is transferred from The physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device is converted to the PUSCH transmission with the target network device. In this manner, the first indication information is optional, that is, the first indication information may not be sent.
在一些可能的实施例中,第一指示信息还可以为UL上行授权信息,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In some possible embodiments, the first indication information may also be UL uplink grant information, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为示例,上述消息可以为RRC消息,或层2消息,或物理层消息,本申请实施例对此不做限定。其中,层2消息例如可以为PDCP控制(control)PDU、MAC CE等。物理层消息例如可以为下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)等。As an example, the foregoing message may be an RRC message, or a layer 2 message, or a physical layer message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Among them, the layer 2 message may be, for example, PDCP control (control) PDU, MAC CE, and so on. The physical layer message may be, for example, downlink control information (DCI) or the like.
在一些可能的实现方式中,在终端设备向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包对应多个上行承载的情况下,如果上述消息为RRC消息、MAC CE或DCI,则该消息中还可以包括与第二指示信息指示的PDCP SN对应的RB ID,或者包括与第二指示信息对应的RB ID。如果携带第二指示信息的消息为PDCP control PDU时,则该PDCP control PDU可以在其对应的RB上发送。这样,终端设备可以根据接收该PDCP control PDU的RB,确定与第二指示信息指示的PDCP SN对应的RB ID,或者第二指示信息对应的RB ID。In some possible implementations, when the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device corresponds to multiple uplink bearers, if the above message is an RRC message, MAC CE, or DCI, the message may also include 2. The RB ID corresponding to the PDCP SN indicated by the indication information, or the RB ID corresponding to the second indication information. If the message carrying the second indication information is a PDCP control PDU, the PDCP control PDU may be sent on its corresponding RB. In this way, the terminal device can determine the RB ID corresponding to the PDCP SN indicated by the second indication information or the RB ID corresponding to the second indication information according to the RB receiving the PDCP control PDU.
在一些可能的实现方式中,在终端设备向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包对应多个上行承载的情况下,如果上述消息为RRC消息、MAC CE或DCI,则该消息中也可以不包括与第二指示信息指示的PDCP SN对应的RB ID,或者不包括与第二指示信息对应的RB ID。此时,可以预先定义PDCP SN与RB ID的对应关系。一些可选的实施例中,网络设备预先配置PDCP SN与RB ID的对应关系,或者可以由协议预先定义PDCP SN与RB ID的对应关系,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In some possible implementations, when the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device corresponds to multiple uplink bearers, if the above message is an RRC message, MAC CE, or DCI, the message may not include The RB ID corresponding to the PDCP SN indicated by the second indication information or does not include the RB ID corresponding to the second indication information. At this time, the correspondence between PDCP SN and RB ID can be defined in advance. In some optional embodiments, the network device pre-configures the correspondence between the PDCP SN and the RB ID, or the correspondence between the PDCP SN and the RB ID may be pre-defined by a protocol, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
应理解,本申请实施例中的举例仅用于更清楚地说明本申请提供的实施例,并不对本申请实施例的技术方案构成限定。It should be understood that the examples in the embodiments of the present application are only used to more clearly illustrate the embodiments provided in the present application, and do not limit the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
因此,本申请实施例中,通过网络设备向终端设备指示终端设备的上行数据传输(例如PUSCH数据传输)从源网络设备转换到目标网络设备的时刻,有利于实现终端设备在确定上述转换的时刻后,开始与目标网络设备进行上行数据传输,以保证终端设备在切换过程中,减少UL数据传输中断时延,进一步的,有助于实现0ms UL数据传输中断。进一步的,通过向终端设备指示终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后, 需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN,或UL grant信息,从而通知终端设备如何正确与目标网络设备进行上行数据传输,保证网络设备侧能进行正确接收。Therefore, in the embodiments of the present application, the network device instructs the terminal device to transfer the uplink data transmission (for example, PUSCH data transmission) of the terminal device from the source network device to the target network device through the network device. After that, it starts to perform uplink data transmission with the target network device to ensure that the terminal device reduces the UL data transmission interruption delay during the handover process, and further, helps to achieve 0ms UL data transmission interruption. Further, by instructing the terminal device to transmit the minimum PDCP SN or UL grant information of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, thereby informing the terminal device how to correctly communicate with the target network device. The network equipment performs uplink data transmission to ensure correct reception on the network equipment side.
图6是从设备交互的角度示出的另一种数据传输的方法600的示意性流程图。在方法600中,由目标网络设备向终端设备发送上述第一指示信息。应理解,图6示出了数据传输的方法的步骤或操作,但这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其他操作或者图6中的各个操作的变形。此外,图6中的各个步骤可以按照与图6呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行图6中的全部操作。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method 600 shown from the perspective of device interaction. In the method 600, the target network device sends the above-mentioned first indication information to the terminal device. It should be understood that FIG. 6 shows the steps or operations of the data transmission method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 6. In addition, the various steps in FIG. 6 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 6, and it is possible that not all the operations in FIG. 6 are to be performed.
601,源网络设备向终端设备发送切换消息。601: The source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device.
对应的,终端设备接收该切换消息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the handover message.
示例性的,切换消息可以是包含同步重配置ReconfigurationWithSync信元的RRC重配置消息,或者,切换消息可以是包含移动控制信息MobilityControlInfo信元的RRC连接重配置消息,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Exemplarily, the handover message may be an RRC reconfiguration message including a synchronization reconfiguration ReconfigurationWithSync cell, or the handover message may be an RRC connection reconfiguration message including a mobility control information MobilityControlInfo cell, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application. .
可选的,该切换消息中可以包含目标小区的相关信息,如目标小区的物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)、目标小区的频点信息、目标小区为终端设备分配的小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)、接入目标小区所需的资源信息,比如随机接入控制信道(random access control channel,RACH)资源信息)等。Optionally, the handover message may contain relevant information of the target cell, such as the physical cell identifier (PCI) of the target cell, frequency information of the target cell, and the temporary cell wireless network identifier assigned by the target cell to the terminal device. (cell radio network temporary identifier, C-RNTI), resource information required to access the target cell, such as random access control channel (RACH) resource information) and so on.
在其他可能的实现方式中,可以由目标网络设备向终端设备发送该切换消息,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In other possible implementation manners, the target network device may send the handover message to the terminal device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
602,在终端设备接收到切换消息之后,终端设备仍然可以与源网络设备进行PUSCH传输。602: After the terminal device receives the handover message, the terminal device can still perform PUSCH transmission with the source network device.
作为示例,终端设备可以使用该源网络设备对应的第一参数,对要发送给源网络设备的PDCP SDU进行处理。对于发送方(如源网络设备或终端设备),源网络设备对应的第一参数可以包括以下至少一种:源网络设备对应的头压缩上下文(比如ROHC context)、源网络设备对应的密钥、源网络设备对应的完整性保护参数等。比如,终端设备使用源网络设备对应的头压缩上下文进行头压缩,使用源网络设备对应的完整性保护参数进行完整性保护,使用源网络设备对应的密钥进行加密等处理。具体可以参见图4中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。As an example, the terminal device may use the first parameter corresponding to the source network device to process the PDCP SDU to be sent to the source network device. For the sender (such as the source network device or the terminal device), the first parameter corresponding to the source network device may include at least one of the following: the header compression context corresponding to the source network device (such as ROHC context), the key corresponding to the source network device, Integrity protection parameters corresponding to the source network device, etc. For example, the terminal device uses the header compression context corresponding to the source network device for header compression, uses the integrity protection parameter corresponding to the source network device for integrity protection, and uses the key corresponding to the source network device for encryption and other processing. For details, please refer to the description in FIG.
另外,在终端设备接收到切换消息之后,终端设备仍然可以与源网络设备进行PDSCH传输。作为示例,终端设备仍然可以从源网络设备接收到PDCP PDU。终端设备可以采用源网络设备对应的第二参数,对从源网络设备接收到的PDCP PDU进行处理。对于接收方(如源网络设备或终端设备),源网络设备对应的第二参数包括以下至少一种:源网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文(如ROHC context)、源网络设备对应的密钥、源网络设备对应的完整性验证参数等。比如,终端设备使用源网络设备对应的密钥进行解密,使用源网络设备对应的完整性验证参数进行完整性验证,使用源网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文进行头解压缩等处理。In addition, after the terminal device receives the handover message, the terminal device can still perform PDSCH transmission with the source network device. As an example, the terminal device can still receive the PDCP PDU from the source network device. The terminal device may use the second parameter corresponding to the source network device to process the PDCP PDU received from the source network device. For the receiver (such as the source network device or the terminal device), the second parameter corresponding to the source network device includes at least one of the following: the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device (such as ROHC context), the key corresponding to the source network device, Integrity verification parameters corresponding to the source network device, etc. For example, the terminal device uses the key corresponding to the source network device to decrypt, uses the integrity verification parameter corresponding to the source network device to perform integrity verification, and uses the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device to perform header decompression and other processing.
603,终端设备向目标网络设备发送RRC重配置完成(RRC reconfiguration complete)消息。603: The terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC reconfiguration complete) message to the target network device.
RRC重配置完成消息表示终端设备成功切换至目标网络设备,或者,表示终端设备与目标网络设备之间的RRC连接/数据传输通道建立完成。The RRC reconfiguration complete message indicates that the terminal device has successfully switched to the target network device, or indicates that the establishment of the RRC connection/data transmission channel between the terminal device and the target network device is completed.
对应的,目标网络设备接收该RRC重配置完成消息。Correspondingly, the target network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message.
作为示例,终端设备在接收到切换消息后,可以根据切换消息中包含的信息内容,尝试切换至目标小区。例如,终端设备与目标小区进行随机接入流程。随机接入流程成功后,终端设备向目标小区所属的网络设备(即目标网络设备)发送RRC重配置完成(RRC reconfiguration complete)消息。As an example, after receiving the handover message, the terminal device can try to handover to the target cell according to the information content contained in the handover message. For example, the terminal device performs a random access procedure with the target cell. After the random access procedure is successful, the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC reconfiguration complete) message to the network device to which the target cell belongs (that is, the target network device).
604,目标网络设备在接收到RRC重配置完成消息之后,向源网络设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于向源网络设备指示终端设备已经成功接入(即切换)至目标网络设备。604. After receiving the RRC reconfiguration complete message, the target network device sends third indication information to the source network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate to the source network device that the terminal device has successfully accessed (ie switched) to the target network equipment.
605,源网络设备接收到第三指示信息之后,将UL PDCP状态报告发送给目标网络设备。605: After receiving the third indication information, the source network device sends the UL PDCP status report to the target network device.
该UL PDCP状态报告为源网络设备根据从终端设备接收的上行数据包的接收状态生成的,用于表示终端设备向源网络设备发送的上行数据包的接收状态。The UL PDCP status report is generated by the source network device according to the reception status of the uplink data packet received from the terminal device, and is used to indicate the reception status of the uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the source network device.
具体的,UL PDCP状态报告可以参见图5中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the UL PDCP status report can be referred to the description in FIG. 5. For brevity, it will not be repeated here.
606,目标网络设备向终端设备发送第一消息,该第一消息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。606. The target network device sends a first message to the terminal device, where the first message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device .
可选的,第一消息中还可以包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。作为示例,该第二指示信息可以为一个具体的数值X,或者为上述UL PDCP状态报告,本申请实施例对此不做限定。其中,该数值X用来表示PDCP SN,X为自然数。Optionally, the first message may also include second indication information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to send the minimum uplink data packet to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. PDCP SN. As an example, the second indication information may be a specific value X, or the foregoing UL PDCP status report, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Among them, the value X is used to represent PDCP SN, and X is a natural number.
可选的,在步骤603之后,目标网络设备还可以为终端设备分配上行授权信息。一些可能的实现方式中,第一消息中还可以包括目标网络设备为终端设备分配的上行授权信息。Optionally, after step 603, the target network device may also allocate uplink authorization information to the terminal device. In some possible implementation manners, the first message may also include uplink authorization information allocated by the target network device to the terminal device.
具体的,第一指示信息、第二指示信息、上行授权信息可以参见图5中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the first indication information, the second indication information, and the uplink authorization information can be referred to the description in FIG. 5, which is not repeated here for brevity.
作为示例,第一消息可以为RRC消息,PDCP control PDU,MAC CE,或DCI等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。As an example, the first message may be an RRC message, PDCP control PDU, MAC CE, or DCI, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
一些可能的实现方式中,数值X(即PDCP SN)、UL PDCP状态报告可以是承载粒度的,或者第二指示信息可以是承载粒度的。具体的,可以参见图5中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In some possible implementation manners, the value X (ie, PDCP SN) and UL PDCP status report may be carried in a granular manner, or the second indication information may be carried in a granular manner. For details, please refer to the description in FIG. 5. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
607,终端设备进行上行传输转换。607: The terminal device performs uplink transmission conversion.
作为示例,上行传输转换指PUSCH传输转换。例如,终端设备在接收到第一消息后,可选的,一旦获得目标网络设备分配的UL grant信息,终端设备可以由与源网络设备进行PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。As an example, uplink transmission conversion refers to PUSCH transmission conversion. For example, after the terminal device receives the first message, optionally, once the UL grant information allocated by the target network device is obtained, the terminal device can switch from PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
608,终端设备在完成上行传输转换之后,与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。608: After completing the uplink transmission conversion, the terminal device performs PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
作为示例,终端设备保持与源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输直至接收到该第一消息(或直至获得目标网络设备分配的UL grant信息)。在接收到该第一消息之后(或在获得目标网络设备分配的UL grant信息之后),终端设备可以与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。可选地,如果终端设备能力支持,在接收到该第一消息之后,终端设备可以继续保持与源 网络设备之间的PUSCH传输直至源网络设备发生无线链路失败。As an example, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device until the first message is received (or until the UL grant information allocated by the target network device is obtained). After receiving the first message (or after obtaining UL grant information allocated by the target network device), the terminal device may perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device. Optionally, if the terminal device is capable of supporting it, after receiving the first message, the terminal device may continue to maintain PUSCH transmission with the source network device until the source network device has a radio link failure.
作为示例,终端设备可以使用该目标网络设备对应的第一参数,对要发送给目标网络设备的PDCP SDU进行处理。对于发送方(如在DL传输时,发送方为目标网络设备,或在UL传输时,发送方为终端设备),目标网络设备对应的第一参数包括以下至少一种:目标网络设备对应的头压缩上下文(如ROHC context)、目标网络设备对应的密钥、目标网络设备对应的完整性保护参数等。例如,从需要发送给目标网络设备的第一个上行数据包开始,终端设备使用目标网络设备对应的头压缩上下文进行头压缩,使用目标网络设备对应的完整性保护参数进行完整性保护,使用目标网络设备对应的密钥进行加密等处理。具体可以参见图4中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。As an example, the terminal device may use the first parameter corresponding to the target network device to process the PDCP SDU to be sent to the target network device. For the sender (for example, during DL transmission, the sender is the target network device, or during UL transmission, the sender is a terminal device), the first parameter corresponding to the target network device includes at least one of the following: a header corresponding to the target network device Compression context (such as ROHC context), key corresponding to the target network device, integrity protection parameters corresponding to the target network device, etc. For example, starting from the first uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device, the terminal device uses the header compression context corresponding to the target network device for header compression, uses the integrity protection parameters corresponding to the target network device for integrity protection, and uses the target The key corresponding to the network device performs encryption and other processing. For details, please refer to the description in FIG.
在终端设备成功切换至目标网络设备之后,终端设备可以从目标网络设备接收到PDCP PDU。终端设备采用目标网络设备对应的第二参数,对从目标网络设备接收到的PDCP PDU进行处理。对于接收方(如在UL传输时,接收方为目标网络设备,或在DL传输时,接收方为终端设备),目标网络设备对应的第二参数包括以下至少一种:目标网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文(如ROHC context)、目标网络设备对应的密钥、目标网络设备对应的完整性验证参数等。比如,终端设备使用目标网络设备对应的密钥进行解密,使用目标网络设备对应的完整性验证参数进行完整性验证,使用目标网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文进行头解压缩等处理。具体可以参见图4中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。After the terminal device successfully switches to the target network device, the terminal device can receive the PDCP PDU from the target network device. The terminal device uses the second parameter corresponding to the target network device to process the PDCP PDU received from the target network device. For the receiver (for example, during UL transmission, the receiver is the target network device, or during DL transmission, the receiver is a terminal device), the second parameter corresponding to the target network device includes at least one of the following: a header corresponding to the target network device Decompression context (such as ROHC context), key corresponding to the target network device, integrity verification parameters corresponding to the target network device, etc. For example, the terminal device uses the key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt, uses the integrity verification parameter corresponding to the target network device to perform integrity verification, and uses the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device to perform header decompression and other processing. For details, please refer to the description in FIG.
因此,本申请实施例中,通过网络设备向终端设备指示终端设备的PUSCH数据传输从源网络设备转换到目标网络设备的时刻,有利于实现终端设备在确定上述转换的时刻后,开始与目标网络设备进行上行数据传输,以保证终端设备在切换过程中,减少UL数据传输中断时延,进一步的,有助于实现0ms UL数据传输中断。进一步的,通过向终端设备指示终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN,或UL grant信息,从而通知终端设备如何正确与目标网络设备进行上行数据传输,保证网络设备侧能进行正确接收。此时,不需要由源网络设备转发该第一指示信息,因此能够节省系统信令开销。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device is instructed by the network device to indicate the time when the PUSCH data transmission of the terminal device is converted from the source network device to the target network device, which is beneficial to realize that the terminal device starts to communicate with the target network after determining the above-mentioned conversion time. The device performs uplink data transmission to ensure that the terminal device reduces the UL data transmission interruption delay during the handover process, and further, helps to achieve 0ms UL data transmission interruption. Further, by instructing the terminal device to transmit the minimum PDCP SN or UL grant information of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, the terminal device is notified how to correctly communicate with the target network device. The network equipment performs uplink data transmission to ensure correct reception on the network equipment side. At this time, the source network device does not need to forward the first indication information, so system signaling overhead can be saved.
图7是从设备交互的角度示出的另一种数据传输的方法700的示意性流程图。在方法700中,由源网络设备向终端设备发送上述第一指示信息。应理解,图7示出了数据传输的方法的步骤或操作,但这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其他操作或者图7中的各个操作的变形。此外,图7中的各个步骤可以按照与图7呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行图7中的全部操作。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method 700 from the perspective of device interaction. In the method 700, the source network device sends the above-mentioned first indication information to the terminal device. It should be understood that FIG. 7 shows the steps or operations of the data transmission method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 7. In addition, the various steps in FIG. 7 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 7, and it is possible that not all the operations in FIG. 7 are to be performed.
701,源网络设备向终端设备发送切换消息。对应的,终端设备接收该切换消息。701: The source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the handover message.
702,在终端设备接收到切换消息之后,终端设备仍然可以与源网络设备进行PUSCH传输。702. After the terminal device receives the handover message, the terminal device can still perform PUSCH transmission with the source network device.
703,终端设备向目标网络设备发送RRC重配置完成(RRC reconfiguration complete)消息,表示终端设备成功切换至目标网络设备,或者,表示终端设备与目标网络设备之间的RRC连接/数据传输通道建立完成。703. The terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC reconfiguration complete) message to the target network device, indicating that the terminal device has successfully switched to the target network device, or indicating that the RRC connection/data transmission channel between the terminal device and the target network device has been established. .
704,目标网络设备在接收到RRC重配置完成消息之后,向源网络设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于向源网络设备指示终端设备已经成功接入(即切换)至目标网络设备。704. After receiving the RRC reconfiguration complete message, the target network device sends third indication information to the source network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate to the source network device that the terminal device has successfully accessed (ie switched) to the target network equipment.
具体的,701至704可以参见图6中601至604的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, for 701 to 704, please refer to the description of 601 to 604 in FIG.
可选的,在步骤703之后,目标网络设备还可以为终端设备分配上行授权信息。在为终端设备分配上行授权信息之后,目标网络设备还可以向源网络设备发送该上行授权信息。一些可能的实现方式中,上行授权信息可以与第三指示信息携带在同一消息中发送给源网络设备,或者分开发送给终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, after step 703, the target network device may also allocate uplink authorization information to the terminal device. After allocating the uplink authorization information to the terminal device, the target network device may also send the uplink authorization information to the source network device. In some possible implementation manners, the uplink authorization information and the third indication information may be carried in the same message and sent to the source network device, or sent separately to the terminal device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
具体的,上行授权信息可以参见图5中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the uplink authorization information can be referred to the description in FIG. 5, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
705,源网络设备向终端设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。705. The source network device sends a second message to the terminal device, where the second message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device .
可选的,第二消息中还可以包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。作为示例,该第二指示信息可以为一个具体的数值X,或者为UL PDCP状态报告,本申请实施例对此不做限定。其中,该数值X用来表示PDCP SN,X为自然数。Optionally, the second message may also include second indication information, which is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to send the minimum uplink data packet to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. PDCP SN. As an example, the second indication information may be a specific value X or a UL PDCP status report, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Among them, the value X is used to represent PDCP SN, and X is a natural number.
可选的,在源网络设备接收到目标网络设备发送的上行授权信息的情况下,第二消息中还可以包括目标网络设备为终端设备分配的上行授权信息。Optionally, in a case where the source network device receives the uplink authorization information sent by the target network device, the second message may also include the uplink authorization information allocated by the target network device to the terminal device.
具体的,第一指示信息、第二指示信息、上行授权信息可以参见图5中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the first indication information, the second indication information, and the uplink authorization information can be referred to the description in FIG. 5, which is not repeated here for brevity.
作为示例,第二消息可以为RRC消息,PDCP control PDU,MAC CE,或DCI等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。As an example, the second message may be an RRC message, PDCP control PDU, MAC CE, or DCI, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
一些可能的实现方式中,数值X(即PDCP SN)、UL PDCP状态报告可以是承载粒度的,或者第二指示信息可以是承载粒度的。具体的,可以参见图5中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In some possible implementation manners, the value X (ie, PDCP SN) and UL PDCP status report may be carried in a granular manner, or the second indication information may be carried in a granular manner. For details, please refer to the description in FIG. 5. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
706,终端设备进行上行传输转换。706: The terminal device performs uplink transmission conversion.
707,终端设备在完成上行传输转换之后,与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。707. After completing the uplink transmission conversion, the terminal device performs PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
具体的,706和707可以参见图6中607和608的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, 706 and 707 can be referred to the descriptions of 607 and 608 in FIG.
因此,本申请实施例中,通过网络设备向终端设备指示终端设备的PUSCH数据传输从源网络设备转换到目标网络设备的时刻,有利于实现终端设备在确定上述转换的时刻后,开始与目标网络设备进行上行数据传输,以保证终端设备在切换过程中,减少UL数据传输中断时延,进一步的,有助于实现0ms UL数据传输中断。进一步的,通过向终端设备指示终端设备在转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN,或UL grant信息,从而通知终端设备如何正确与目标网络设备进行上行数据传输,保证网络设备侧能进行正确接收。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device is instructed by the network device to indicate the time when the PUSCH data transmission of the terminal device is converted from the source network device to the target network device, which is beneficial to realize that the terminal device starts to communicate with the target network after determining the above-mentioned conversion time. The device performs uplink data transmission to ensure that the terminal device reduces the UL data transmission interruption delay during the handover process, and further, helps to achieve 0ms UL data transmission interruption. Further, by instructing the terminal device to transmit the minimum PDCP SN or UL grant information of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, the terminal device is notified how to correctly communicate with the target network device. The network equipment performs uplink data transmission to ensure correct reception on the network equipment side.
此时,可选地,源网络设备可以从目标网络设备接收该第一指示信息和/或终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。此时,通过源网络设备转发第一指示信息和/或终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN,能够更灵活得对终端设备指示上述转换的时刻和/或终端设备需要向目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。At this time, optionally, the source network device may receive the first indication information from the target network device and/or the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device. At this time, the source network device forwards the first indication information and/or the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device, which can be more flexible to indicate the above conversion time and/or terminal device needs to the terminal device The minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet sent to the target network device.
本申请实施例中,源网络设备给终端设备发送切换消息后,可以与目标网络设备之间 进行数据转发。图8示出了下行(downlink,DL)数据传输对应的网络设备侧的用户面协议栈架构的一个示意图。如图8所示,源网络设备从用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)接收到PDCP SDUs之后,可以为PDCP SDUs分别分配PDCP SN。源网络设备可以将全部或部分分配了PDCP SN的PDCP SDUs和其中的各个PDCP SDU各自关联的PDCP SN(PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN)转发给目标网络设备。没有转发到目标网络设备的PDCP SDUs由源网络设备进行头压缩、加密等、添加头等处理,再经由源网络设备的RLC1、MAC1、PHY1发送给终端设备。转发到目标网络设备的这些PDCP SDUs由目标网络设备进行头压缩、加密、添加头等处理,再经由目标网络设备的RLC2、MAC2、PHY2发送给终端设备。In the embodiment of the present application, after the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device, data can be forwarded with the target network device. FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of the user plane protocol stack architecture on the network device side corresponding to downlink (DL) data transmission. As shown in Figure 8, after receiving PDCP SDUs from a user plane function (UPF), the source network device can allocate PDCP SNs to the PDCP SDUs respectively. The source network device may forward all or part of the PDCP SDUs allocated with the PDCP SN and the PDCP SN (PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN) associated with each of the PDCP SDUs to the target network device. PDCP SDUs that are not forwarded to the target network device are processed by the source network device such as header compression, encryption, and header addition, and then sent to the terminal device via the RLC1, MAC1, and PHY1 of the source network device. These PDCP SDUs forwarded to the target network device are processed by the target network device such as header compression, encryption, and header addition, and then sent to the terminal device via the RLC2, MAC2, and PHY2 of the target network device.
需要说明的是,图8中示出了PDCP层的一个示例,但本申请实施例不限于此。作为示例,图8中示出了部分PDCP层的功能,具体的可以参见图4中的描述。It should be noted that FIG. 8 shows an example of the PDCP layer, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. As an example, FIG. 8 shows some of the functions of the PDCP layer. For details, refer to the description in FIG. 4.
一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备侧可以进行重复(duplication),即针对某一PDCP SN对应的数据,源网络设备可以生产2份PDCP SDU。其中一份PDCP SDU由源网络设备自身进行压缩、加密等处理,即使用源网络设备的头压缩上下文进行压缩(比如图8中的头压缩#1),使用源网络设备的密钥进行加密等处理(比如图8中的加密#1)后,生成PDCP PDU,然后,由源网络设备发送给终端设备。另一份PDCP SDU由源网络设备转发给目标网络设备,由目标网络设备进行压缩、加密等处理,即使用目标网络设备的头压缩上下文进行压缩(比如图8中的头压缩#2),使用目标网络设备的密钥进行加密等处理(比如图8中的加密#2)后,生成PDCP PDU。当终端设备成功接入到目标网络设备(比如,终端设备向目标网络设备发送RRC重配置完成消息后),目标网络设备就可以将上述经过目标网络设备处理后的PDCP PDU(s)发送给终端设备。In a possible implementation manner, duplication can be performed on the network device side, that is, for data corresponding to a certain PDCP SN, the source network device can produce 2 PDCP SDUs. One of the PDCP SDUs is compressed and encrypted by the source network device itself, that is, compressed using the header compression context of the source network device (for example, header compression #1 in Figure 8), encrypted using the key of the source network device, etc. After processing (such as encryption #1 in Figure 8), a PDCP PDU is generated, and then sent by the source network device to the terminal device. Another PDCP SDU is forwarded by the source network device to the target network device, and the target network device performs compression, encryption, etc., that is, uses the header compression context of the target network device for compression (for example, header compression #2 in Figure 8), use After the key of the target network device is encrypted and other processing (such as encryption #2 in FIG. 8), a PDCP PDU is generated. When the terminal device successfully connects to the target network device (for example, after the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the target network device), the target network device can send the above-mentioned PDCP PDU(s) processed by the target network device to the terminal equipment.
另一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备侧可以不进行duplication,即源网络设备可以将从UPF接收到的一个或多个PDCP SDU(s),由源网络设备自身的PDCP层进行头压缩、加密等处理后,发送给终端设备。或者,源网络设备可以对从UPF接收到的一个或多个PDCP SDU(s)分别分配PDCP SN,然后将这些各自分配有PDCP SN的PDCP SDU(s)(即PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN)转发给目标网络设备,由目标网络设备进行头压缩、加密等处理。当终端设备成功接入到目标网络设备,目标网络设备就可以将经过目标网络设备处理后的PDCP PDU(s)发送给终端设备。In another possible implementation manner, the network device side may not perform duplication, that is, the source network device may receive one or more PDCP SDU(s) from the UPF, and the source network device's own PDCP layer performs header compression, After encryption and other processing, it is sent to the terminal device. Alternatively, the source network device can allocate PDCP SN to one or more PDCP SDU(s) received from UPF, and then forward these PDCP SDU(s) (ie, PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN) respectively allocated with PDCP SN For the target network device, the target network device performs header compression and encryption. When the terminal device successfully accesses the target network device, the target network device can send the PDCP PDU(s) processed by the target network device to the terminal device.
对于终端设备而言,终端设备在接收到切换消息之后,可以保持与源网络设备的数据传输,即终端设备侧保持源网络设备对应的用户面协议栈架构,对源网络设备对应的用户面协议栈不进行层2的恢复/重建立。并且,终端设备建立目标网络设备对应的用户面协议栈架构,用于与目标网络设备进行随机接入、数据传输。其中,层2包括MAC/RLC/PDCP协议层。For the terminal device, after receiving the handover message, the terminal device can maintain the data transmission with the source network device, that is, the terminal device side maintains the user plane protocol stack architecture corresponding to the source network device, and the user plane protocol corresponding to the source network device The stack does not perform layer 2 recovery/re-establishment. In addition, the terminal device establishes a user plane protocol stack architecture corresponding to the target network device for random access and data transmission with the target network device. Among them, layer 2 includes the MAC/RLC/PDCP protocol layer.
在终端设备释放与源网络设备的连接前,终端设备维护两套安全密钥(也可以称为安全上下文)/两套头压缩上下文(或头解压缩上下文)。终端设备根据接收到的数据包是来自于源网络设备还是目标网络设备,采用相应的密钥/头解压缩上下文对接收到的数据包(PDCP PDU(s))进行处理。具体的,对于从源网络设备接收到的PDCP PDU(s),终端设备使用源网络设备所对应的安全密钥进行解密、源网络设备所对应的头解压缩上下文进行头解压缩等处理。对于从目标网络设备接收到的PDCP PDU(s),终端设备使用目标网络设 备所对应的安全密钥进行解密、目标网络设备所对应的头解压缩上下文进行头解压缩等处理。Before the terminal device releases the connection with the source network device, the terminal device maintains two sets of security keys (also referred to as security contexts)/two sets of header compression contexts (or header decompression contexts). The terminal device uses the corresponding key/header decompression context to process the received data packet (PDCP PDU(s)) according to whether the received data packet comes from the source network device or the target network device. Specifically, for the PDCP PDU(s) received from the source network device, the terminal device uses the security key corresponding to the source network device to decrypt, and the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device performs header decompression and other processing. For the PDCP PDU(s) received from the target network device, the terminal device uses the security key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt, and the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device performs header decompression and other processing.
终端设备成功接入到目标网络设备后,可以使用目标网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文、目标网络设备对应的密钥对从目标网络设备接收到的数据包(PDCP PDU(s))进行处理。但是,例如,假设网络设备侧不支持数据包重复(packet duplication),即使此时终端设备已经从目标网络设备接收下行数据包,但源网络设备可能有未成功发送给终端设备的DL数据,这时源网络设备需要将未成功发送的这些DL数据包转发给目标网络设备,再由目标网络设备发送给终端设备。如果源网络设备转给目标网络设备的是各自分配有PDCP SN的PDCP SDU(s),目标网络设备接收到这些各自分配有PDCP SN的PDCP SDU(s)之后,使用目标网络设备对应的头压缩上下文、目标网络设备对应的密钥对这些PDCP SDUs进行头压缩、加密等处理。但是,这样可能会造成终端设备对从目标网络设备接收到的DL数据不能正确进行接收。例如,进行头解压缩的包要求是按序的,比如进行鲁棒性头压缩(robust header compression,ROHC)/解压缩时要求数据包是按序的,而终端设备由于在从目标网络设备接收到在源网络设备侧没有成功发送的需要由目标网络设备重传的数据包前,已经从目标网络设备接收到序列号在这些重传数据包之后的数据包,因此,终端设备从网络设备侧接收到的下行数据包的PDCP SN是乱序的,会导致终端设备的头解压缩乱序/失败,进而造成DL接收失败。After the terminal device successfully accesses the target network device, it can use the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device and the key corresponding to the target network device to process the data packets (PDCP PDU(s)) received from the target network device. However, for example, assuming that the network device side does not support packet duplication, even if the terminal device has received downlink data packets from the target network device at this time, the source network device may have unsuccessfully sent DL data to the terminal device. The time source network device needs to forward these unsuccessfully sent DL data packets to the target network device, and then the target network device sends it to the terminal device. If the source network device transfers to the target network device the PDCP SDU(s) each assigned with PDCP SN, after the target network device receives these PDCP SDU(s) each assigned with PDCP SN, it uses the corresponding header compression of the target network device The context and the key corresponding to the target network device perform header compression and encryption on these PDCP SDUs. However, this may cause the terminal device to fail to correctly receive the DL data received from the target network device. For example, the packets for header decompression are required to be in order. For example, when robust header compression (ROHC)/decompression requires data packets to be in order, the terminal device is required to be in order when receiving from the target network device. Before the data packets that need to be retransmitted by the target network device are not successfully sent on the source network device side, the data packets with the sequence numbers after these retransmitted data packets have been received from the target network device. Therefore, the terminal device receives the data packets from the network device side. The PDCP SN of the received downlink data packet is out of order, which will cause the header decompression of the terminal device to be out of order/failure, which will cause the DL reception to fail.
作为示例,源网络设备给终端设备发送切换消息后,对于某个DL承载,源网络设备继续给终端设备发送PDCP SN分别为10-100的数据包,也就是说,源网络设备采用自身对应的头压缩上下文进行头压缩,以及自身的密钥进行加密等处理后,发送给终端设备。并且,源网络设备可以给目标网络设备转发PDCP SN分别为101-120的PDCP SDUs,目标网络设备采用目标网络设备对应的头压缩上下文,以及目标网络设备对应的密钥对PDCP SN分别为101-120的PDCP SDUs进行头压缩、加密等处理后,生成PDCP PDUs,当终端设备成功接入到目标网络设备后,目标网络设备可以将PDCP SN从101开始的PDCP PDUs按序发送给终端设备。也就是说,目标网络设备将使用目标网络设备侧的头压缩上下文/密钥处理后所获得的PDCP SN分别为101,102,...的PDCP PDUs发给终端设备。假如目标网络设备给终端设备发送了PDCP SN为110的数据包后,接收到源网络设备转发过来的PDCP SN分别为90-100的数据包(即源网络设备未能成功将PDCP SN分别为90-100的数据包发送给终端设备)。此时,如果目标网络设备使用自身对应的头压缩上下文、自身对应的密钥对PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP SDUs进行头压缩、加密等处理,会造成终端设备不能正确从目标网络设备进行DL数据接收。As an example, after the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device, for a certain DL bearer, the source network device continues to send PDCP SN 10-100 data packets to the terminal device, that is, the source network device uses its own corresponding After the header compression context performs header compression and its own key is encrypted, it is sent to the terminal device. In addition, the source network device can forward PDCP SDUs with PDCP SN 101-120 to the target network device. The target network device uses the header compression context corresponding to the target network device, and the key pair PDCP SN corresponding to the target network device is 101- After 120 PDCP SDUs undergo header compression, encryption, and other processing, PDCP PDUs are generated. After the terminal device successfully connects to the target network device, the target network device can send PDCP PDUs starting with PDCP SN 101 to the terminal device in sequence. That is to say, the target network device sends PDCP PDUs of 101, 102, ... obtained by processing the header compression context/key on the target network device side to the terminal device. If the target network device sends a PDCP SN 110 data packet to the terminal device, it receives the PDCP SN 90-100 data packet forwarded by the source network device (that is, the source network device fails to successfully set the PDCP SN to 90). -100 data packets are sent to the terminal device). At this time, if the target network device uses its own corresponding header compression context and its own key to perform header compression and encryption on PDCP SDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100, it will cause the terminal device to be unable to correctly perform processing from the target network device. DL data reception.
基于此,本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输的方法,通过源网络设备将未成功发送给终端设备的至少一个PDCP PDU(s)转发给目标网络设备,而不是向目标网络设备转发未成功的PDCP SDU(s),使得目标网络设备不需要使用自身的头压缩上下文、密钥对这些未能由源网络设备成功发送的DL数据进行处理,从而能够有助于终端设备正确从目标网络设备进行DL数据接收。Based on this, the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, which forwards at least one PDCP PDU(s) that was not successfully sent to the terminal device to the target network device through the source network device, instead of forwarding the unsuccessful forwarding to the target network device. PDCP SDU(s), so that the target network device does not need to use its own header compression context and key to process the DL data that has not been successfully sent by the source network device, which can help the terminal device to correctly access the target network device Perform DL data reception.
图9是从设备交互的角度示出的一种数据传输的方法900的示意性流程图。应理解,图9示出了数据传输的方法的步骤或操作,但这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其他操作或者图9中的各个操作的变形。此外,图9中的各个步骤可以按照与图 9呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行图9中的全部操作。如图9所示,该数据传输的方法可以包括步骤901至906。FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method 900 from the perspective of device interaction. It should be understood that FIG. 9 shows the steps or operations of the data transmission method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 9. In addition, the various steps in FIG. 9 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 9, and it is possible that not all the operations in FIG. 9 are to be performed. As shown in FIG. 9, the data transmission method may include steps 901 to 906.
901,源网络设备确定向终端设备发送下行数据包失败。901: The source network device determines that it fails to send a downlink data packet to the terminal device.
在源网络设备向终端设备发送切换消息之后,源网络设备可以继续给终端设备发送下行数据包,比如源网络设备将自身处理后生成的一部分PDCP PDU(s)发送给终端设备。并且,源网络设备可以将一部分分配有PDCP SN的PDCP SDU(s)转发给目标网络设备,由目标网络设备对这些PDCP SDU(s)进行处理生成PDCP PDU(s)。在终端设备成功接入到目标网络设备后,目标网络设备可以将自身处理后生成的PDCP PDU(s)发送给终端设备。After the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device, the source network device can continue to send downlink data packets to the terminal device. For example, the source network device sends a part of PDCP PDU(s) generated after processing by itself to the terminal device. In addition, the source network device may forward part of the PDCP SDU(s) allocated with PDCP SN to the target network device, and the target network device processes these PDCP SDU(s) to generate PDCP PDU(s). After the terminal device successfully accesses the target network device, the target network device can send the PDCP PDU(s) generated after processing by itself to the terminal device.
在一些可能的实现方式中,在终端设备已经成功接入至目标网络设备之后,或者,在目标网络设备已经向终端设备发送PDCP PDU(s)之后,发生了901,即源网络设备确定向终端设备发送的部分或全部的PDCP PDU(s)失败。在图9中,源网络设备向终端网络设备发送失败的PDCP PDU(s)可以称为第一PDCP PDU(s)。In some possible implementations, after the terminal device has successfully connected to the target network device, or after the target network device has sent PDCP PDU(s) to the terminal device, 901 occurs, that is, the source network device determines to Part or all of the PDCP PDU(s) sent by the device failed. In FIG. 9, the PDCP PDU(s) that the source network device fails to send to the terminal network device may be referred to as the first PDCP PDU(s).
作为示例,源网络设备在向终端设备发送切换消息之后,源网络设备继续给终端设备发送PDCP SN分别为10-100的DL数据包,即源网络设备使用源网络设备对应的头压缩上下文、源网络设备对应的完整性保护参数、源网络设备对应的密钥等对PDCP SN分别为10-100的PDCP SDUs分别进行头压缩、完整性保护、加密等处理后,将生成的PDCP PDUs发送给终端设备。另外,源网络设备在向终端设备发送切换消息之后,源网络设备可以给目标网络设备发送PDCP SN分别为101-120的PDCP SDUs,即,源网络设备给目标网络设备发送的是分配有PDCP SN的PDCP SDUs、以及其中的各个PDCP SDU各自关联的PDCP SN。换句话说,源网络设备向目标网络设备发送的是PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN。但是,当终端设备成功接入至目标网络设备后,或终端设备已经能与目标网络设备进行下行数据传输后,例如,当终端设备已经采用目标网络设备对应的头压缩上下文、目标网络设备对应的完整性保护参数、目标网络设备对应的密钥等对从目标网络设备接收到的PDCP SN分别为101-110的PDCP PDUs分别进行处理后,源网络设备发现并没有成功将PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP PDUs发送给终端设备(或者说,并没有成功将PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP SDUs发送给终端设备)。这里,该PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP PDUs为上述第一PDCP PDU(s)的一个示例。As an example, after the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device, the source network device continues to send to the terminal device PDCP SN 10-100 DL packets, that is, the source network device uses the header compression context and source corresponding to the source network device. The integrity protection parameters corresponding to the network device and the key corresponding to the source network device perform header compression, integrity protection, and encryption on the PDCP SDUs whose PDCP SN is 10-100 respectively, and then send the generated PDCP PDUs to the terminal equipment. In addition, after the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device, the source network device can send PDCP SDUs with PDCP SN 101-120 to the target network device, that is, the source network device sends the target network device to the target network device with PDCP SN assigned PDCP SDUs and the PDCP SN associated with each PDCP SDU. In other words, what the source network device sends to the target network device is PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN. However, when the terminal device has successfully connected to the target network device, or after the terminal device has been able to perform downlink data transmission with the target network device, for example, when the terminal device has adopted the header compression context corresponding to the target network device, and the target network device corresponding After the integrity protection parameters and the key corresponding to the target network device are processed separately for the PDCP PDUs with SN 101-110 received from the target network device, the source network device finds that the PDCP SN is not successfully changed to 90- 100 PDCP PDUs are sent to the terminal device (in other words, PDCP SDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100 are not successfully sent to the terminal device). Here, the PDCP PDUs with the PDCP SN of 90-100 are an example of the foregoing first PDCP PDU(s).
一种可能的实现方式中,当源网络设备对某个PDCP SDU进行头压缩、加密等处理后,获得与该PDCP SDU对应的PDCP PDU。然后,源网络设备将该PDCP PDU发送给终端设备,当终端设备成功接收到该PDCP PDU时,向源网络设备反馈针对该PDCP PDU的确认(acknowledge,ACK)。当源网络设备向终端设备发送该PDCP PDU之后的指定时间段内,没有接收到终端设备发送的针对该PDCP PDU的ACK时,可以认为该PDCP PDU没有成功发送。或者,源网络设备接收到终端设备发送的针对该PDCP PDU的NACK时,可以认为该PDCP PDU没有成功发送。In a possible implementation manner, after the source network device performs header compression and encryption on a certain PDCP SDU, it obtains the PDCP PDU corresponding to the PDCP SDU. Then, the source network device sends the PDCP PDU to the terminal device, and when the terminal device successfully receives the PDCP PDU, it feeds back an acknowledgement (acknowledge, ACK) for the PDCP PDU to the source network device. When the source network device does not receive the ACK for the PDCP PDU sent by the terminal device within a specified time period after the PDCP PDU is sent to the terminal device, it can be considered that the PDCP PDU is not successfully sent. Or, when the source network device receives the NACK for the PDCP PDU sent by the terminal device, it can be considered that the PDCP PDU was not successfully sent.
902,源网络设备向目标网络设备发送步骤901中的第一PDCP PDU(s)。902: The source network device sends the first PDCP PDU(s) in step 901 to the target network device.
也就是说,针对源网络设备未能成功发送给终端设备的至少一个PDCP SDU(s),源网络设备使用自身对应的头压缩上下文、完整性保护参数、密钥等对该至少一个PDCP SDU(s)进行处理后,生成对应的至少一个PDCP PDU(s),然后,源网络设备将该至少一个PDCP PDU(s)发送给目标网络设备。对应的,目标网络设备接收该至少一个PDCP PDU(s)。In other words, for at least one PDCP SDU(s) that the source network device failed to successfully send to the terminal device, the source network device uses its own corresponding header compression context, integrity protection parameters, keys, etc., to the at least one PDCP SDU(s). s) After processing, generate at least one corresponding PDCP PDU(s), and then, the source network device sends the at least one PDCP PDU(s) to the target network device. Correspondingly, the target network device receives the at least one PDCP PDU(s).
继续901中的示例,此时源网络设备可以向目标网络设备发送PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP PDUs。其中,PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP PDUs是由源网络设备使用自身对应的头压缩上下文、完整性保护参数、密钥等进行处理后生成的。Continuing the example in 901, at this time, the source network device may send PDCP PDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100 to the target network device. Among them, PDCP PDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100 are generated by the source network device after processing using its own corresponding header compression context, integrity protection parameters, keys, and so on.
需要说明的是,这里仅以PDCP SN分别为90-100为例进行说明,但本申请实施例并不限于此。这里,没有成功发送的下行数据包所分别对应的PDCP SN可以为连续的,或者为非连续的,都在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。作为一个示例,没有成功发送的下行数据包所分别对应的PDCP SN可以为95、98。It should be noted that, here only the PDCP SN is 90-100 respectively as an example for description, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. Here, the PDCP SN corresponding to the unsuccessfully sent downlink data packets may be continuous or non-continuous, and both fall within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. As an example, the PDCP SN corresponding to the unsuccessfully sent downlink data packet may be 95 and 98, respectively.
一些可能的实施例中,可以执行步骤903,即源网络设备向终端设备发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示与步骤902中至少一个PDCP PDU(s)(即第一PDCP PDU(s))一一对应的至少一个PDCP SN,即步骤901中源网络设备未成功发送给终端设备的至少一个PDCP PDU(s)(即第一PDCP PDU(s))一一对应的至少一个PDCP SN。对应的,终端设备接收该第四指示信息。In some possible embodiments, step 903 may be performed, that is, the source network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate that at least one PDCP PDU(s) in step 902 (ie, the first PDCP PDU( s)) One-to-one correspondence with at least one PDCP SN, that is, at least one PDCP PDU(s) (i.e., the first PDCP PDU(s)) that the source network device did not successfully send to the terminal device in step 901 corresponds to at least one PDCP one-to-one SN. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information.
一些可能的实现方式中,第四指示信息可以包括上述步骤902中的至少一个PDCP PDU(s)(即第一PDCP PDU(s))所分别关联的至少一个PDCP SN,即第四指示信息可以包括第一PDCP PDU(s)中的各个PDCP PDU所对应的PDCP SN。另一些可能的实现方式中,第四指示信息可以包括步骤902中至少一个PDCP PDU(s)(即第一PDCP PDU(s))中最小的PDCP SN,以及一个比特位图(bitmap),该bitmap可以用于指示该最小的PDCP SN对应的PDCP PDU以及后续的PDCP PDU的接收状态。比如,第四指示信息可以包括95,以及011011,表示SN为95、98的PDCP PDUs没有成功发送,SN为96、97、99和100的PDCP PDUs成功发送。In some possible implementations, the fourth indication information may include at least one PDCP SN respectively associated with at least one PDCP PDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) in step 902, that is, the fourth indication information may Including the PDCP SN corresponding to each PDCP PDU in the first PDCP PDU(s). In other possible implementation manners, the fourth indication information may include the smallest PDCP SN in at least one PDCP PDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) in step 902, and a bitmap. The bitmap can be used to indicate the PDCP PDU corresponding to the smallest PDCP SN and the reception status of the subsequent PDCP PDU. For example, the fourth indication information may include 95 and 011011, indicating that PDCP PDUs with SNs of 95 and 98 were not successfully sent, and PDCP PDUs with SNs of 96, 97, 99, and 100 were successfully sent.
一些可能的实施例中,可以不执行步骤903,而执行步骤903’,其中903’包括步骤904和905。In some possible embodiments, step 903 may not be executed, but step 903' may be executed, where 903' includes steps 904 and 905.
904,源网络设备向目标网络设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示与步骤902中至少一个PDCP PDU(s)(即第一PDCP PDU(s))一一对应的至少一个PDCP SN,即步骤901中源网络设备未成功发送给终端设备的至少一个PDCP PDU(s)(即第一PDCP PDU(s))一一对应的至少一个PDCP SN。对应的,目标网络设备接收该第四指示信息。904. The source network device sends fourth indication information to the target network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one corresponding to at least one PDCP PDU(s) (ie, the first PDCP PDU(s)) in step 902. PDCP SN, that is, at least one PDCP SN that has a one-to-one correspondence with at least one PDCP PDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) that the source network device did not successfully send to the terminal device in step 901. Correspondingly, the target network device receives the fourth indication information.
905,目标网络设备向终端设备发送上述第四指示信息。对应的,终端设备接收该第四指示消息。905: The target network device sends the foregoing fourth instruction information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication message.
也就是说,在步骤903中,是由源网络设备向终端设备指示步骤901中未成功发送给终端设备的下行数据包所分别对应的PDCP SN。在步骤903’中,源网络设备可以先向目标网络设备指示步骤901中未成功发送给终端设备的下行数据包所分别对应的PDCP SN,然后由目标网络设备向终端设备指示该未成功发送给终端设备的下行数据包所分别对应的PDCP SN。That is, in step 903, the source network device indicates to the terminal device the PDCP SN corresponding to the downlink data packets that are not successfully sent to the terminal device in step 901. In step 903', the source network device may first indicate to the target network device the PDCP SN corresponding to the downlink data packets that were not successfully sent to the terminal device in step 901, and then the target network device indicates to the terminal device that the unsuccessful transmission to the terminal device The PDCP SN corresponding to the downlink data packet of the terminal device.
本申请实施例中,与未成功发送给终端设备的至少一个PDCP SDU(s)(即第一PDCP PDU(s))一一对应的至少一个PDCP SN可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的,这取决于步骤902中源网络设备向目标网络设备转发的至少一个PDCP PDU(s)(即第一PDCP PDU(s))是哪些。作为示例,当步骤902中源网络设备向目标设备转发的至少一个PDCP PDU(s)(即第一PDCP PDU(s))所分别对应的PDCP SN为90-100时,第四指示信息所指示的PDCP SN分别为90-100,例如,第四指示信息包括数值90-100。当步骤902中源网络设备向目 标网络设备转发的至少一个PDCP PDU(s)(即第一PDCP PDU(s))所分别对应的PDCP SN为95、98时,第四指示信息所指示的PDCP SN分别为95、98,例如,第四指示信息包括数值95、98。In this embodiment of the application, at least one PDCP SN corresponding to at least one PDCP SDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) that is not successfully sent to the terminal device may be continuous or non-continuous. This depends on the at least one PDCP PDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) forwarded by the source network device to the target network device in step 902. As an example, when the PDCP SN corresponding to at least one PDCP PDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) forwarded by the source network device to the target device in step 902 is 90-100, the fourth indication information indicates The PDCP SN of is 90-100, for example, the fourth indication information includes a value of 90-100. When the PDCP SN corresponding to at least one PDCP PDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) forwarded by the source network device to the target network device in step 902 is 95 and 98, the PDCP indicated by the fourth indication information The SN are respectively 95 and 98. For example, the fourth indication information includes the values 95 and 98.
示例性的,步骤904中第四指示信息可以携带在Xn消息或X2消息中,例如,该Xn消息或X2消息为SN状态传输(SN status transfer)消息,或其他消息,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Exemplarily, the fourth indication information in step 904 may be carried in an Xn message or X2 message. For example, the Xn message or X2 message is an SN status transfer (SN status transfer) message, or other messages. Not limited.
示例性的,步骤903或步骤905中第四指示信息可以携带在RRC消息,或者层2消息,或者物理层消息中,本申请实施例对此不做限定。其中层2消息例如可以为PDCP控制PDU、MAC CE等,物理层消息可以为DCI,RRC消息可以为RRC重配置消息,本实施例对此不做限定。Exemplarily, the fourth indication information in step 903 or step 905 may be carried in an RRC message, or a layer 2 message, or a physical layer message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The layer 2 message may be, for example, PDCP control PDU, MAC CE, etc., the physical layer message may be DCI, and the RRC message may be an RRC reconfiguration message, which is not limited in this embodiment.
一些可能的实施例中,上述第四指示信息所指示的PDCP SN可以是承载粒度的,也就是说,不同的承载可以有各自对应的上述PDCP SN。或者,第四指示信息可以是承载粒度的。本申请实施例对此不做限定。具体的,第四指示信息是承载粒度与第二指示信息是承载粒度相似,可以参见上文中对第二指示信息的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In some possible embodiments, the PDCP SN indicated by the fourth indication information may be of bearer granularity, that is, different bearers may have their respective corresponding PDCP SNs. Alternatively, the fourth indication information may be of bearing granularity. The embodiments of this application do not limit this. Specifically, the carrying granularity of the fourth indication information is similar to the carrying granularity of the second indication information, and reference may be made to the description of the second indication information above. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
906,目标网络设备向终端设备发送第一PDCP PDU(s),即步骤902中所述的至少一个PDCP PDU(s)。对应的,终端设备从目标网络设备接收第一PDCP PDU(s)。906: The target network device sends the first PDCP PDU(s), that is, the at least one PDCP PDU(s) described in step 902, to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first PDCP PDU(s) from the target network device.
对于从目标网络设备接收到的某个PDCP PDU,如果该PDCP PDU对应的PDCP SN包含在第四指示信息所指示的PDCP SN中,则终端设备使用源网络设备所对应的头解压缩上下文进行头解压缩,使用源网络设备对应的密钥进行解密等处理。如果该PDCP PDU对应的PDCP SN没有包含在第四指示信息所指示的PDCP SN中,则终端设备使用目标网络设备所对应的头解压缩上下文进行头解压缩,使用目标网络设备对应的密钥进行解密等处理。For a PDCP PDU received from the target network device, if the PDCP SN corresponding to the PDCP PDU is included in the PDCP SN indicated by the fourth indication information, the terminal device uses the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device to perform the header Decompress, use the key corresponding to the source network device for decryption and other processing. If the PDCP SN corresponding to the PDCP PDU is not included in the PDCP SN indicated by the fourth indication information, the terminal device uses the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device to perform header decompression, and uses the key corresponding to the target network device to perform header decompression. Decryption and other processing.
作为示例,当第四指示信息所指示的PDCP SN分别为90-100,例如,第四指示信息为数值90-100时,可以理解为第四指示信息用于指示终端设备对从目标网络设备接收到的PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP PDUs,使用源网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文、源网络设备对应的密钥等进行头解压缩、解密等处理,则,终端设备从目标网络设备接收到PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP PDUs时,使用源网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文进行头解压缩,使用源网络设备对应的密钥进行解密等处理。终端设备从目标网络设备接收到PDCP SN分别为101-120的PDCP PDUs时,使用目标网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文减头解压缩,使用目标网络设备对应的密钥进行解密等处理。As an example, when the PDCP SN indicated by the fourth indication information is 90-100, for example, when the fourth indication information is a value of 90-100, it can be understood that the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to receive information from the target network device. The received PDCP SNs are respectively 90-100 PDCP PDUs. Use the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device and the key corresponding to the source network device to perform header decompression, decryption, etc., then the terminal device receives from the target network device When the PDCP SN is 90-100 PDCP PDUs, the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device is used for header decompression, and the key corresponding to the source network device is used for decryption and other processing. When the terminal device receives PDCP PDUs with PDCP SN 101-120 from the target network device, it uses the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device to minus the header decompression, and uses the key corresponding to the target network device to perform decryption and other processing.
在一些可能的实现方式中,对于终端设备从网络设备侧(如源网络设备和/或目标网络设备)接收到数据包的顺序,可以不做限定。也就是说,终端设备可以先接收到PDCP SN为101-120中的任意一个PDCP SN所对应的PDCP PDU,后接收到PDCP SN为90-100中的任意一个PDCP SN所对应的PDCP PDU;或者先接收到PDCP SN为90-100中的任意一个PDCP SN所对应PDCP PDU,后接收到PDCP SN为101-120中的任意一个PDCP SN所对应的PDCP PDU。In some possible implementation manners, the order in which the terminal device receives data packets from the network device side (such as the source network device and/or the target network device) may not be limited. In other words, the terminal device may first receive the PDCP PDU corresponding to any PDCP SN in the PDCP SN 101-120, and then receive the PDCP PDU corresponding to any PDCP SN in the PDCP SN 90-100; or First receive the PDCP PDU corresponding to any PDCP SN of 90-100, and then receive the PDCP PDU corresponding to any PDCP SN of 101-120.
因此,本申请实施例中,源网络设备将未成功发送给终端设备的至少一个PDCP PDU(s)(即第一PDCP PDU(s))转发给目标网络设备,由目标网络设备将该至少一个PDCP PDU(s)发送给终端设备,且源网络设备或目标网络设备向终端设备指示该至少一个PDCP PDU(s) 一一对应的至少一个PDCP SN,对于从目标网络设备接收到的该至少一个PDCP PDU(s)中的部分或全部,终端设备使用源网络设备对应的头压缩上下文、密钥等进行处理,从而使得终端设备能够正确从目标网络设备进行DL数据接收。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the source network device forwards at least one PDCP PDU(s) (that is, the first PDCP PDU(s)) that is not successfully sent to the terminal device to the target network device, and the target network device transmits the at least one PDCP PDU(s) to the target network device. The PDCP PDU(s) is sent to the terminal device, and the source network device or the target network device indicates to the terminal device that the at least one PDCP PDU(s) corresponds to at least one PDCP SN, and for the at least one PDCP SN received from the target network device For part or all of PDCP PDU(s), the terminal device uses the header compression context and key corresponding to the source network device to process, so that the terminal device can correctly receive DL data from the target network device.
本申请实施例还提供了一种数传输的方法,目标网络设备可以在获取了针对源网络设备发送给终端设备的下行数据包的接收状态/状态报告之后,开始对自身缓存区中的PDCP SDU(s)进行相应处理。也就是说,在获取到针对源网络设备发送给终端设备的下行数据包的接收状态/状态报告之前,如果目标网络设备接收到源网络设备转发过来的PDCP SDU(s),目标网络设备并不对这些PDCP SDU(s)进行相应处理,而是存储在自身的缓存区中。当获取到针对源网络设备发送给终端设备的下行数据包的接收状态/状态报告之后,目标网络设备对自身缓存区中的所有PDCP SDU(s)进行头压缩、加密等处理,然后,与终端设备进行下行数据传输。这里,所有PDCP SDU(s)包括源网络设备未成功发送给终端设备的PDCP SDU(s),以及源网络设备转发给目标网络设备的需要目标网络设备发送给终端设备的PDCP SDU(s)。这样,对于从目标网络设备接收到的PDCP PDU(s),终端设备可以使用目标网络设备所对应的密钥进行解密、目标网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文进行头解压缩等处理,从而使得终端设备能正确从目标网络设备接收DL数据。The embodiment of the application also provides a data transmission method. After obtaining the reception status/status report for the downlink data packet sent by the source network device to the terminal device, the target network device can start to check the PDCP SDU in its own buffer area. (s) Carry out the corresponding treatment. In other words, before obtaining the reception status/status report for the downlink data packet sent by the source network device to the terminal device, if the target network device receives the PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device, the target network device is not correct These PDCP SDU(s) are processed accordingly, but are stored in its own buffer area. After obtaining the receiving status/status report for the downlink data packet sent by the source network device to the terminal device, the target network device performs header compression and encryption on all PDCP SDU(s) in its own buffer area, and then communicates with the terminal device. The device performs downlink data transmission. Here, all PDCP SDU(s) include PDCP SDU(s) that the source network device has not successfully sent to the terminal device, and PDCP SDU(s) that the source network device forwards to the target network device and needs to be sent by the target network device to the terminal device. In this way, for the PDCP PDU(s) received from the target network device, the terminal device can use the key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt, and the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device to perform header decompression and other processing, so that the terminal The device can correctly receive DL data from the target network device.
图10是从设备交互的角度示出的一种数据传输的方法1000的示意性流程图。应理解,图10示出了数据传输的方法的步骤或操作,但这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其他操作或者图10中的各个操作的变形。此外,图10中的各个步骤可以按照与图10呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行图10中的全部操作。如图10所示,该数据传输的方法可以包括步骤1001至1006。FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method 1000 from the perspective of device interaction. It should be understood that FIG. 10 shows the steps or operations of the data transmission method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 10. In addition, the various steps in FIG. 10 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 10, and it is possible that not all operations in FIG. 10 are to be performed. As shown in FIG. 10, the data transmission method may include steps 1001 to 1006.
1001,源网络设备向目标网络设备发送第一PDCP SDU。1001. The source network device sends the first PDCP SDU to the target network device.
对应的,目标网络设备接收该第一PDCP SDU。该第一PDCP SDU可以包含一个PDCP SDU或包含多个PDCP SDUs。Correspondingly, the target network device receives the first PDCP SDU. The first PDCP SDU may include one PDCP SDU or include multiple PDCP SDUs.
作为示例,源网络设备在向终端设备发送切换消息之后,可以将分配有PDCP SN的至少一个PDCP SDU(s)以及其关联的PDCP SN(PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN)转发给目标网络设备。As an example, after sending a handover message to the terminal device, the source network device may forward at least one PDCP SDU(s) assigned with a PDCP SN and its associated PDCP SN (PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN) to the target network device.
具体的,源网络设备在向终端设备发送切换消息之后,将分配有PDCP SN的第一PDCP SDU以及与第一PDCP SDU中的每个PDCP SDU分别关联的PDCP SN发送给目标网络设备。Specifically, after sending the handover message to the terminal device, the source network device sends the first PDCP SDU allocated with the PDCP SN and the PDCP SN respectively associated with each PDCP SDU of the first PDCP SDU to the target network device.
一种示例,源网络设备使用通用分组无线业务隧道协议用户(GPRS tunnelling protocol user,GTP-U)扩展头(extension header)向目标网络设备发送PDCP SN。例如,对于第一PDCP SDU中的某个PDCP SDU,源网络设备可以通过该PDCP SDU对应的GTP-U扩展头来发送该PDCP SDU对应的PDCP SN(即,源网络设备可以向目标网络设备发送该PDCP SDU对应的GTP-U扩展头,该GTP-U扩展头中包含该PDCP SDU对应的PDCP SN),源网络设备可以分别通过第一PDCP SDU中的每个PDCP SDU所分别对应的GTP-U扩展头来分别发送第一PDCP SDU中的每个PDCP SDU所分别对应的PDCP SN。In one example, the source network device uses a general packet radio service tunnelling protocol user (GPRS tunnelling protocol user, GTP-U) extension header (extension header) to send the PDCP SN to the target network device. For example, for a certain PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU, the source network device can send the PDCP SN corresponding to the PDCP SDU through the GTP-U extension header corresponding to the PDCP SDU (that is, the source network device can send to the target network device The GTP-U extension header corresponding to the PDCP SDU, and the GTP-U extension header contains the PDCP SDU corresponding to the PDCP SDU. The source network device can use the GTP-U corresponding to each PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU. The U extension header is used to respectively send the PDCP SN corresponding to each PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU.
可选地,源网络设备可以通过SN status transfer消息向目标网络设备发送与第一PDCP SDU中的每个PDCP SDU分别对应的超帧编号(hyper frame number,HFN),即SN status transfer消息中可以包含第一PDCP SDU中的每个PDCP SDU所分别对应的HFN。或者, 可选地,源网络设备可以通过SN status transfer消息向目标网络设备发送与第一PDCP SDU中的至少一个PDCP SDU所对应的超帧编号(hyper frame number,HFN),即SN status transfer消息中可以包含至少一个HFN,该至少一个HFN与第一PDCP SDU中的至少一个PDCP SDU相对应。或者,可选地,源网络设备可以通过SN status transfer消息向目标网络设备发送与第一PDCP SDU中的任一PDCP SDU对应的超帧编号(hyper frame number,HFN),即SN status transfer消息中可以包含第一PDCP SDU中的任意一个PDCP SDU所对应的HFN,例如,源网络设备可以通过SN status transfer消息向目标网络设备发送与第一PDCP SDU中的最小PDCP SN对应的PDCP SDU所对应的HFN,或者,源网络设备可以通过SN status transfer消息向目标网络设备发送与第一PDCP SDU中的最大PDCP SN对应的PDCP SDU所对应的HFN,或者,源网络设备可以通过SN status transfer消息向目标网络设备发送与第一PDCP SDU中的任意一个PDCP SN对应的PDCP SDU所对应的HFN,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the source network device can send to the target network device the hyperframe number (hyperframe number, HFN) corresponding to each PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU through the SN status transfer message, that is, the SN status transfer message can Contains the HFN corresponding to each PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU. Or, optionally, the source network device may send the hyperframe number (HFN) corresponding to at least one PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU to the target network device through the SN status transfer message, that is, the SN status transfer message May include at least one HFN, and the at least one HFN corresponds to at least one PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU. Or, optionally, the source network device can send the hyperframe number (hyperframe number, HFN) corresponding to any PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU to the target network device through the SN status transfer message, that is, in the SN status transfer message It may include the HFN corresponding to any one of the PDCP SDUs in the first PDCP SDU. For example, the source network device can send to the target network device the PDCP SDU corresponding to the smallest PDCP SN in the first PDCP SDU through the SN status transfer message. HFN, or the source network device can send the HFN corresponding to the PDCP SDU corresponding to the largest PDCP SN in the first PDCP SDU to the target network device through the SN status transfer message, or the source network device can send the SN status transfer message to the target network device. The network device sends the HFN corresponding to the PDCP SDU corresponding to any PDCP SN in the first PDCP SDU, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
或者,另一种示例,源网络设备使用GTP-U扩展头向目标网络设备发送PDCP SN,例如,对于第一PDCP SDU中的某个PDCP SDU,源网络设备可以通过该PDCP SDU对应的GTP-U扩展头来发送该PDCP SDU对应的PDCP SN(即,源网络设备可以向目标网络设备发送该PDCP SDU对应的GTP-U扩展头,该GTP-U扩展头中包含该PDCP SDU对应的PDCP SN),源网络设备可以分别通过第一PDCP SDU中的每个PDCP SDU所分别对应的GTP-U扩展头来分别发送第一PDCP SDU中的每个PDCP SDU所分别对应的PDCP SN。可选地,源网络设备通过SN status transfer消息向目标网络设备发送与第一PDCP SDU中的至少一个PDCP SDU分别对应的COUNT值,该COUNT值可以指上行数据包的COUNT值和/或下行数据包的COUNT值,具体的,COUNT值可以包含PDCP SN值以及HFN数值。即SN status transfer消息中可以包含第一PDCP SDU中的至少一个PDCP SDU所分别对应的COUNT值。Or, in another example, the source network device uses the GTP-U extension header to send the PDCP SN to the target network device. For example, for a certain PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU, the source network device can use the GTP-U corresponding to the PDCP SDU. U extension header to send the PDCP SN corresponding to the PDCP SDU (that is, the source network device can send the GTP-U extension header corresponding to the PDCP SDU to the target network device, and the GTP-U extension header includes the PDCP SN corresponding to the PDCP SDU ), the source network device may respectively send the PDCP SN corresponding to each PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU through the GTP-U extension header corresponding to each PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU respectively. Optionally, the source network device sends the COUNT value corresponding to at least one PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU to the target network device through the SN status transfer message, and the COUNT value may refer to the COUNT value of the uplink data packet and/or the downlink data The COUNT value of the packet, specifically, the COUNT value can include the PDCP SN value and the HFN value. That is, the SN status transfer message may include the COUNT value corresponding to at least one PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU, respectively.
或者,可选地,上述两种示例中,源网络设备可以使用用户面协议栈向目标网络设备发送PDCP SN,具体可参考协议TS38.425,或者,源网络设备可以使用协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话(session)用户面协议栈向目标网络设备发送PDCP SN,具体可参考协议TS38.415。在此不做赘述。Or, optionally, in the above two examples, the source network device can use the user plane protocol stack to send PDCP SN to the target network device. For details, refer to the protocol TS38.425, or the source network device can use the protocol data unit (protocol data unit). Unit, PDU) The session (session) user plane protocol stack sends the PDCP SN to the target network device. For details, please refer to the protocol TS38.415. I won't repeat them here.
或者,另一种示例,源网络设备通过SN status transfer消息向目标网络设备发送与第一PDCP SDU中的至少一个PDCP SDU分别对应的COUNT值,该COUNT值可以指上行数据包的COUNT值和/或下行数据包的COUNT值。具体的,COUNT值可以包含PDCP SN值以及HFN数值。即SN status transfer消息中可以包含第一PDCP SDU中的至少一个PDCP SDU所分别对应的COUNT值,该示例中,不需要通过GTP-U扩展头来发送PDCP SN。本实施例对此不做限定。Or, in another example, the source network device sends the COUNT value corresponding to at least one PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU to the target network device through the SN status transfer message, and the COUNT value may refer to the COUNT value of the uplink data packet and/ Or the COUNT value of the downstream data packet. Specifically, the COUNT value may include the PDCP SN value and the HFN value. That is, the SN status transfer message may include the COUNT value corresponding to at least one PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU. In this example, it is not necessary to send the PDCP SN through the GTP-U extension header. This embodiment does not limit this.
1002,源网络设备确定向终端设备发送下行数据包失败。1002. The source network device determines that it fails to send a downlink data packet to the terminal device.
源网络设备在向终端设备发送切换消息之后,向终端设备发送的下行数据包可能会发送失败。例如,源网络设备可以将一部分PDCP SDU(s)由源网络设备自身进行头压缩、加密等处理之后,发送给终端设备。在步骤1002中,这部分PDCP SDU(s)中的一部分或全部PDCP SDU(s)可能会发送失败,这里可以将这些发送失败的PDCP SDU(s)称为第二PDCP SDU。该第二PDCP SDU可以包含一个PDCP SDU或包含多个PDCP SDUs。After the source network device sends the handover message to the terminal device, the downlink data packet sent to the terminal device may fail to be sent. For example, the source network device may send part of the PDCP SDU(s) to the terminal device after header compression and encryption are performed by the source network device itself. In step 1002, some or all of the PDCP SDU(s) in this part of PDCP SDU(s) may fail to be sent. Here, these PDCP SDU(s) that have failed to send may be referred to as the second PDCP SDU. The second PDCP SDU may include one PDCP SDU or include multiple PDCP SDUs.
需要说明的是,步骤1001与步骤1002的先后执行顺序不做限定,例如,步骤1001可以在步骤1002之前执行,或者,步骤1001可以在步骤1002之后执行,或者,步骤1001与步骤1002可以同时执行。It should be noted that the order of execution of step 1001 and step 1002 is not limited. For example, step 1001 can be executed before step 1002, or step 1001 can be executed after step 1002, or step 1001 and step 1002 can be executed simultaneously .
1003,源网络设备向目标网络设备发送第二PDCP SDU。对应的,目标网络设备接收该第二PDCP SDU。1003. The source network device sends the second PDCP SDU to the target network device. Correspondingly, the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU.
作为示例,源网络设备在向终端设备发送切换消息之后,源网络设备继续给终端设备发PDCP SN分别为10-100的DL数据包,即源网络设备使用源网络设备对应的头压缩上下文、源网络设备对应的完整性保护参数、源网络设备对应的密钥等对PDCP SN分别为10-100的PDCP SDUs分别进行头压缩、完整性保护、加密等处理后,将生成的PDCP PDUs发送给终端设备。另外,源网络设备在向终端设备发送切换消息之后,可以给目标网络设备发送PDCP SN分别为101-120的PDCP SDUs,即,源网络设备给目标网络设备发送的是分配有PDCP SN的PDCP SDUs、以及其中的各个PDCP SDU各自关联的PDCP SN。换句话说,源网络设备向目标网络设备发送的是PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN。目标网络设备收到该PDCP SN分别为101-120的PDCP SDUs之后,可以存储在缓存区中,但不对这些PDCP SDUs进行头压缩、加密等处理。一种可能的情况,源网络设备发现并没有成功将PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP PDUs发送给终端设备(或者说,并没有成功将PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP SDUs发送给终端设备)。这里,PDCP SN分别为101-120的PDCP SDUs为第一PDCP SDU的一个示例,PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP SDUs为第二PDCP SDU的一个示例。此时,源网络设备可以向目标网络设备转发PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP SDUs(PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN),即源网络设备将第二PDCP SDU发送给目标网络设备。As an example, after the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device, the source network device continues to send the terminal device PDCP SN 10-100 DL data packets, that is, the source network device uses the header compression context and source corresponding to the source network device. The integrity protection parameters corresponding to the network device and the key corresponding to the source network device perform header compression, integrity protection, and encryption on the PDCP SDUs whose PDCP SN is 10-100 respectively, and then send the generated PDCP PDUs to the terminal equipment. In addition, after the source network device sends a handover message to the terminal device, it can send PDCP SDUs with PDCP SN 101-120 to the target network device, that is, the source network device sends PDCP SDUs with PDCP SN assigned to the target network device. , And the PDCP SN associated with each PDCP SDU. In other words, what the source network device sends to the target network device is PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN. After the target network device receives the PDCP SDUs with the PDCP SN of 101-120 respectively, it can be stored in the buffer area, but does not perform header compression, encryption, and other processing on these PDCP SDUs. A possible situation is that the source network device finds that it has not successfully sent PDCP PDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100 to the terminal device (in other words, it has not successfully sent PDCP SDUs with a PDCP SN of 90-100 to the terminal device. ). Here, PDCP SDUs with PDCP SNs 101-120 are an example of the first PDCP SDU, and PDCP SDUs with PDCP SNs 90-100 are an example of the second PDCP SDU. At this time, the source network device may forward PDCP SDUs (PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN) with a PDCP SN of 90-100 to the target network device, that is, the source network device sends the second PDCP SDU to the target network device.
1004,终端设备向目标网络设备发送第五指示信息,该第五指示信息用于指示所述终端设备没有从源网络设备成功接收到第二PDCP SDU。作为示例,第五指示信息可以用于指示终端设备没有从源网络设备成功接收的第二PDCP SDU所分别对应的PDCP SN。1004. The terminal device sends fifth indication information to the target network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device has not successfully received the second PDCP SDU from the source network device. As an example, the fifth indication information may be used to indicate that the terminal device does not have the PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP SDU successfully received from the source network device.
一种可能的实现方式中,第五指示信息可以为PDCP状态报告,该PDCP状态报告用于指示终端设备从源网络设备接收到的下行数据包的接收状态,例如,该PDCP状态报告可以用于指示PDCP SN分别为90-100的下行数据包的接收状态。目标网络设备可以根据该PDCP状态报告,确定终端设备没有从源网络设备成功接收第二PDCP SDU。作为示例,可以确定终端设备没有从源网络设备成功接收的第一PDCP SDU所分别对应的PDCP SN。In a possible implementation manner, the fifth indication information may be a PDCP status report. The PDCP status report is used to indicate the reception status of the downlink data packet received by the terminal device from the source network device. For example, the PDCP status report may be used for Indicate the receiving status of the downlink data packets whose PDCP SN is 90-100. The target network device may determine, according to the PDCP status report, that the terminal device has not successfully received the second PDCP SDU from the source network device. As an example, it may be determined that the terminal device does not have the PDCP SN corresponding to the first PDCP SDU successfully received from the source network device.
作为示例,该PDCP状态报告可以包括PDCP SN分别为10-100的数据包的接收状态,其中,PDCP SN分别为10-89的数据包的接收状态为接收成功,PDCP SN为90-100的数据包的接收状态为接收失败。或者,该PDCP状态报告可以包括PDCP SN分别为60-100的数据包的接收状态,本实施例对此不做限定。As an example, the PDCP status report may include the reception status of data packets whose PDCP SN is 10-100, where the reception status of data packets whose PDCP SN is 10-89 is received successfully, and PDCP SN is 90-100 data. The receiving status of the packet is receiving failure. Alternatively, the PDCP status report may include the reception status of data packets whose PDCP and SN are 60-100, which is not limited in this embodiment.
在其他可能的实现方式中,终端设备还可以将该PDCP状态报告发送给源网络设备,由源网络设备将该PDCP状态报告发送给目标网络设备。In other possible implementation manners, the terminal device may also send the PDCP status report to the source network device, and the source network device sends the PDCP status report to the target network device.
一些可能的实施例中,上述第五指示信息指示的PDCP SN可以是承载粒度的,也就是说,不同的承载可以有各自对应的上述PDCP SN。或者,第五指示信息可以是承载粒度的。本申请实施例对此不做限定。具体的,第五指示信息是承载粒度与第二指示信息是承载粒度相似,可以参见上文中对第二指示信息的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In some possible embodiments, the PDCP SN indicated by the fifth indication information may be of bearer granularity, that is, different bearers may have their respective corresponding PDCP SNs. Alternatively, the fifth indication information may be of bearing granularity. The embodiments of this application do not limit this. Specifically, the carrying granularity of the fifth indication information is similar to the carrying granularity of the second indication information. Refer to the above description of the second indication information. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
需要说明的是,步骤1003与步骤1004的先后执行顺序不做限定,例如,步骤1003可以在步骤1004之前执行,或者,步骤1003可以在步骤1004之后执行,或者,步骤1003与步骤1004可以同时执行。It should be noted that the order of execution of step 1003 and step 1004 is not limited. For example, step 1003 can be executed before step 1004, or step 1003 can be executed after step 1004, or step 1003 and step 1004 can be executed simultaneously .
1005,目标网络设备在接收到第五指示信息之后,可以使用自身对应的参数对第一PDCP SDU和第二PDCP SDU进行处理。作为示例,目标网络设备使用目标网络设备对应的头压缩上下文对第一PDCP SDU、第二PDCP SDU进行头压缩,使用目标网络设备对应的密钥对第一PDCP SDU、第二PDCP SDU进行加密等处理。其中,目标网络设备可以先对第二PDCP SDU进行头压缩、加密等处理,再对第一PDCP SDU进行头压缩、加密等处理;或者,目标网络设备可以采用其他处理方式,对此不做限定。1005. After receiving the fifth indication information, the target network device may use its corresponding parameters to process the first PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SDU. As an example, the target network device uses the header compression context corresponding to the target network device to compress the first PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SDU, and uses the key corresponding to the target network device to encrypt the first PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SDU, etc. deal with. Among them, the target network device can first perform header compression and encryption on the second PDCP SDU, and then perform header compression and encryption on the first PDCP SDU; or, the target network device can use other processing methods, which are not limited. .
需要说明的是,步骤1005在步骤1004之后执行。也就是说,目标网络设备是在得知源网络设备发送给终端设备的所有下行数据包的接收状态后,才开始进行PDCP层的相应处理。即在接收到第五指示信息之前,目标网络设备对于从源网络设备接收到的PDCP SDU(s),例如,第一PDCP SDU和第二PDCP SDU,目标网络设备并不进行PDCP层的相应处理。目标网络设备接收到第五指示信息之后,对第一PDCP SDU和第二PDCP SDU进行头压缩、加密等处理。对应的,在对第一PDCP SDU进行头压缩、加密等处理之后,获取第一PDCP PDU,对第二PDCP SDU进行头压缩、加密等处理之后,获取第二PDCP PDU。It should be noted that step 1005 is executed after step 1004. That is to say, the target network device only starts the corresponding processing of the PDCP layer after learning the reception status of all the downlink data packets sent by the source network device to the terminal device. That is, before receiving the fifth indication information, the target network device does not process the PDCP SDU(s) received from the source network device, for example, the first PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SDU. . After receiving the fifth indication information, the target network device performs header compression and encryption on the first PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SDU. Correspondingly, after header compression and encryption are performed on the first PDCP SDU, the first PDCP PDU is obtained, and after header compression and encryption are performed on the second PDCP SDU, the second PDCP PDU is obtained.
1006,目标网络设备向终端设备发送该第一PDCP PDU和第二PDCP PDU。具体的,目标网络设备可以先向终端设备发送该第二PDCP PDU,再发送该第一PDCP PDU。对应的,终端设备接收该第一PDCP PDU和第二PDCP PDU,并使用目标网络设备对应的参数对第一PDCP PDU和第二PDCP PDU进行处理。比如,使用目标网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文对第一PDCP PDU和第二PDCP PDU进行解压缩,使用目标网络设备对应的密钥对第一PDCP PDU和第二PDCP PDU进行解密。具体的,终端设备可以先对第二PDCP PDU进行头解压缩、解密等处理,再对第一PDCP PDU进行头解压缩、解密等处理。1006. The target network device sends the first PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU to the terminal device. Specifically, the target network device may first send the second PDCP PDU to the terminal device, and then send the first PDCP PDU. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU, and uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the first PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU. For example, use the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device to decompress the first PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU, and use the key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt the first PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU. Specifically, the terminal device may first perform header decompression and decryption processing on the second PDCP PDU, and then perform header decompression and decryption processing on the first PDCP PDU.
因此,本申请实施例中,目标网络设备可以在获取了源网络设备发送给终端设备的下行数据包的接收状态之后,将源网络设备转发给目标网络设备的所有PDCP SDUs进行头压缩、加密等处理,发送给终端设备,终端设备可以使用目标网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文进行头解压缩、目标网络设备所对应的安全密钥进行解密等处理,从而使得终端设备能够正确从目标网络设备进行DL数据接收。Therefore, in this embodiment of the application, the target network device may, after acquiring the reception status of the downlink data packet sent by the source network device to the terminal device, forward the source network device to all PDCP SDUs of the target network device for header compression, encryption, etc. Processing and sending to the terminal device, the terminal device can use the header decompression context corresponding to the target network device to perform header decompression and the security key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt, so that the terminal device can correctly perform processing from the target network device DL data reception.
本申请实施例还提供了一种数据传输的方法,假设当目标网络设备已经成功将PDCP SN为Y的下行数据包发送给终端设备时,源网络设备将未成功发送给终端设备的PDCP SDU(s)发送给目标网络设备。此时,目标网络设备将这些PDCP SDU(s)所分别对应的PDCP SN看做是(Y+1)、(Y+2)、(Y+3)…,且目标网络设备将源网络设备转发过来的未成功发送给终端设备的PDCP SDU(s),采用目标网络设备对应的头压缩上下文、密钥对这些PDCP SDU(s)进行头压缩、加密等处理之后,发送给终端设备。并且,可以将相应的处理方式通知终端设备,使得终端设备能够正确对接收的PDCP PDUs进行解压缩、解密等处理,从而有助于终端设备正确从目标网络设备进行DL数据接收。The embodiment of the application also provides a data transmission method. It is assumed that when the target network device has successfully sent a downlink data packet with a PDCP SN of Y to the terminal device, the source network device will unsuccessfully send the PDCP SDU( s) Send to the target network device. At this time, the target network device regards the PDCP SN corresponding to these PDCP SDU(s) as (Y+1), (Y+2), (Y+3)..., and the target network device forwards the source network device The received PDCP SDU(s) that are not successfully sent to the terminal device are sent to the terminal device after header compression and encryption are performed on these PDCP SDU(s) using the header compression context and key corresponding to the target network device. In addition, the terminal device can be notified of the corresponding processing method, so that the terminal device can correctly decompress and decrypt the received PDCP PDUs, thereby helping the terminal device to correctly receive DL data from the target network device.
图11是从设备交互的角度示出的数据传输的方法1100的示意性流程图。应理解,图11示出了数据传输的方法的步骤或操作,但这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可 以执行其他操作或者图11中的各个操作的变形。此外,图11中的各个步骤可以按照与图11呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行图11中的全部操作。如图11所示,该准入控制的方法可以包括步骤1101至1107。FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method 1100 from the perspective of device interaction. It should be understood that FIG. 11 shows the steps or operations of the data transmission method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 11. In addition, the various steps in FIG. 11 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 11, and it is possible that not all operations in FIG. 11 are to be performed. As shown in FIG. 11, the admission control method may include steps 1101 to 1107.
1101,源网络设备向目标网络设备发送第一PDCP SDU。1101. The source network device sends the first PDCP SDU to the target network device.
对应的,目标网络设备接收该第一PDCP SDU。目标网络设备接收到该第一PDCP SDU后,使用目标网络设备对应的头压缩上下文、密钥等进行相应的处理。该第一PDCP SDU可以包含一个PDCP SDU或包含多个PDCP SDUs。Correspondingly, the target network device receives the first PDCP SDU. After the target network device receives the first PDCP SDU, it uses the header compression context and key corresponding to the target network device to perform corresponding processing. The first PDCP SDU may include one PDCP SDU or include multiple PDCP SDUs.
作为示例,源网络设备在向终端设备发送切换消息之后,可以将分配有PDCP SN的至少一个PDCP SDU(s)以及其关联的PDCP SN(PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN)转发给目标网络设备。目标网络设备接收到该至少一个PDCP SDU(s)后,使用目标网络设备对应的头压缩上下文、密钥等进行头压缩、加密等处理。As an example, after sending a handover message to the terminal device, the source network device may forward at least one PDCP SDU(s) assigned with a PDCP SN and its associated PDCP SN (PDCP SDUs with associated PDCP SN) to the target network device. After the target network device receives the at least one PDCP SDU(s), it uses the header compression context, key, etc., corresponding to the target network device to perform header compression, encryption, and other processing.
1102,源网络设备向终端设备发送下行数据包失败。将该发送失败的PDCP SDU(s)称为第二PDCP SDU。该第二PDCP SDU可以包含一个PDCP SDU或包含多个PDCP SDUs。具体可参见图10中的步骤1002。1102: The source network device fails to send a downlink data packet to the terminal device. The PDCP SDU(s) whose transmission fails are called the second PDCP SDU. The second PDCP SDU may include one PDCP SDU or include multiple PDCP SDUs. For details, refer to step 1002 in FIG. 10.
需要说明的是,步骤1101与步骤1102的先后执行顺序不做限定,例如,步骤1101可以在步骤1102之前执行,或者,步骤1101可以在步骤1102之后执行,或者,步骤1101与步骤1102可以同时执行。It should be noted that the order of execution of step 1101 and step 1102 is not limited. For example, step 1101 can be executed before step 1102, or step 1101 can be executed after step 1102, or step 1101 and step 1102 can be executed simultaneously .
1103,目标网络设备向终端设备发送第四PDCP PDU。其中,第四PDCP PDU是步骤1101中的第一PDCP SDU中的部分PDCP SDU(如第四PDCP SDU)对应的PDCP PDU,即第四PDCP PDU是目标网络设备对第一PDCP SDU中的部分PDCP SDU(如第四PDCP SDU)进行处理后生成的。其中,该第四PDCP PDU可以包含一个PDCP PDU或包含多个PDCP PDUs。1103. The target network device sends a fourth PDCP PDU to the terminal device. Among them, the fourth PDCP PDU is the PDCP PDU corresponding to the part of the PDCP SDU (such as the fourth PDCP SDU) in the first PDCP SDU in step 1101, that is, the fourth PDCP PDU is the part of the PDCP of the first PDCP SDU from the target network device SDU (such as the fourth PDCP SDU) is generated after processing. Wherein, the fourth PDCP PDU may include one PDCP PDU or include multiple PDCP PDUs.
具体的,目标网络设备可以使用目标网络设备对应的头压缩上下文、密钥等对第四PDCP SDU进行相应的处理。可选的,目标网络设备将处理之后得到的第四PDCP PDU发送给终端设备。Specifically, the target network device may use the header compression context, key, etc., corresponding to the target network device to perform corresponding processing on the fourth PDCP SDU. Optionally, the target network device sends the fourth PDCP PDU obtained after processing to the terminal device.
这里,该第四PDCP PDU对应的PDCP SN与第四PDCP SUD对应的PDCP SN保持一致,即始终为源网络设备分配的PDCP SN,可以记为第四PDCP SN。Here, the PDCP SN corresponding to the fourth PDCP PDU is consistent with the PDCP SN corresponding to the fourth PDCP SUD, that is, the PDCP SN that is always allocated to the source network device can be recorded as the fourth PDCP SN.
步骤1103发生在终端设备成功接入/切换至目标网络设备之后,例如,目标网络设备接收到终端设备发送的RRC重配置完成消息后,目标网络设备执行步骤1103。Step 1103 occurs after the terminal device successfully accesses/switches to the target network device. For example, after the target network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal device, the target network device executes step 1103.
1104,源网络设备向目标网络设备发送第二PDCP SDU。对应的,目标网络设备接收该第二PDCP SDU。该第二PDCP SDU可以包含一个PDCP SDU或包含多个PDCP SDUs。具体的,第二PDCP SDU可以参见图10中1003中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。1104. The source network device sends the second PDCP SDU to the target network device. Correspondingly, the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU. The second PDCP SDU may include one PDCP SDU or include multiple PDCP SDUs. Specifically, for the second PDCP SDU, reference may be made to the description in 1003 in FIG. 10, which is not repeated here for brevity.
需要说明的是,步骤1103与步骤1104的先后执行顺序不做限定,例如,步骤1103可以在步骤1104之前执行,或者,步骤1103可以在步骤1104之后执行,或者,步骤1103与步骤1104可以同时执行。It should be noted that the order of execution of step 1103 and step 1104 is not limited. For example, step 1103 can be executed before step 1104, or step 1103 can be executed after step 1104, or step 1103 and step 1104 can be executed simultaneously .
1105,目标网络设备使用自身对应的参数对第二PDCP SDU和第三PDCP SDU(该第三PDCP SDU为第一PDCP SDU中除去第四PDCP SDU剩下的PDCP SDU,该第三PDCP SDU可以包含一个PDCP SDU或包含多个PDCP SDUs)进行处理。作为示例,目标网络设备使用自身对应的头压缩上下文对第二PDCP SDU进行头压缩,使用自身对应的密钥 对第二PDCP SDU进行加密等处理,获取第二PDCP PDU,同样地,目标网络设备使用自身对应的头压缩上下文对第三PDCP SDU进行头压缩,使用自身对应的密钥对第三PDCP SDU进行加密等处理,获取第三PDCP PDU。需要说明的是,目标网络设备可以先对第二PDCP SDU进行头压缩、加密等处理,再对第三PDCP SDU进行头压缩、加密等处理。1105. The target network device uses its own corresponding parameters to compare the second PDCP SDU and the third PDCP SDU (the third PDCP SDU is the PDCP SDU remaining after the fourth PDCP SDU is removed from the first PDCP SDU, and the third PDCP SDU may include One PDCP SDU or multiple PDCP SDUs) are processed. As an example, the target network device uses its own corresponding header compression context to perform header compression on the second PDCP SDU, and uses its own key to encrypt the second PDCP SDU to obtain the second PDCP PDU. Similarly, the target network device Use its own corresponding header compression context to perform header compression on the third PDCP SDU, and use its corresponding key to encrypt the third PDCP SDU and other processing to obtain the third PDCP PDU. It should be noted that the target network device may first perform header compression and encryption on the second PDCP SDU, and then perform header compression and encryption on the third PDCP SDU.
示例性的,目标网络设备在向终端设备发送了一部分第一PDCP SDU(即第四PDCP SDU)之后,从源网络设备接收到了第二PDCP SDU,此时目标网络设备可以先对该第二PDCP SDU进行头压缩、解密等处理。之后,目标网络设备继续对第一PDCP SDU中未发送的PDCP SDU(即第三PDCP SDU,该第三PDCP SDU是第一PDCP SDU中还未发送给终端设备的PDCP SDU)进行头压缩、解密等处理。Exemplarily, after the target network device sends a part of the first PDCP SDU (that is, the fourth PDCP SDU) to the terminal device, it receives the second PDCP SDU from the source network device. In this case, the target network device may first perform the second PDCP SDU. The SDU performs header compression, decryption, and other processing. After that, the target network device continues to compress and decrypt the PDCP SDU that is not sent in the first PDCP SDU (that is, the third PDCP SDU, which is the PDCP SDU in the first PDCP SDU that has not been sent to the terminal device). Wait for processing.
在这种情况下,目标网络设备可以在源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN的基础上,重新为该第三PDCP SDU分配PDCP SN(可以称为第三PDCP SN),在源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN的基础上,重新为该第二PDCP SDU分配PDCP SN(可以称为第二PDCP SN)。其中,第三PDCP SN相对所述源网络设备为所述第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN具有第一偏移值,所述第二PDCP SN相对所述源网络设备为所述第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN具有第二偏移值。In this case, the target network device can re-allocate the PDCP SN (may be called the third PDCP SN) for the third PDCP SDU on the basis of the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU. Based on the PDCP SN allocated for the second PDCP SDU, the device re-allocates the PDCP SN (may be referred to as the second PDCP SN) for the second PDCP SDU. Wherein, the third PDCP SN has a first offset value relative to the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the third PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SN allocates the second PDCP SDU to the source network device The PDCP SN has a second offset value.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述第一偏移值是根据未成功向终端设备发送的第二PDCP SDU的数量确定的,即第一偏移值等于未成功向终端设备发送的第二PDCP SDU的数量。所述第二偏移值是根据第一偏移值,以及所述目标网络设备接收到所述第二PDCP SDU之前、目标网络设备已经对第一PDCP SDU中的部分SDU(即第四PDCP SDU)进行了PDCP层的相应处理的PDCP SDU的数量(即第四PDCP SDU的数量,例如,该数值为P)确定的,即第二偏移值等于第一偏移值加上P。或者,所述第二偏移值是根据第一偏移值,以及所述目标网络设备接收到所述第二PDCP SDU之前、已经向所述终端设备发送了的第四PDCP PDU的数量(例如,该数值为P)确定的,即第二偏移值等于第一偏移值加上P。In some possible implementation manners, the first offset value is determined according to the number of second PDCP SDUs that are not successfully sent to the terminal device, that is, the first offset value is equal to the second PDCP that is not successfully sent to the terminal device. The number of SDUs. The second offset value is based on the first offset value, and before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU, the target network device has already checked some of the SDUs in the first PDCP SDU (that is, the fourth PDCP SDU). ) The number of PDCP SDUs (that is, the number of fourth PDCP SDUs, for example, the value is P) subjected to the corresponding processing of the PDCP layer is determined, that is, the second offset value is equal to the first offset value plus P. Alternatively, the second offset value is based on the first offset value and the number of fourth PDCP PDUs that have been sent to the terminal device before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU (for example, , The value is determined by P), that is, the second offset value is equal to the first offset value plus P.
以第一PDCP SDU分别对应的PDCP SN为101-120,第二PDCP SDU分别对应的PDCP SN为90-100为例。当目标网络设备对PDCP SN分别为101-110(即第四PDCP SDU)的PDCP SDUs进行完头压缩、加密等处理时,从源网络设备接收到PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP SDUs,此时,目标网络设备可以不继续对PDCP SN分别为111-120的PDCP SDUs(即第三PDCP SDU)进行处理,而是对PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP SDUs(即第二PDCP SDU)进行头压缩、加密等处理。这时,目标网络设备可以将“PDCP SN分别为90-100的PDCP SDUs”理解为(假装为)“PDCP SN’(即第二PDCP SN)分别为111-121的PDCP SDUs”。然后,目标网络设备对源网络设备分配的PDCP SN分别为111-120的PDCP SDUs(即第三PDCP SDU)进行头压缩、解密等处理,对应的,目标网络设备将“源网络设备分配的PDCP SN分别为111-120的PDCP SDUs”理解为(假装为)“PDCP SN’(即第三PDCP SN)分别为122-131的PDCP SDUs”。如果后续目标网络设备还接收到PDCP SDU,则对后续的PDCP SN为Z的新PDCP SDU,均按照PDCP SN’为(Z+11)进行处理。这里,“11”表示第二PDCP SDU的数量。Take, for example, that the PDCP SN corresponding to the first PDCP SDU is 101-120, and the PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP SDU is 90-100 as an example. When the target network device performs header compression and encryption on the PDCP SDUs whose PDCP SN is 101-110 (that is, the fourth PDCP SDU), it receives PDCP SDUs whose PDCP SN is 90-100 from the source network device. At this time, the target network device may not continue to process the PDCP SDUs (that is, the third PDCP SDU) whose PDCP SN is 111-120, but instead process the PDCP SDUs (that is, the second PDCP SDU) whose PDCP SN is 90-100. Header compression, encryption and other processing. At this time, the target network device can interpret "PDCP SDUs with PDCP SN 90-100 respectively" as (pretend to be) "PDCP SN' (ie, the second PDCP SN) PDCP SDUs with 111-121 respectively". Then, the target network device performs header compression and decryption on the PDCP SDUs assigned by the source network device with SN 111-120 (that is, the third PDCP SDU). Correspondingly, the target network device sets the "PDCP assigned by the source network device" "PDCP SDUs with SN 111-120 respectively" is understood as (pretending to be) "PDCP SN' (that is, the third PDCP SN) is PDCP SDUs with 122-131 respectively". If the subsequent target network device also receives the PDCP SDU, the new PDCP SDU with the subsequent PDCP SN of Z will be processed according to the PDCP SN' of (Z+11). Here, "11" represents the number of second PDCP SDUs.
一种可能的实现方式中,PDCP PDU的包头中除了包含“PDCP SN”之外,还可以包括“PDCP SN’”(即虚拟的序列号),使得终端设备能够根据PDCP包头,确定PDCP  PDU对应的PDCP SN(即实际的序列号),从而实现正确从目标网络设备进行DL数据接收。In a possible implementation, in addition to "PDCP SN", the packet header of PDCP PDU may also include "PDCP SN'" (ie virtual serial number), so that the terminal device can determine the PDCP PDU corresponding to the PDCP packet header. PDCP SN (that is, the actual serial number), so as to correctly receive DL data from the target network device.
1106,目标网络设备向终端设备发送第六指示信息,第六指示信息用于指示终端设备从所述目标网络设备接收的第三PDCP PDU对应的第三PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,另外,第六指示信息还可以用于指示终端设备从所述目标网络设备接收的第二PDCP PDU对应的第二PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系。1106. The target network device sends sixth indication information to the terminal device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device and the source network device are third The mapping relationship between the PDCP SN allocated by the PDCP SDU, and the sixth indication information may also be used to indicate that the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device and the source network device are The mapping relationship between the PDCP SNs allocated by the second PDCP SDU.
也就是说,第六指示信息能够指示目标网络设备对第三PDCP SDU和第二PDCP SDU的处理方式。例如,第六指示信息可以包含第一偏移值以及第二偏移值。此时,对于从目标网络设备接收到的第二PDCP PDU(第二PDCP PDU为目标网络设备使用自身对应的参数对第二PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的),PDCP SN’等于PDCP SN加上第二偏移值。对于从目标网络设备接收到的第三PDCP PDU(第三PDCP PDU为目标网络设备使用自身对应的参数对第三PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的),PDCP SN’等于PDCP SN加上第一偏移值。这样终端设备可以根据第六指示信息,对从目标网络设备接收到的下行数据包进行正确接收。In other words, the sixth indication information can indicate how the target network device processes the third PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SDU. For example, the sixth indication information may include the first offset value and the second offset value. At this time, for the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device (the second PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses its own parameters to process the second PDCP SDU), PDCP SN' is equal to PDCP SN plus the first Two offset value. For the third PDCP PDU received from the target network device (the third PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses its own parameters to process the third PDCP SDU), PDCP SN' is equal to PDCP SN plus the first offset value. In this way, the terminal device can correctly receive the downlink data packet received from the target network device according to the sixth indication information.
或者,第六指示信息可以包括目标网络设备分配的PDCP SN’以及对应的源网络设备分配的PDCP SN,比如,第六指示信息可以包括所述第三PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN以及与所述第三PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN相对应的由所述源网络设备分配的PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN,以及,第六指示信息还包括所述第二PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN以及与所述第二PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN相对应的由所述源网络设备分配的PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN,或者第六指示信息可以通过其他形式来表现,本实施例对此不做限定。Alternatively, the sixth indication information may include the PDCP SN' allocated by the target network device and the PDCP SN allocated by the corresponding source network device. For example, the sixth indication information may include at least one PDCP SN in the third PDCP SN and the associated PDCP SN. At least one PDCP SN in the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device corresponding to at least one PDCP SN in the third PDCP SN, and the sixth indication information further includes at least one PDCP SN in the second PDCP SN SN and at least one PDCP SN in the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device corresponding to at least one PDCP SN in the second PDCP SN, or the sixth indication information may be expressed in other forms, this embodiment There is no restriction on this.
在一些可能的实现方式中,目标网络设备还可以将该第六指示信息发送给源网络设备,由源网络设备将该第六指示信息发送给终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In some possible implementation manners, the target network device may also send the sixth indication information to the source network device, and the source network device sends the sixth indication information to the terminal device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
一些可能的实施例中,上述第一偏移值、第二偏移值可以是承载粒度的,也就是说,不同的承载可以有各自对应的第一偏移值、第二偏移值。或者,第六指示信息可以是承载粒度的。本申请实施例对此不做限定。具体的,第六指示信息是承载粒度与第二指示信息是承载粒度相似,可以参见上文中对第二指示信息的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In some possible embodiments, the foregoing first offset value and second offset value may be of bearing granularity, that is, different bearers may have respective corresponding first offset values and second offset values. Alternatively, the sixth indication information may be of bearing granularity. The embodiments of this application do not limit this. Specifically, the carrying granularity of the sixth indication information is similar to the carrying granularity of the second indication information, and reference may be made to the description of the second indication information above. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
1107,目标网络设备向终端设备发送该第三PDCP PDU(第三PDCP PDU为目标网络设备使用自身对应的参数对第三PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的)和第二PDCP PDU。对应的,终端设备接收该第三PDCP PDU和第二PDU,并根据第六指示信息、使用目标网络设备对应的参数对第三PDCP PDU和第二PDCP PDU进行处理。1107. The target network device sends the third PDCP PDU (the third PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses its own parameters to process the third PDCP SDU) and the second PDCP PDU to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third PDCP PDU and the second PDU, and processes the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU according to the sixth indication information and using the parameters corresponding to the target network device.
作为示例,终端设备根据第六指示信息,得知对于从目标网络设备接收到的第二PDCP PDU所对应的PDCP SN’与PDCP SN的映射关系,且得知对于从目标网络设备接收到的第三PDCP PDU所对应的PDCP SN’与PDCP SN的映射关系。终端设备可以根据PDCP SN以及PDCP SN’中的至少一个,使用目标网络设备对应的密钥对第三PDCP PDU、第二PDCP PDU进行解密;根据PDCP SN以及PDCP SN’中的至少一个,使用目标网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文对第三PDCP PDU、第二PDCP PDU进行解压缩,。示例性的,目标网络设备可以先对第二PDCP SDU进行处理(如头压缩、加密等),再对第三PDCP  SDU进行处理(如头压缩、加密等)。相应的,终端设备可以先对第二PDCP PDU进行处理(如解密、头解压缩等),再对第三PDCP PDU进行处理(如解密、头解压缩等)。As an example, the terminal device learns the mapping relationship between PDCP SN' and PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device according to the sixth indication information, and learns that the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device is mapped 3. The mapping relationship between PDCP SN' and PDCP SN corresponding to PDCP PDU. The terminal device can use the key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU according to at least one of PDCP SN and PDCP SN'; according to at least one of PDCP SN and PDCP SN', use the target The header decompression context corresponding to the network device decompresses the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU. Exemplarily, the target network device may first process the second PDCP SDU (such as header compression, encryption, etc.), and then process the third PDCP SDU (such as header compression, encryption, etc.). Correspondingly, the terminal device may first process the second PDCP PDU (such as decryption, header decompression, etc.), and then process the third PDCP PDU (such as decryption, header decompression, etc.).
因此,本申请实施例中,目标网络设备将源网络设备转发过来的未成功发送的PDCP SDU(s),进行特殊处理后,发送给终端设备。例如,目标网络设备可以对源网络设备转发过来的未成功发送给终端设备的PDCP SDU(s),以及目标网络设备还没有发送给终端设备的PDCP SDU(s),分配虚拟的PDCP SN’,并将相应的处理方式(例如,实际的PDCP SN与虚拟的PDCP SN’的映射关系;或者,例如,第一偏移值、第二偏移值)通知终端设备,使得终端设备能够正确对从目标网络设备接收的PDCP PDUs进行处理,从而使得终端设备能够正确进行DL数据接收。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the target network device sends the unsuccessfully sent PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device to the terminal device after special processing. For example, the target network device can assign a virtual PDCP SDU(s) forwarded by the source network device to PDCP SDU(s) that are not successfully sent to the terminal device, and PDCP SDU(s) that the target network device has not yet sent to the terminal device, The corresponding processing method (for example, the mapping relationship between the actual PDCP SN and the virtual PDCP SN'; or, for example, the first offset value and the second offset value) is notified to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can correctly respond to the slave The PDCP PDUs received by the target network device are processed, so that the terminal device can correctly receive DL data.
对于上行数据传输而言,一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备在成功接入到目标小区之后,或者终端设备给目标网络设备发送RRC重配置完成消息之后,就可以进行上行数据传输的转换。也就是说,在终端设备成功接入到目标网络设备之前,终端设备只与源网络设备进行上行数据传输,在终端设备成功接入到目标网络设备之后,终端设备只与目标网络设备进行上行数据传输。作为示例,当终端设备接收到目标网络设备发送的随机接入响应消息(random access response,RAR)时,表示终端设备成功接入到目标小区。For uplink data transmission, in a possible implementation manner, after the terminal device successfully accesses the target cell, or after the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the target network device, the uplink data transmission can be converted. In other words, before the terminal device successfully connects to the target network device, the terminal device only performs uplink data transmission with the source network device. After the terminal device successfully connects to the target network device, the terminal device only performs uplink data with the target network device. transmission. As an example, when the terminal device receives a random access response (RAR) message sent by the target network device, it means that the terminal device successfully accesses the target cell.
具体而言,对于某个UL承载的上行数据,在上行数据传输转换之前,终端设备使用源网络设备对应的头压缩上下文进行头压缩,源网络设备对应的密钥进行加密等处理后,发送给源网络设备。作为示例,终端设备可以向源网络设备发送PDCP SN为0-50的UL数据包。一旦终端设备进行UL数据传输转换之后,对于该UL承载的上行数据,终端设备使用目标网络设备对应的头压缩上下文进行头压缩,目标网络设备对应的密钥进行加密等处理后,发送给目标网络设备。作为示例,终端设备可以将PDCP SN从51开始的后续的UL数据包发送给目标网络设备。Specifically, for the uplink data carried by a certain UL, before the uplink data transmission conversion, the terminal device uses the header compression context corresponding to the source network device to perform header compression, and the key corresponding to the source network device is encrypted and sent to Source network device. As an example, the terminal device may send UL data packets with PDCP and SN of 0-50 to the source network device. Once the terminal device performs the UL data transmission conversion, for the uplink data carried by the UL, the terminal device uses the header compression context corresponding to the target network device to perform header compression, and the key corresponding to the target network device is encrypted and sent to the target network equipment. As an example, the terminal device may send the subsequent UL data packets of the PDCP SN starting from 51 to the target network device.
但是,当终端设备在UL数据传输转换之后,发现之前发送给源网络设备的UL数据包中存在部分数据包没有被源网络设备成功接收到。作为示例,假如终端设备在向目标网络设备发送到PDCP SN为60的UL数据包后,得知发送给源网络设备的PDCP SN为45的UL数据包没有被源网络设备成功接收。例如,终端设备从网络设备侧(比如源网络设备或目标网络设备)接收到对应于终端设备发送给源网络设备的UL数据包的PDCP状态报告,发现PDCP SN为45的UL数据包未成功发送给源网络设备。需要说明的是,这里以一个数据包没有被成功接收为例进行说明,本申请实施例中未被成功接收的数据包也可以是多个,该多个数据包对应的PDCP SN可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的,本申请实施例对此不做限定。However, after the UL data transmission conversion, the terminal device finds that some of the UL data packets previously sent to the source network device have not been successfully received by the source network device. As an example, suppose the terminal device, after sending a UL data packet with a PDCP SN of 60 to the target network device, learns that the UL data packet with a PDCP SN of 45 sent to the source network device has not been successfully received by the source network device. For example, the terminal device receives the PDCP status report corresponding to the UL data packet sent by the terminal device to the source network device from the network device side (such as the source network device or the target network device), and finds that the UL data packet with a PDCP SN of 45 is not successfully sent To the source network device. It should be noted that here, a data packet is not successfully received as an example. In the embodiment of this application, there may be multiple data packets that are not successfully received, and the PDCP SN corresponding to the multiple data packets may be continuous. , It may also be non-continuous, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输的方法,终端设备可以将未能成功发送给源网络设备的UL数据包,使用源网络设备对应的参数进行处理(比如使用源网络设备对应的头压缩上下文进行头压缩,源网络设备对应的密钥进行加密等处理)之后,发送给目标网络设备,然后目标网络设备直接将从源网络设备接收到的该数据包转发给源网络设备,由源网络设备使用自身对应的参数进行处理(比如使用源网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文进行头解压缩,源网络设备对应的密钥进行解密等处理),从而实现终端设备能够正确的进行UL数据传输。The embodiment of the application provides a data transmission method. The terminal device can process the UL data packet that is not successfully sent to the source network device using the parameters corresponding to the source network device (for example, using the header compression context corresponding to the source network device). After header compression, the key corresponding to the source network device is encrypted, and then sent to the target network device, and then the target network device directly forwards the data packet received from the source network device to the source network device, and the source network device Use its own corresponding parameters for processing (for example, use the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device to perform header decompression, and the key corresponding to the source network device to decrypt it), so that the terminal device can correctly transmit UL data.
图12是从设备交互的角度示出的数据传输的方法1200的示意性流程图。应理解,图 12示出了数据传输的方法的步骤或操作,但这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其他操作或者图12中的各个操作的变形。此外,图12中的各个步骤可以按照与图12呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行图12中的全部操作。如图12所示,该准入控制的方法可以包括步骤1201至1206。FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method 1200 from the perspective of device interaction. It should be understood that FIG. 12 shows the steps or operations of the data transmission method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 12. In addition, the various steps in FIG. 12 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 12, and it is possible that not all the operations in FIG. 12 are to be performed. As shown in FIG. 12, the admission control method may include steps 1201 to 1206.
1201,终端设备向目标网络设备发送RRC重配置完成消息。此时,终端设备进行UL数据传输转换,即终端设备由与源网络设备进行PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。也就是说,所述终端设备在发送RRC重配置完成消息之前保持与所述源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,在发送RRC重配置完成消息之后开始与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。一种示例,这里以发送RRC重配置完成消息的时刻作为终端设备进行UL数据传输转换的时刻,也可以以终端设备接收到目标网络设备发送的最早UL grant的时刻作为终端设备进行UL数据传输转换的时刻,或者其他,本实施例对此不做限定。1201. The terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the target network device. At this time, the terminal device performs UL data transmission conversion, that is, the terminal device switches from PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. That is, the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before sending the RRC reconfiguration complete message, and starts PUSCH transmission with the target network device after sending the RRC reconfiguration complete message. As an example, the time when the RRC reconfiguration complete message is sent is used as the time when the terminal device performs UL data transmission conversion, and the time when the terminal device receives the earliest UL grant sent by the target network device can also be used as the terminal device to perform UL data transmission conversion. Time, or other, this embodiment does not limit this.
作为示例,在步骤1201之前,对于上行数据,终端设备使用源网络设备对应参数对PDCP SDU进行处理,并将处理之后获取的PDCP PDU发送给源网络设备。一种可能的方式中,以终端设备完成随机接入过程的时刻作为终端设备进行UL数据传输转换的时刻,例如,终端设备在接收到目标网络设备发送的随机接入响应RAR消息后,进行UL数据传输转换,或者,以终端设备接收到随机接入响应消息的时刻作为终端设备进行UL数据传输转换的时刻。在步骤1201之后,对于后续的UL数据包,终端设备使用目标网络设备对应的参数对PDCP SDU进行处理,并将处理之后获取的PDCP PDU发送给目标网络设备。As an example, before step 1201, for the uplink data, the terminal device uses the parameters corresponding to the source network device to process the PDCP SDU, and sends the PDCP PDU obtained after the processing to the source network device. In a possible way, the moment when the terminal device completes the random access process is used as the moment when the terminal device performs UL data transmission conversion. For example, the terminal device performs UL after receiving the random access response RAR message sent by the target network device. Data transmission conversion, or the time when the terminal device receives the random access response message is taken as the time when the terminal device performs UL data transmission conversion. After step 1201, for subsequent UL data packets, the terminal device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the PDCP SDU, and sends the PDCP PDU obtained after the processing to the target network device.
1202,终端设备向源网络设备发送上行数据包失败。也就是说,在步骤1201之后,即当终端设备已经由与源网络设备进行PUSCH转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,发生了1202,即终端设备发现在UL数据传输转换时刻之前的向源网络设备发送的上行数据包失败(这里的上行数据包失败可以理解为PDCP SDU失败,或者,也可以理解为PDCP PDU失败。为下文描述,统一称为PDCP PDU失败)。1202. The terminal device fails to send an uplink data packet to the source network device. That is to say, after step 1201, that is, when the terminal device has been converted from PUSCH with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, 1202 occurs, that is, the terminal device discovers that the terminal device has switched to the source before the UL data transmission conversion time. The uplink data packet sent by the network device fails (the uplink data packet failure here can be understood as PDCP SDU failure, or it can also be understood as PDCP PDU failure. For the following description, collectively referred to as PDCP PDU failure).
终端设备PUSCH转换之后,发现在PUSCH转换之前的向源网络设备发送的PDCP PDU失败,如第五PDCP PDU失败。该第五PDCP PDU可以包含一个PDCP PDU或包含多个PDCP PDUs。其中,第五PDCP PDU是终端设备使用源网络设备对应的参数对第五PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的,例如,终端设备使用源网络设备对应的头压缩上下文、源网络设备对应的密钥等,对第五PDCP SDU进行头压缩、解密等处理。After the PUSCH conversion of the terminal device, it is found that the PDCP PDU sent to the source network device before the PUSCH conversion fails, for example, the fifth PDCP PDU fails. The fifth PDCP PDU may include one PDCP PDU or include multiple PDCP PDUs. Among them, the fifth PDCP PDU is generated after the terminal device uses the parameters corresponding to the source network device to process the fifth PDCP SDU. For example, the terminal device uses the header compression context corresponding to the source network device, the key corresponding to the source network device, etc. Perform header compression and decryption on the fifth PDCP SDU.
1203,终端设备向目标网络设备发送步骤1202中传输失败的上行数据包,即第五PDCP PDU。显然,除了第五PDCP PDU,终端设备还会向目标网络设备发送其他PDCP PDU,例如,终端设备还会向目标网络设备发送新包。1203. The terminal device sends the uplink data packet whose transmission failed in step 1202, that is, the fifth PDCP PDU, to the target network device. Obviously, in addition to the fifth PDCP PDU, the terminal device will also send other PDCP PDUs to the target network device. For example, the terminal device will also send a new packet to the target network device.
可选的,第五PDCP PDU的包头中带第八指示信息,用于指示该第五PDCP PDU为终端设备未成功发送给源网络设备的PDCP PDU。该第八指示信息可以是二进制数值(如比特位)、或布尔值、或其他表现形式,不做限定。Optionally, the header of the fifth PDCP PDU carries eighth indication information, which is used to indicate that the fifth PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU that the terminal device has not successfully sent to the source network device. The eighth indication information may be a binary value (such as a bit), or a Boolean value, or other manifestations, and is not limited.
一些可能的实现方式中,可以在第五PDCP PDU的包头中增加一个指示域,该指示域用于指示该PDCP PDU是否需要转发给源网络设备。作为示例,该指示域可以为一个比特位,当比特位为“0”时,表示对应的数据包需要目标网络设备转发给源网络设备,由源网络设备使用对应的参数对该数据包进行处理;当比特位为“1”时,表示对应的数据包不需 要目标网络设备转发给源网络设备。或者可以反之,本申请实施例对此不做限定。或者,该指示域可以为一个布尔值,当该布尔值为“true”时,表示对应的数据包需要目标网络设备转发给源网络设备,由源网络设备对该数据包进行处理;当该布尔值为“false”时,表示对应的数据包不需要目标网络设备转发给源网络设备。或者可以反之,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In some possible implementation manners, an indication field may be added to the header of the fifth PDCP PDU, and the indication field is used to indicate whether the PDCP PDU needs to be forwarded to the source network device. As an example, the indication field can be a bit. When the bit is "0", it means that the corresponding data packet needs to be forwarded by the target network device to the source network device, and the source network device uses the corresponding parameters to process the data packet ; When the bit is "1", it means that the corresponding data packet does not need to be forwarded by the target network device to the source network device. Or vice versa, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Or, the indication field can be a Boolean value. When the Boolean value is "true", it means that the corresponding data packet needs to be forwarded to the source network device by the target network device, and the source network device will process the data packet; when the Boolean value is "true" When the value is "false", it means that the corresponding data packet does not need to be forwarded by the target network device to the source network device. Or vice versa, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
1204,可选地,终端设备向目标网络设备发送第七指示信息,用于指示第五PDCP PDU是未能向源网络设备成功发送的上行数据。一种示例,该第七指示信息用于指示第五PDCP PDU所分别对应的PDCP SN,例如,第七指示信息包含第五PDCP PDU所分别对应的PDCP SN。对应的,目标网络设备接收该第七指示信息,并确定需要将第七指示信息所指示的PDCP PDU(即第五PDCP PDU)转发给源网络设备。1204. Optionally, the terminal device sends seventh indication information to the target network device, which is used to indicate that the fifth PDCP PDU is uplink data that failed to be successfully sent to the source network device. In an example, the seventh indication information is used to indicate the PDCP SN corresponding to the fifth PDCP PDU, for example, the seventh indication information includes the PDCP SN corresponding to the fifth PDCP PDU, respectively. Correspondingly, the target network device receives the seventh indication information, and determines that the PDCP PDU (that is, the fifth PDCP PDU) indicated by the seventh indication information needs to be forwarded to the source network device.
在其他可能的描述中,第七指示信息还可以用于向目标网络设备指示需要目标网络设备转发给源网络设备的PDCP PDU是哪些,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In other possible descriptions, the seventh indication information may also be used to indicate to the target network device which PDCP PDUs need to be forwarded by the target network device to the source network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
本申请一个可选的实施例,如果第五PDCP PDU的包头中带指示信息,则可以不执行步骤1204。In an optional embodiment of the present application, if the header of the fifth PDCP PDU carries indication information, step 1204 may not be performed.
作为一个示例,终端设备可以向目标网络设备发送一条消息,该消息中可以包括第七指示信息。作为示例,此时第七指示信息中可以包括终端设备未能向源网络设备成功发送的第五PDCP PDU所对应的PDCP SN。这里,第七指示信息中包括的PDCP SN可以是连续的,也可以是非连续的,这取决于步骤1203中终端设备未能成功向源网络设备发送的PDCP PDU是哪些。As an example, the terminal device may send a message to the target network device, and the message may include the seventh indication information. As an example, at this time, the seventh indication information may include the PDCP SN corresponding to the fifth PDCP PDU that the terminal device failed to successfully send to the source network device. Here, the PDCP SN included in the seventh indication information may be continuous or non-continuous, depending on the PDCP PDU that the terminal device failed to successfully send to the source network device in step 1203.
可选的,上述消息可以为RRC消息,或者层2消息,或者物理层消息,本申请实施例对此不做限定。其中层2消息例如可以为PDCP控制PDU、MAC CE等,物理层消息可以为DCI。Optionally, the foregoing message may be an RRC message, or a layer 2 message, or a physical layer message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The layer 2 message may be, for example, PDCP control PDU, MAC CE, etc., and the physical layer message may be DCI.
一些可能的实施例中,上述第七指示信息所指示的PDCP SN可以是承载粒度的,也就是说,不同的承载可以有各自对应的PDCP SN。或者,第七指示信息可以是承载粒度的。本申请实施例对此不做限定。具体的,第七指示信息是承载粒度与第二指示信息是承载粒度相似,可以参见上文中对第二指示信息的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In some possible embodiments, the PDCP SN indicated by the seventh indication information may be of bearer granularity, that is, different bearers may have their own corresponding PDCP SNs. Or, the seventh indication information may be of bearing granularity. The embodiments of this application do not limit this. Specifically, the carrying granularity of the seventh indication information is similar to the carrying granularity of the second indication information. Refer to the above description of the second indication information. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
需要说明的是,步骤1203与步骤1204(如果执行的话)的先后执行顺序不做限定,例如,步骤1203可以在步骤1204之前执行,或者,步骤1203可以在步骤1204之后执行,或者,步骤1203与步骤1204可以同时执行。It should be noted that the order of execution of step 1203 and step 1204 (if executed) is not limited. For example, step 1203 can be executed before step 1204, or step 1203 can be executed after step 1204, or, step 1203 and step 1203 can be executed before step 1204. Step 1204 can be performed at the same time.
1205,目标网络设备向源网络设备发送第五PDCP PDU。对应的,源网络设备从目标网络设备接收第五PDCP PDU。1205. The target network device sends a fifth PDCP PDU to the source network device. Correspondingly, the source network device receives the fifth PDCP PDU from the target network device.
对于目标网络设备从终端设备接收到的PDCP PDU,如果该PDCP PDU对应的PDCP SN包含在第七指示信息所指示的PDCP SN中,或者该PDCP PDU的包头中包含用于指示该PDCP PDU为终端设备未成功发送给源网络设备的PDCP PDU的指示信息(如第八指示信息),即该PDCP PDU为第五PDCP PDU,则目标网络设备将该PDCP PDU转发给源网络设备,由源网络设备使用自身的头解压缩上下文进行头解压缩,使用自身的密钥进行解密等处理。源网络设备可以将处理之后的数据包发送给UPF,或者转发给目标网络设备,由目标网络设备发送至UPF。For the PDCP PDU received by the target network device from the terminal device, if the PDCP SN corresponding to the PDCP PDU is included in the PDCP SN indicated by the seventh indication information, or the packet header of the PDCP PDU includes a packet used to indicate that the PDCP PDU is a terminal The PDCP PDU indication information (such as the eighth indication information) that the device did not successfully send to the source network device, that is, the PDCP PDU is the fifth PDCP PDU, the target network device forwards the PDCP PDU to the source network device, and the source network device Use its own header decompression context for header decompression, and use its own key for decryption and other processing. The source network device can send the processed data packet to the UPF, or forward it to the target network device, and the target network device can send it to the UPF.
如果目标网络设备从终端设备接收到的PDCP PDU对应的PDCP SN没有包含在第七 指示信息所指示的PDCP SN中,或者该PDCP PDU的包头中包含用于指示不需要将该PDCP PDU转发给源网络设备的指示信息,或者该PDCP PDU的包头中不包含用于指示该PDCP PDU为终端设备未成功发送给源网络设备的PDCP PDU的指示信息,则目标网络设备使用自身所对应的头解压缩上下文对从终端设备接收到的PDCP PDU进行头解压缩,使用目标网络设备对应的密钥对从终端设备接收到的PDCP PDU进行解密等处理。目标网络设备可以将处理之后的数据包发送给UPF。If the PDCP SN corresponding to the PDCP PDU received by the target network device from the terminal device is not included in the PDCP SN indicated by the seventh indication information, or the packet header of the PDCP PDU contains a header indicating that the PDCP PDU does not need to be forwarded to the source The indication information of the network device, or the packet header of the PDCP PDU does not contain indication information indicating that the PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU that the terminal device has not successfully sent to the source network device, then the target network device uses its own corresponding header to decompress The context decompresses the PDCP PDU received from the terminal device, and uses the key corresponding to the target network device to decrypt the PDCP PDU received from the terminal device. The target network device can send the processed data packet to the UPF.
作为示例,终端设备向目标网络设备发送到PDCP SN为60的UL数据包之后,得知PDCP SN为45的UL数据包未被源网络设备成功接收。此时,对于PDCP SN为45的PDCP SDU,终端设备使用源网络设备对应的头压缩上下文进行头压缩,使用源网络设备对应的密钥进行加密等处理后,生成PDCP SN为45的PDCP PDU。As an example, after the terminal device sends a UL data packet with a PDCP SN of 60 to the target network device, it learns that the UL data packet with a PDCP SN of 45 is not successfully received by the source network device. At this time, for a PDCP SDU with a PDCP SN of 45, the terminal device uses the header compression context corresponding to the source network device to perform header compression, uses the key corresponding to the source network device to perform encryption and other processing, and then generates a PDCP PDU with a PDCP SN of 45.
然后,终端设备将该PDCP SN为45的PDCP PDU(即第五PDCP PDU)发送给目标网络设备,并指示目标网络设备将该PDCP PDU转发给源网络设备。一种可能的方式,该PDCP SN为45的PDCP PDU的包头中包含指示信息,用于指示目标网络设备将该PDCP SN为45的PDCP PDU转发给源网络设备。一种可能的方式,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第七指示信息,该第七指示信息中包括45,用于指示目标网络设备将PDCP SN为45的PDCP PDU转发给源网络设备。Then, the terminal device sends the PDCP PDU with a PDCP SN of 45 (that is, the fifth PDCP PDU) to the target network device, and instructs the target network device to forward the PDCP PDU to the source network device. In a possible way, the packet header of the PDCP PDU with the PDCP SN of 45 includes indication information for instructing the target network device to forward the PDCP PDU with the PDCP SN of 45 to the source network device. In a possible manner, the terminal device may send seventh indication information to the network device. The seventh indication information includes 45, which is used to instruct the target network device to forward the PDCP PDU with the PDCP SN of 45 to the source network device.
目标网络设备接收到该PDCP SN为45的PDCP PDU之后,根据其包头上的指示信息,或者第七指示信息,将其转发至源网络设备。源网络设备接收到该PDCP PDU之后,使用源网络设备对应的头解压缩上下文进行头解压缩,使用源网络设备对应的密钥进行解密等处理后,得到该PDCP SN为45的PDCP SDU。然后,源网络设备可以将该PDCP SN为45的UL数据包发送给UPF。或者,源网络设备可以将该PDCP SN为45的UL数据包发送给目标网络设备,由目标网络设备发送给UPF。After the target network device receives the PDCP PDU with a PDCP SN of 45, it forwards it to the source network device according to the indication information on the packet header or the seventh indication information. After receiving the PDCP PDU, the source network device uses the header decompression context corresponding to the source network device to perform header decompression, and uses the key corresponding to the source network device to perform decryption and other processing to obtain the PDCP SDU with a PDCP SN of 45. Then, the source network device may send the UL data packet with the PDCP SN of 45 to the UPF. Alternatively, the source network device may send the UL data packet with a PDCP SN of 45 to the target network device, and the target network device sends it to the UPF.
因此,本申请实施例中,终端设备可以将未能成功发送给源网络设备的UL数据包,使用源网络设备对应的参数进行处理后,例如,使用源网络设备对应的头压缩上下文进行头压缩,源网络设备对应的密钥进行加密等处理后,发送给目标网络设备,并指示目标网络设备将这些数据包转发给源网络设备,由源网络设备使用自身的头解压缩上下文进行头解压缩,自身的密钥进行解密等处理,从而实现终端设备能够正确的进行UL数据发送、网络设备侧能正确进行UL数据接收。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may process the UL data packet that was not successfully sent to the source network device using the parameters corresponding to the source network device, for example, use the header compression context corresponding to the source network device to perform header compression , The key corresponding to the source network device is encrypted and sent to the target network device, and instructs the target network device to forward these data packets to the source network device, and the source network device uses its own header decompression context to perform header decompression , Its own key is decrypted and other processing, so that the terminal device can correctly send UL data, and the network device side can correctly receive UL data.
可以理解的是,上述各个方法实施例中,由终端设备实现的方法,也可以由可配置于终端设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)实现,由网络设备(源网络设备或者目标网络设备)实现的方法,也可以由可配置于网络设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)实现。It can be understood that, in the foregoing method embodiments, the method implemented by the terminal device can also be implemented by a component (such as a chip or circuit, etc.) that can be configured in the terminal device, and is implemented by a network device (source network device or target network device). The implementation method can also be implemented by a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) that can be configured in a network device.
可以理解的,在本申请的各个实施例中,网络设备(源网络设备或者目标网络设备)与终端设备之间的交互,也可以适用到CU与终端设备之间的交互,或者DU与终端设备之间的交互。可以理解的,本申请的各个实施例中网络设备与终端设备交互机制可以进行适当的变形,以适用CU或者DU与终端设备之间的交互。It can be understood that, in the various embodiments of the present application, the interaction between the network device (the source network device or the target network device) and the terminal device can also be applied to the interaction between the CU and the terminal device, or the DU and the terminal device. The interaction between. It can be understood that the interaction mechanism between the network device and the terminal device in the various embodiments of the present application can be appropriately modified to adapt to the interaction between the CU or DU and the terminal device.
根据前述方法,图13为本申请实施例提供的无线通信的装置1300的示意图。According to the foregoing method, FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication apparatus 1300 provided in an embodiment of this application.
一些实施例中,该装置1400可以为终端设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于终端设备的芯片或电路。In some embodiments, the apparatus 1400 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit, for example, a chip or circuit that can be provided in a terminal device.
一些实施例中,该装置1400可以为源网络设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置 于源网络设备的芯片或电路。In some embodiments, the apparatus 1400 may be a source network device, or a chip or circuit, for example, a chip or circuit that can be provided in the source network device.
一些实施例中,该装置1400可以为目标网络设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于目标网络设备的芯片或电路。In some embodiments, the apparatus 1400 may be a target network device, or a chip or circuit, for example, a chip or circuit that can be installed in the target network device.
一种可能的方式中,该装置1300可以包括处理单元1310(即,至少一个处理器的一例)和收发单元1330。一些可能的实现方式中,收发单元1330可以包括接收单元和发送单元。In a possible manner, the apparatus 1300 may include a processing unit 1310 (that is, an example of at least one processor) and a transceiver unit 1330. In some possible implementations, the transceiver unit 1330 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit.
可选的,收发单元1330可以通过收发器或者收发器相关电路或者接口电路实现。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1330 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit or interface circuit.
可选的,该装置还可以包括存储单元1320。一种可能的方式中,该存储单元1320用于存储指令和/或者数据等信息。存储单元1320可以通过存储器实现。Optionally, the device may further include a storage unit 1320. In a possible manner, the storage unit 1320 is used to store information such as instructions and/or data. The storage unit 1320 may be realized by a memory.
一些可能的设计中,该处理单元1310用于执行该存储单元1320存储的指令和/或者数据等信息,以使装置1300实现如上述方法中终端设备执行的步骤。或者,该处理单元1310可以用于调用存储单元1320的数据,以使装置1300实现如上述方法中终端设备执行的步骤。In some possible designs, the processing unit 1310 is configured to execute information such as instructions and/or data stored in the storage unit 1320, so that the apparatus 1300 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method. Alternatively, the processing unit 1310 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 1320, so that the apparatus 1300 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method.
一些可能的设计中,该处理单元1310用于执行该存储单元1320存储的指令和/或者数据等信息,以使装置1300实现如上述方法中源网络设备执行的步骤。或者,该处理单元1310可以用于调用存储单元1320的数据,以使装置1300实现如上述方法中源网络设备执行的步骤。In some possible designs, the processing unit 1310 is configured to execute information such as instructions and/or data stored in the storage unit 1320, so that the apparatus 1300 implements the steps performed by the source network device in the foregoing method. Alternatively, the processing unit 1310 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 1320, so that the apparatus 1300 implements the steps performed by the source network device in the foregoing method.
一些可能的设计中,该处理单元1310用于执行该存储单元1320存储的指令和/或者数据等信息,以使装置1300实现如上述方法中目标网络设备执行的步骤。或者,该处理单元1310可以用于调用存储单元1320的数据,以使装置1300实现如上述方法中目标网络设备执行的步骤。In some possible designs, the processing unit 1310 is configured to execute information such as instructions and/or data stored in the storage unit 1320, so that the apparatus 1300 implements the steps performed by the target network device in the foregoing method. Alternatively, the processing unit 1310 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 1320, so that the apparatus 1300 implements the steps performed by the target network device in the foregoing method.
例如,该处理单元1310、存储单元1320、收发单元1330可以通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号。例如,该存储单元1320用于存储计算机程序,该处理单元1310可以用于从该存储单元1320中调用并运行该计算计程序,以控制收发单元1330接收信号和/或发送信号,完成上述方法中终端设备的步骤。该存储单元1320可以集成在处理单元1310中,也可以与处理单元1310分开设置。For example, the processing unit 1310, the storage unit 1320, and the transceiver unit 1330 can communicate with each other through internal connection paths to transfer control and/or data signals. For example, the storage unit 1320 is used to store a computer program, and the processing unit 1310 can be used to call and run the calculation program from the storage unit 1320 to control the transceiver unit 1330 to receive and/or send signals to complete the above method. Steps for terminal equipment. The storage unit 1320 may be integrated in the processing unit 1310, or may be provided separately from the processing unit 1310.
可选地,若该装置1300为通信设备(例如,终端设备,或源网络设备,或目标网络设备),该收发单元1330包括接收器和发送器。其中,接收器和发送器可以为相同或者不同的物理实体。为相同的物理实体时,可以统称为收发器。Optionally, if the apparatus 1300 is a communication device (for example, a terminal device, or a source network device, or a target network device), the transceiver unit 1330 includes a receiver and a transmitter. Among them, the receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
可选地,若该装置1300为芯片或电路,该收发单元1330包括输入接口和输出接口。Optionally, if the device 1300 is a chip or a circuit, the transceiver unit 1330 includes an input interface and an output interface.
作为一种实现方式,收发单元1330的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发的专用芯片实现。处理单元1310可以考虑通过专用处理芯片、处理电路、处理单元或者通用芯片实现。As an implementation manner, the function of the transceiver unit 1330 may be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver. The processing unit 1310 may be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processing unit, or a general-purpose chip.
作为另一种实现方式,可以考虑使用通用计算机的方式来实现本申请实施例提供的通信设备(例如终端设备,或源网络设备,或目标网络设备)。即将实现处理单元1310、收发单元1330功能的程序代码存储在存储单元1320中,通用处理单元通过执行存储单元1320中的代码来实现处理单元1310、收发单元1330的功能。As another implementation manner, a general-purpose computer may be considered to implement the communication device (for example, a terminal device, or a source network device, or a target network device) provided in the embodiments of the present application. That is, the program code for realizing the functions of the processing unit 1310 and the transceiver unit 1330 is stored in the storage unit 1320. The general processing unit implements the functions of the processing unit 1310 and the transceiver unit 1330 by executing the code in the storage unit 1320.
一些实施例中,装置1300可以为终端设备,或设置于终端设备的芯片或电路。In some embodiments, the apparatus 1300 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device.
当装置1300可以为终端设备,或设置于终端设备的芯片或电路时,一些可选的实施 例,收发单元1330,用于接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输,其中,所述终端设备在接收所述第一指示信息之前保持与所述源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,所述终端设备在接收所述第一指示信息之后开始与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。When the apparatus 1300 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device, in some optional embodiments, the transceiver unit 1330 is configured to receive first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is operated by The physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device is converted to PUSCH transmission with the target network device, wherein the terminal device maintains the PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first indication information, so The terminal device starts to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device after receiving the first indication information.
处理单元1310,用于根据所述第一指示信息,由与所述源网络设备进行PUSCH传输转换为与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。The processing unit 1310 is configured to switch from PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device according to the first indication information.
可选的,所述收发单元1330还用于接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在转换为与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小数据汇聚协议PDCP序列号SN。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to transmit to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. The minimum data convergence protocol PDCP serial number SN of the uplink data packet sent by the network device.
可选的,所述第二指示信息包括所述终端设备向所述目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN。Optionally, the second indication information includes the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device.
可选的,所述第二指示信息包括PDCP状态报告,所述PDCP状态报告用于获取所述需要向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。Optionally, the second indication information includes a PDCP status report, and the PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device.
可选的,所述PDCP SN是承载粒度的。Optionally, the PDCP SN is of bearer granularity.
可选的,所述收发单元1330还用于接收上行授权信息,所述上行授权信息是所述目标网络设备分配给所述终端设备,并用于所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to receive uplink authorization information, where the uplink authorization information is allocated by the target network device to the terminal device and used for PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the target network device .
可选的,收发单元1330,还用于向所述目标网络设备发送RRC重配置完成消息,或者接收所述目标网络设备发送的随机接入响应RAR消息。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the target network device, or receive a random access response RAR message sent by the target network device.
当装置1300可以为终端设备,或设置于终端设备的芯片或电路时,一些可选的实施例,收发单元1330,用于第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示与至少一个包数据汇聚协议PDCP协议数据单元PDU一一对应的至少一个PDCP序列号SN,所述至少一个PDCP PDU为源网络设备没有成功向所述终端设备发送的PDCP PDU。When the apparatus 1300 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device, in some optional embodiments, the transceiver unit 1330 is used for the fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used for indicating the connection with at least one packet At least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to the data convergence protocol PDCP protocol data unit PDU one-to-one, and the at least one PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU that the source network device fails to send to the terminal device.
收发单元1330还用于从目标网络设备接收所述至少一个PDCP PDU,并使用与所述源网络设备对应的参数处理所述至少一个PDCP PDU,其中,所述从目标网络设备接收的所述至少一个PDCP PDU是来自源网络设备的PDCP PDU。The transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to receive the at least one PDCP PDU from a target network device, and process the at least one PDCP PDU using parameters corresponding to the source network device, wherein the at least one PDCP PDU received from the target network device A PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU from the source network device.
当装置1300可以为终端设备,或设置于终端设备的芯片或电路时,一些可选的实施例,收发单元1330还用于获取第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述终端设备从目标网络设备接收的第三PDCP PDU对应的第三PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,以及,从所述目标网络设备接收的第二PDCP PDU对应的第二PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,其中,所述第三PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对来自所述源网络设备的所述第三PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的且所述第三PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的,所述第二PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对来自所述源网络设备的所述第二PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的且所述第二PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的,所述第三PDCP SDU是在所述目标网络设备接收所述第二PDCP SDU之前,所述源网络设备向所述目标网络设备发送的第一PDCP SDU中的所述目标网络设备还未使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数进行处理 的PDCP SDU,所述第二PDCP SDU是所述终端设备没有从源网络设备成功接收到的PDCP SDU。When the apparatus 1300 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in a terminal device, in some optional embodiments, the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to obtain sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate the terminal The mapping relationship between the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the device from the target network device and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU, and the second received from the target network device The mapping relationship between the second PDCP SN corresponding to the PDCP PDU and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU, where the third PDCP PDU corresponds to the target network device using the target network device The parameters of is generated after processing the third PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the third PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device, and the second PDCP PDU is used by the target network device The parameters corresponding to the target network device are generated after processing the second PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the second PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device, and the third PDCP SDU is Before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU, the target network device in the first PDCP SDU sent by the source network device to the target network device has not used the parameters corresponding to the target network device The PDCP SDU to be processed, and the second PDCP SDU is a PDCP SDU that the terminal device does not successfully receive from the source network device.
收发单元1330还用于从所述目标网络设备接收所述第三PDCP PDU和所述第二PDCP PDU。The transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to receive the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU from the target network device.
处理单元1310用于根据所述第六指示信息,使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数处理所述第三PDCP PDU和所述第二PDCP PDU。The processing unit 1310 is configured to process the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU using parameters corresponding to the target network device according to the sixth indication information.
可选的,处理单元1310具体用于:根据所述第六指示信息,获取所述终端设备从目标网络设备接收的第三PDCP PDU对应的第三PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,以及,从所述目标网络设备接收的第二PDCP PDU对应的第二PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系。Optionally, the processing unit 1310 is specifically configured to: obtain, according to the sixth indication information, the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device and that the source network device is the third PDCP The mapping relationship between the PDCP SN allocated by the SDU, and the mapping between the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU relationship.
然后,根据所述源网络设备为所述第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN以及所述第二PDCP SN,使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数处理所述第二PDCP PDU。Then, according to the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SN, the parameters corresponding to the target network device are used to process the second PDCP PDU.
根据所述源网络设备为所述第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN以及所述第三PDCP SN,使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数处理所述第三PDCP PDU。According to the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the third PDCP SDU and the third PDCP SN, use the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP PDU.
当该装置1300配置在或本身即为终端设备时,装置1300中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。When the device 1300 is configured in or is a terminal device, each module or unit in the device 1300 can be used to execute various actions or processing procedures performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method. Here, in order to avoid redundant description, detailed descriptions are omitted.
一些实施例中,装置1300可以为网络设备时,或设置于网络设备中的芯片或电路。该网络设备可以源网络设备或目标网络设备。In some embodiments, the apparatus 1300 may be a network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the network device. The network device can be a source network device or a target network device.
当装置1300为网络设备时,或设置于网络设备中的芯片或电路时,一些可选的实施例,处理单元1310,用于获取第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端设备由与源网络设备进行物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。When the apparatus 1300 is a network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the network device, in some optional embodiments, the processing unit 1310 is configured to obtain first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the The terminal device converts the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
收发单元1330,用于向所述终端设备发送所述第一指示信息,其中,所述终端设备在接收所述第一指示信息之前保持与所述源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,所述终端设备在接收所述第一指示信息之后开始与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。The transceiver unit 1330 is configured to send the first instruction information to the terminal device, where the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first instruction information, and the terminal device After receiving the first indication information, the device starts to perform PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
可选的,所述处理单元1310还用于确定第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在转换为与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小数据汇聚协议PDCP序列号SN;Optionally, the processing unit 1310 is further configured to determine second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to transmit to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device. The minimum data convergence protocol PDCP serial number SN of the uplink data packet sent by the network device;
所述收发单元1330还用于向所述终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。The transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to send the second indication information to the terminal device.
可选的,所述第二指示信息包括所述终端设备向所述目标网络设备发送的第一个上行数据包的PDCP SN。Optionally, the second indication information includes the PDCP SN of the first uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device.
可选的,所述第二指示信息包括PDCP状态报告,所述PDCP状态报告用于获取所述需要向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。Optionally, the second indication information includes a PDCP status report, and the PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device.
可选的,所述PDCP SN是承载粒度的。Optionally, the PDCP SN is of bearer granularity.
可选的,处理单元1310还用于确定上行授权信息,所述发送单元还用于向所述终端设备发送所述上行授权信息,其中,所述上行授权信息是所述目标网络设备分配给所述终端设备,并用于所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。Optionally, the processing unit 1310 is further configured to determine uplink authorization information, and the sending unit is further configured to send the uplink authorization information to the terminal device, where the uplink authorization information is allocated by the target network device to all The terminal device is used for PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the target network device.
可选的,所述装置1300为所述目标网络设备或所述目标网络设备中的芯片,所述收发单元1330还用于向所述源网络设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于向所述源网络设备指示所述终端设备成功切换至所述目标网络设备。Optionally, the apparatus 1300 is the target network device or a chip in the target network device, and the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to send third instruction information to the source network device, and the third instruction information It is used to indicate to the source network device that the terminal device successfully switches to the target network device.
可选的,收发单元1330还用于从所述源网络设备接收PDCP状态报告,其中,所述PDCP状态报告用于获取所述需要向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。Optionally, the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to receive a PDCP status report from the source network device, where the PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum number of uplink data packets of the uplink data that needs to be sent to the target network device. PDCP SN.
当该装置1300配置在或本身即为目标网络设备时,装置1300中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中目标网络设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。When the device 1300 is configured in or is the target network device, each module or unit in the device 1300 can be used to perform various actions or processing procedures performed by the target network device in the above method. Here, in order to avoid repetition, the details are omitted. Description.
当所述装置1300为所述源网络设备或所述源网络设备中的芯片,所述收发单元1330还用于接收所述目标网络设备发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于向所述源网络设备指示所述终端设备成功切换至所述目标网络设备。When the apparatus 1300 is the source network device or a chip in the source network device, the transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to receive third instruction information sent by the target network device, and the third instruction information is used for Indicating to the source network device that the terminal device successfully switches to the target network device.
可选的,收发单元1330还用于接收所述目标网络设备发送的上行授权信息,所述上行授权信息所述目标网络设备分配给所述终端设备,并用于所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to receive uplink authorization information sent by the target network device, where the uplink authorization information is allocated to the terminal device by the target network device and used for the terminal device and the target network The device performs PUSCH transmission.
当该装置1300配置在或本身即为源网络设备时,装置1300中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中源网络设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。When the device 1300 is configured in or is the source network device, each module or unit in the device 1300 can be used to perform various actions or processing procedures performed by the source network device in the foregoing method. Here, in order to avoid repetition, the details are omitted. Description.
当装置1300为目标网络设备时,或设置于网络设备中的芯片或电路时,一些可选的实施例,收发单元1330,用于从源网络设备接收至少一个PDCP PDU,所述至少一个PDCP PDU为所述源网络设备没有成功发送给终端设备的PDCP PDU。When the device 1300 is a target network device, or a chip or circuit set in the network device, in some optional embodiments, the transceiver unit 1330 is configured to receive at least one PDCP PDU from the source network device, the at least one PDCP PDU It is the PDCP PDU that the source network device did not successfully send to the terminal device.
收发单元1330,还用于从所述源网络设备接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述与所述至少一个PDCP PDU一一对应的至少一个PDCP序列号SN。The transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to receive fourth indication information from the source network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the at least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to the at least one PDCP PDU in a one-to-one manner.
收发单元1330,还用于向所述终端设备发送所述第四指示信息和所述至少一个PDCP PDU。The transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to send the fourth indication information and the at least one PDCP PDU to the terminal device.
当装置1300为目标网络设备时,或设置于网络设备中的芯片或电路时,一些可选的实施例,收发单元1330,用于从源网络设备接收第一PDCP SDU,以及所述源网络设备为所述第一PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN。When the apparatus 1300 is a target network device, or a chip or circuit set in the network device, in some optional embodiments, the transceiver unit 1330 is configured to receive the first PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the source network device PDCP SN allocated for the first PDCP SDU.
收发单元1330,还用于从所述源网络设备接收第二PDCP SDU,以及所述源网络设备为所述第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN,所述第二PDCP SDU是所述终端设备没有从源网络设备成功接收到的PDCP SDU。The transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to receive a second PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SDU is not from the terminal device The PDCP SDU successfully received by the source network device.
收发单元1330,还用于向所述终端设备发送第三PDCP PDU和第二PDCP PDU,其中,所述第三PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对第三PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的,所述第二PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对所述第二PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的,所述第三PDCP SDU是在所述目标网络设备接收所述第二PDCP SDU之前,所述第一PDCP SDU中的所述目标网络设备还未使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数进行处理的PDCP SDU;The transceiving unit 1330 is further configured to send a third PDCP PDU and a second PDCP PDU to the terminal device, where the third PDCP PDU refers to the target network device using the parameters corresponding to the target network device to compare the third PDCP The second PDCP PDU is generated after the SDU is processed, and the second PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the second PDCP SDU, and the third PDCP SDU is generated in the Before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU, the target network device in the first PDCP SDU has not yet processed the PDCP SDU using the parameters corresponding to the target network device;
收发单元1330,还用于发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第三PDCP PDU对应的第三PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN 之间的映射关系,以及所述第二PDCP PDU对应的第二PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,其中,所述第二PDCP SN和所述第三PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的。The transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to send sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU. And the mapping relationship between the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU, where the second PDCP SN and the The third PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device.
当装置1300为源网络设备时,或设置于源网络设备中的芯片或电路时,一些可选的实施例,收发单元1330,用于向目标网络设备发送至少一个PDCP PDU,所述至少一个PDCP PDU为所述源网络设备没有成功发送给终端设备的PDCP PDU。When the apparatus 1300 is a source network device, or a chip or circuit set in the source network device, in some optional embodiments, the transceiver unit 1330 is configured to send at least one PDCP PDU to the target network device, and the at least one PDCP The PDU is a PDCP PDU that the source network device did not successfully send to the terminal device.
收发单元1330,还用于向所述终端设备或所述目标网络设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述至少一个PDCP PDU一一对应的至少一个PDCP序列号SN。The transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to send fourth indication information to the terminal device or the target network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to the at least one PDCP PDU one-to-one .
装置1300为源网络设备时,或设置于源网络设备中的芯片或电路时,一些可选的实施例,收发单元1330,用于向目标网络设备发送第一PDCP SDU,以及所述源网络设备为所述第一PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN。When the apparatus 1300 is a source network device, or a chip or circuit set in the source network device, in some optional embodiments, the transceiver unit 1330 is configured to send the first PDCP SDU to the target network device, and the source network device PDCP SN allocated for the first PDCP SDU.
收发单元1330,还用于向所述目标网络设备发送第二PDCP SDU,以及所述源网络设备为所述第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN,所述第二PDCP SDU是所述终端设备没有从源网络设备成功接收到的PDCP SDU。The transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to send a second PDCP SDU to the target network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the second PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SDU is not slaved to the terminal device. The PDCP SDU successfully received by the source network device.
收发单元1330,还用于从所述目标网络设备接收第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述终端设备从所述目标网络设备接收的第三PDCP PDU对应的第三PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,以及,从所述目标网络设备接收的第二PDCP PDU对应的第二PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,其中,所述第三PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对来自所述源网络设备的第三PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的且所述第三PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的,所述第二PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对来自所述源网络设备的第二PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的且所述第二PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的,所述第三PDCP SDU是在所述目标网络设备接收所述第二PDCP SDU之前,所述第一PDCP SDU中的所述目标网络设备还未使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数进行处理的PDCP SDU。The transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to receive sixth indication information from the target network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device The mapping relationship with the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device and the source network device are the second The mapping relationship between the PDCP SN allocated by the PDCP SDU, where the third PDCP PDU is after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP SDU from the source network device The third PDCP SN is generated and allocated by the target network device, and the second PDCP PDU is the target network device using the parameters corresponding to the target network device to compare the second PDCP SN from the source network device. SDU is generated after processing and the second PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device, and the third PDCP SDU is before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU, the first PDCP SDU The PDCP SDU that the target network device in has not yet used the parameters corresponding to the target network device for processing.
收发单元1330,还用于向所述终端设备发送所述第六指示信息。The transceiver unit 1330 is further configured to send the sixth indication information to the terminal device.
该装置1300所涉及的与本申请实施例提供的技术方案相关的概念,解释和详细说明及其他步骤请参见前述方法或其他实施例中关于这些内容的描述,此处不做赘述。For the concepts related to the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application and related concepts, explanations, detailed descriptions, and other steps involved in the device 1300, please refer to the descriptions of these contents in the foregoing methods or other embodiments, which are not repeated here.
图14为本申请提供的一种终端设备1400的结构示意图。该终端设备1400可以执行上述方法实施例中终端设备执行的动作。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1400 provided by this application. The terminal device 1400 can execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
为了便于说明,图14仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图14所示,终端设备1400包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。For ease of description, FIG. 14 only shows the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 14, the terminal device 1400 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据,例如用于支持终端设备执行上述传输预编码矩阵的指示方法实施例中所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据,例如存储上述实施例中所描述的码本。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器,主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. For example, it is used to support the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment. The described action. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, for example, to store the codebook described in the above embodiments. The control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals. The control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
当终端设备开机后,处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the terminal device is turned on, the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图14仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for ease of description, FIG. 14 only shows a memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
例如,处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图14中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。For example, the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit. The baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data. The central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data. The processor in FIG. 14 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as a bus. Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and the various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses. The baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
示例性的,在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备1400的收发单元1410,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备1400的处理单元1420。如图14所示,终端设备1400包括收发单元1410和处理单元1420。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元1410中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1410中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的,接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。Exemplarily, in the embodiment of the present application, the antenna and control circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 1410 of the terminal device 1400, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit 1420 of the terminal device 1400. As shown in FIG. 14, the terminal device 1400 includes a transceiving unit 1410 and a processing unit 1420. The transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 1410 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 1410 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. Exemplarily, the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc., and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备1500的结构示意图,可以用于实现上述方法中的接入设备(例如,主基站,或者辅基站)的功能。网络设备1500包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)1510和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)1520。所述RRU1510可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线1511和射频单元1512。所述RRU1510部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中所述的信令消息。所述BBU1520部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU1510与BBU1520可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 1500 provided by an embodiment of the application, which may be used to implement the function of an access device (for example, a primary base station or a secondary base station) in the foregoing method. The network device 1500 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1510 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU) 1520. The RRU 1510 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 1511 and a radio frequency unit 1512. The RRU 1510 part is mainly used for receiving and sending of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages described in the foregoing embodiments to terminal equipment. The BBU1520 part is mainly used for baseband processing, control of the base station, and so on. The RRU 1510 and the BBU 1520 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
所述BBU1520为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如该BBU(处理单元)1320可以用于控制基站40执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。The BBU 1520 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading. For example, the BBU (processing unit) 1320 may be used to control the base station 40 to execute the operation flow of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
在一个示例中,所述BBU1520可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持 单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE系统,或5G系统),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述BBU1520还包括存储器1521和处理器1522。所述存储器1521用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器1521存储上述实施例中的码本等。所述处理器1522用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器1521和处理器1522可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU 1520 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), and may also support different connections. Enter the standard wireless access network. The BBU 1520 further includes a memory 1521 and a processor 1522. The memory 1521 is used to store necessary instructions and data. For example, the memory 1521 stores the codebook in the above-mentioned embodiment and the like. The processor 1522 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 1521 and the processor 1522 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
在一种可能的实施方式中,随着片上系统(system-on-chip,SoC)技术的发展,可以将1520部分和1510部分的全部或者部分功能由SoC技术实现,例如由一颗基站功能芯片实现,该基站功能芯片集成了处理器、存储器、天线接口等器件,基站相关功能的程序存储在存储器中,由处理器执行程序以实现基站的相关功能。可选的,该基站功能芯片也能够读取该芯片外部的存储器以实现基站的相关功能。In a possible implementation manner, with the development of system-on-chip (SoC) technology, all or part of the functions of part 1520 and part 1510 can be realized by SoC technology, for example, a base station function chip Realization, the base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station. Optionally, the base station function chip can also read a memory external to the chip to implement related functions of the base station.
应理解,图15示例的网络设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态,而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的基站结构的可能。It should be understood that the structure of the network device illustrated in FIG. 15 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other types of base station structures that may appear in the future.
应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the application, the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and dedicated integration Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), and synchronous dynamic random access memory (DRAM). Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心 进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination. When implemented by software, the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现上述任一实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤,或者目标网设备执行的步骤,或者源网设备执行的步骤。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the above embodiments or the steps performed by the target network device are implemented. Or the steps performed by the source network device.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤,或者目标网设备执行的步骤,或者源网设备执行的步骤。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product that, when executed by a computer, implements the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the above embodiments, or the steps performed by the target network device, or the steps performed by the source network device .
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,其包括前述的源网络设备、目标网络设备和终端设备。According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned source network device, target network device, and terminal device.
本申请实施例还提供了一种系统芯片,该系统芯片包括:通信单元和处理单元。该处理单元,例如可以是处理器。该通信单元例如可以是通信接口、输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行计算机指令,以使该通信装置内的芯片执行上述本申请实施例提供的终端设备执行的步骤,或者目标网设备执行的步骤,或者源网设备执行的步骤。The embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, which includes a communication unit and a processing unit. The processing unit may be a processor, for example. The communication unit may be, for example, a communication interface, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, or the like. The processing unit can execute computer instructions to make the chip in the communication device execute the steps performed by the terminal device provided in the embodiments of the present application, or the steps performed by the target network device, or the steps performed by the source network device.
可选地,该计算机指令被存储在存储单元中。Optionally, the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
本申请中的各个实施例可以独立的使用,也可以进行联合的使用,这里不做限定。例如,本申请实施例提供的上行数据传输的方法和下行数据传输的方法可以独立的使用,也可以联合的使用,都在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。The various embodiments in this application can be used independently or in combination, which is not limited here. For example, the uplink data transmission method and the downlink data transmission method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be used independently or in combination, and both fall within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
应理解,“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“至少一个”是指一个或一个以上;“A和B中的至少一个”,类似于“A和/或B”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和B中的至少一个,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。It should be understood that "and/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B alone exists. Happening. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "At least one" refers to one or more than one; "At least one of A and B", similar to "A and/or B", describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and B At least one of them can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装 置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of data transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示由与源网络设备进行物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输,其中,终端设备在接收所述第一指示信息之前保持与所述源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,所述终端设备在接收所述第一指示信息之后开始与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输;Receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device is converted to the PUSCH transmission with the target network device, wherein the terminal device before receiving the first indication information Maintaining PUSCH transmission with the source network device, and the terminal device starts PUSCH transmission with the target network device after receiving the first indication information;
    根据所述第一指示信息,由与所述源网络设备进行PUSCH传输转换为与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。According to the first indication information, the PUSCH transmission with the source network device is converted to the PUSCH transmission with the target network device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示在转换为与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小数据汇聚协议PDCP序列号SN。Receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the minimum data convergence protocol PDCP sequence number SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device after conversion to PUSCH transmission with the target network device .
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。The method according to claim 2, wherein the second indication information includes a minimum PDCP SN of an uplink data packet sent to the target network device.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括PDCP状态报告,所述PDCP状态报告用于获取所述需要向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。The method according to claim 2, wherein the second indication information includes a PDCP status report, and the PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet that needs to be sent to the target network device .
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述PDCP SN是承载粒度的。The method according to any one of claims 2-4, wherein the PDCP SN is of bearer granularity.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, further comprising:
    接收上行授权信息,所述上行授权信息是所述目标网络设备分配给终端设备,并用于所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。Receive uplink authorization information, where the uplink authorization information is allocated to a terminal device by the target network device and used for PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the target network device.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收第一指示信息之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein before the receiving the first indication information, the method further comprises:
    向所述目标网络设备发送RRC重配置完成消息,或者,接收所述目标网络设备发送的随机接入响应RAR消息。Send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the target network device, or receive a random access response RAR message sent by the target network device.
  8. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of data transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    获取第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备由与源网络设备进行物理上行共享信道PUSCH传输转换为与目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输;Acquiring first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch from physical uplink shared channel PUSCH transmission with the source network device to PUSCH transmission with the target network device;
    向所述终端设备发送所述第一指示信息,其中,所述终端设备在接收所述第一指示信息之前保持与所述源网络设备之间的PUSCH传输,所述终端设备在接收所述第一指示信息之后开始与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。The first instruction information is sent to the terminal device, where the terminal device maintains PUSCH transmission with the source network device before receiving the first instruction information, and the terminal device is receiving the first instruction information. After an indication message, PUSCH transmission with the target network device is started.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 8, further comprising:
    获取第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在转换为与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输之后,需要向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小数据汇聚协议PDCP序列号SN;Acquire second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the minimum data convergence protocol of the uplink data packet that the terminal device needs to send to the target network device after converting to PUSCH transmission with the target network device PDCP serial number SN;
    向所述终端设备发送所述第二指示信息。Sending the second indication information to the terminal device.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括所述终端设备 向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。The method according to claim 9, wherein the second indication information includes a minimum PDCP SN of an uplink data packet sent by the terminal device to the target network device.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括PDCP状态报告,所述PDCP状态报告用于获取所述需要向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the second indication information includes a PDCP status report, and the PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum number of uplink data packets that need to be sent to the target network device. PDCP SN.
  12. 根据权利要求9-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述PDCP SN是承载粒度的。The method according to any one of claims 9-11, wherein the PDCP SN is of bearer granularity.
  13. 根据权利要求8-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8-12, further comprising:
    向所述终端设备发送上行授权信息,所述上行授权信息是所述目标网络设备分配给所述终端设备,并用于所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。Send uplink authorization information to the terminal device, where the uplink authorization information is allocated by the target network device to the terminal device and used for PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the target network device.
  14. 根据权利要求8-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取第一指示信息之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8-13, wherein before the obtaining the first indication information, the method further comprises:
    在接收到来自所述终端设备的RRC重配完成消息之后,或者,向所述终端设备发送RAR消息之后,向所述源网络设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于向所述源网络设备指示所述终端设备成功切换至所述目标网络设备。After receiving the RRC reconfiguration complete message from the terminal device, or after sending the RAR message to the terminal device, send third indication information to the source network device, where the third indication information is used to The source network device instructs the terminal device to successfully switch to the target network device.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 14, further comprising:
    从所述源网络设备接收PDCP状态报告,其中,所述PDCP状态报告用于获取所述需要向所述目标网络设备发送的上行数据的上行数据包的最小PDCP SN。A PDCP status report is received from the source network device, where the PDCP status report is used to obtain the minimum PDCP SN of the uplink data packet of the uplink data that needs to be sent to the target network device.
  16. 根据权利要求8-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取第一指示信息之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8-13, wherein before the obtaining the first indication information, the method further comprises:
    接收所述目标网络设备发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于向所述源网络设备指示所述终端设备成功切换至所述目标网络设备。Receiving third indication information sent by the target network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate to the source network device that the terminal device successfully switches to the target network device.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 16, further comprising:
    接收所述目标网络设备发送的上行授权信息,所述上行授权信息所述目标网络设备分配给所述终端设备,并用于所述终端设备与所述目标网络设备进行PUSCH传输。Receiving uplink authorization information sent by the target network device, where the uplink authorization information is allocated to the terminal device by the target network device and used for PUSCH transmission between the terminal device and the target network device.
  18. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of data transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示与至少一个包数据汇聚协议PDCP协议数据单元PDU一一对应的至少一个PDCP序列号SN,所述至少一个PDCP PDU为源网络设备没有成功向终端设备发送的PDCP PDU;Receive fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to at least one packet data convergence protocol PDCP protocol data unit PDU one-to-one, and the at least one PDCP PDU is the source network device unsuccessful PDCP PDU sent to terminal equipment;
    从目标网络设备接收所述至少一个PDCP PDU,并使用与所述源网络设备对应的参数处理所述至少一个PDCP PDU,其中,所述从目标网络设备接收的所述至少一个PDCP PDU是来自源网络设备的PDCP PDU。The at least one PDCP PDU is received from the target network device, and the at least one PDCP PDU is processed using parameters corresponding to the source network device, wherein the at least one PDCP PDU received from the target network device is from the source PDCP PDU of network equipment.
  19. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of data transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    向目标网络设备发送至少一个PDCP PDU,所述至少一个PDCP PDU为源网络设备没有成功发送给终端设备的PDCP PDU;Sending at least one PDCP PDU to the target network device, where the at least one PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU that the source network device has not successfully sent to the terminal device;
    向所述终端设备或所述目标网络设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述至少一个PDCP PDU一一对应的至少一个PDCP序列号SN。Send fourth indication information to the terminal device or the target network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to the at least one PDCP PDU one-to-one.
  20. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of data transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    从源网络设备接收至少一个PDCP PDU,所述至少一个PDCP PDU为所述源网络设备没有成功发送给终端设备的PDCP PDU;Receiving at least one PDCP PDU from a source network device, where the at least one PDCP PDU is a PDCP PDU that the source network device has not successfully sent to the terminal device;
    从所述源网络设备接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述与所述至少一个PDCP PDU一一对应的至少一个PDCP序列号SN;Receiving fourth indication information from the source network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the at least one PDCP sequence number SN corresponding to the at least one PDCP PDU;
    向所述终端设备发送所述第四指示信息和所述至少一个PDCP PDU。Sending the fourth indication information and the at least one PDCP PDU to the terminal device.
  21. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of data transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    获取第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示终端设备从目标网络设备接收的第三PDCP PDU对应的第三PDCP SN与源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,以及,从所述目标网络设备接收的第二PDCP PDU对应的第二PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,其中,所述第三PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对来自所述源网络设备的所述第三PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的且所述第三PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的,所述第二PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对来自所述源网络设备的所述第二PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的且所述第二PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的,所述第三PDCP SDU是在所述目标网络设备接收所述第二PDCP SDU之前,所述源网络设备向所述目标网络设备发送的第一PDCP SDU中的所述目标网络设备还未使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数进行处理的PDCP SDU,所述第二PDCP SDU是所述终端设备没有从源网络设备成功接收到的PDCP SDU;Acquire sixth indication information, which is used to indicate the mapping between the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU Relationship, and the mapping relationship between the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU, where the third PDCP The PDU is generated after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the third PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device The second PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the second PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the second PDCP SN is Allocated by the target network device, the third PDCP SDU is the first PDCP SDU sent by the source network device to the target network device before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU The PDCP SDU that the target network device has not processed using the parameters corresponding to the target network device, and the second PDCP SDU is the PDCP SDU that the terminal device has not successfully received from the source network device;
    从所述目标网络设备接收所述第三PDCP PDU和所述第二PDCP PDU,根据所述第六指示信息,使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数处理所述第三PDCP PDU和所述第二PDCP PDU。The third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU are received from the target network device, and the parameters corresponding to the target network device are used to process the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU according to the sixth indication information. PDCP PDU.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第六指示信息,使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数处理所述第三PDCP PDU和所述第二PDCP PDU,包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein the processing the third PDCP PDU and the second PDCP PDU according to the sixth indication information using parameters corresponding to the target network device comprises:
    根据所述第六指示信息,获取所述终端设备从目标网络设备接收的第三PDCP PDU对应的第三PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,以及,从所述目标网络设备接收的第二PDCP PDU对应的第二PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系;Acquiring, according to the sixth indication information, the mapping relationship between the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received by the terminal device from the target network device and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU, And, the mapping relationship between the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU;
    根据所述源网络设备为所述第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN以及所述第二PDCP SN,使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数处理所述第二PDCP PDU;Process the second PDCP PDU according to the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU and the second PDCP SN, using the parameters corresponding to the target network device;
    根据所述源网络设备为所述第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN以及所述第三PDCP SN,使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数处理所述第三PDCP PDU。According to the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device to the third PDCP SDU and the third PDCP SN, use the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP PDU.
  23. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of data transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    从源网络设备接收第一PDCP SDU,以及所述源网络设备为所述第一PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN;Receiving a first PDCP SDU from a source network device, and a PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the first PDCP SDU;
    从所述源网络设备接收第二PDCP SDU,以及所述源网络设备为所述第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN,所述第二PDCP SDU是终端设备没有从源网络设备成功接收到的PDCP SDU;Receive a second PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU, the second PDCP SDU is a PDCP SDU that the terminal device did not successfully receive from the source network device ;
    向所述终端设备发送第三PDCP PDU和第二PDCP PDU,其中,所述第三PDCP PDU是目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对第三PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的,所述第二PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对所述第二PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的,所述第三PDCP SDU是在所述目标网络设备接收所述第 二PDCP SDU之前,所述第一PDCP SDU中的所述目标网络设备还未使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数进行处理的PDCP SDU;Send a third PDCP PDU and a second PDCP PDU to the terminal device, where the third PDCP PDU is generated by the target network device after processing the third PDCP SDU using the parameters corresponding to the target network device, and The second PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the second PDCP SDU, and the third PDCP SDU is generated when the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU. Before the PDCP SDU, the target network device in the first PDCP SDU has not yet processed the PDCP SDU using the parameters corresponding to the target network device;
    发送第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第三PDCP PDU对应的第三PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,以及所述第二PDCP PDU对应的第二PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,其中,所述第二PDCP SN和所述第三PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的。Send sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the third PDCP SDU, and The mapping relationship between the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU, where the second PDCP SN and the third PDCP SN are the Assigned by the target network device.
  24. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method of data transmission, characterized in that it comprises:
    向目标网络设备发送第一PDCP SDU,以及源网络设备为所述第一PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN;Sending the first PDCP SDU to the target network device and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the first PDCP SDU;
    向所述目标网络设备发送第二PDCP SDU,以及所述源网络设备为所述第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN,所述第二PDCP SDU是终端设备没有从源网络设备成功接收到的PDCP SDU;Send a second PDCP SDU to the target network device, and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SDU is a PDCP SDU that the terminal device did not successfully receive from the source network device ;
    从所述目标网络设备接收第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示终端设备从所述目标网络设备接收的第三PDCP PDU对应的第三PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,以及,从所述目标网络设备接收的第二PDCP PDU对应的第二PDCP SN与所述源网络设备为第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN之间的映射关系,其中,所述第三PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对来自所述源网络设备的第三PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的且所述第三PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的,所述第二PDCP PDU是所述目标网络设备使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数对来自所述源网络设备的第二PDCP SDU进行处理后生成的且所述第二PDCP SN是所述目标网络设备分配的,所述第三PDCP SDU是在所述目标网络设备接收所述第二PDCP SDU之前,所述第一PDCP SDU中的所述目标网络设备还未使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数进行处理的PDCP SDU;Receive sixth indication information from the target network device, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the third PDCP SN corresponding to the third PDCP PDU received from the target network device and the source network device is the third The mapping relationship between the PDCP SN allocated by the PDCP SDU, and the second PDCP SN corresponding to the second PDCP PDU received from the target network device and the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device for the second PDCP SDU Mapping relationship, where the third PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the third PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the third PDCP SN Is allocated by the target network device, the second PDCP PDU is generated after the target network device uses the parameters corresponding to the target network device to process the second PDCP SDU from the source network device, and the The second PDCP SN is allocated by the target network device, and the third PDCP SDU is before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU, and the target network device in the first PDCP SDU has not PDCP SDU processed using the parameters corresponding to the target network device;
    向所述终端设备发送所述第六指示信息。Sending the sixth indication information to the terminal device.
  25. 根据权利要求21至24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第六指示信息包含第一偏移值和第二偏移值,所述第一偏移值为所述第三PDCP SN相对所述源网络设备为所述第三PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN的偏移,所述第二偏移值为所述第二PDCP SN相对所述源网络设备为所述第二PDCP SDU分配的PDCP SN的偏移;或者The method according to any one of claims 21 to 24, wherein the sixth indication information comprises a first offset value and a second offset value, and the first offset value is relative to the third PDCP SN The source network device is the offset of the PDCP SN allocated by the third PDCP SDU, and the second offset value is the PDCP allocated by the second PDCP SN to the source network device for the second PDCP SDU SN offset; or
    所述第六指示信息包括所述第三PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN以及与所述第三PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN相对应的由所述源网络设备分配的PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN,以及,所述第二PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN以及与所述第二PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN相对应的由所述源网络设备分配的PDCP SN中的至少一个PDCP SN。The sixth indication information includes at least one PDCP SN in the third PDCP SN and at least one of the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device corresponding to the at least one PDCP SN in the third PDCP SN PDCP SN, and at least one PDCP SN in the second PDCP SN and at least one PDCP SN in the PDCP SN allocated by the source network device corresponding to at least one PDCP SN in the second PDCP SN .
  26. 根据权利要求21-25任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一偏移值是根据所述第二PDCP SDU的数量确定的,所述第二偏移值是根据所述第一偏移值以及第四PDCP SDU的数量确定的,其中,所述第四PDCP SDU是在所述目标网络设备接收所述第二PDCP SDU之前,所述第一PDCP SDU中的所述目标网络设备已经使用所述目标网络设备对应的参数进行处理的PDCP SDU。The method according to any one of claims 21-25, wherein the first offset value is determined according to the number of the second PDCP SDU, and the second offset value is determined according to the first An offset value and the number of fourth PDCP SDUs are determined, where the fourth PDCP SDU is before the target network device receives the second PDCP SDU, the target network in the first PDCP SDU The PDCP SDU processed by the device using the parameters corresponding to the target network device.
  27. 一种通信装置,包括用于执行如权利要求1至26中的任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device comprising a module for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 26.
  28. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有指令,所述处理器执行所述指令时,使得所述装置执行权利要求1至26任一项所述的方法。A communication device, comprising a processor and a memory, the memory stores instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 26 .
  29. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如权利要求1至26中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program or instruction is stored in the storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a communication device, the computer program or instruction is implemented as described in any one of claims 1 to 26 Methods.
  30. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器用于从所述通信接口调用并运行指令,当所述处理器执行所述指令时,实现如权利要求1至26中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized by comprising a processor and a communication interface, the processor is used to call and run instructions from the communication interface, and when the processor executes the instructions, it can implement any of claims 1 to 26 The method described in one item.
PCT/CN2019/109664 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 Data transmission method and apparatus WO2021062746A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/109664 WO2021062746A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 Data transmission method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/109664 WO2021062746A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 Data transmission method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021062746A1 true WO2021062746A1 (en) 2021-04-08

Family

ID=75337681

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/109664 WO2021062746A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 Data transmission method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021062746A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018130968A1 (en) * 2017-01-11 2018-07-19 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) 5g qos flow to radio bearer remapping
WO2018141230A1 (en) * 2017-02-02 2018-08-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Downlink data coordination based low or 0 ms mobility interruption
CN109151918A (en) * 2017-06-13 2019-01-04 华为技术有限公司 Method for handover control and device
US20190253945A1 (en) * 2018-02-15 2019-08-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Enhanced make-before-break handover

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018130968A1 (en) * 2017-01-11 2018-07-19 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) 5g qos flow to radio bearer remapping
WO2018141230A1 (en) * 2017-02-02 2018-08-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Downlink data coordination based low or 0 ms mobility interruption
CN109151918A (en) * 2017-06-13 2019-01-04 华为技术有限公司 Method for handover control and device
US20190253945A1 (en) * 2018-02-15 2019-08-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Enhanced make-before-break handover

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "User plane aspects of Make-Before-Break for dual active protocol stacks", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1907305, vol. RAN WG2, 2 May 2019 (2019-05-02), Reno, Nevada, USA, pages 1 - 5, XP051711590 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110999519B (en) Method for performing bearer type change for multiple bearers configured for user equipment
CN111386725B (en) Method and system for processing PDCP operation in wireless communication system
EP3592099B1 (en) Handover method and corresponding storage medium and chip system
EP3589065B1 (en) Switching method and apparatus
EP3662700B1 (en) Method and system for performing handover in wireless communication network
US20230009565A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus applied to multi-link device in wireless local area network
US20230284334A1 (en) Communication configuration method and communication apparatus
CN112449348B (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2021185350A1 (en) Communication method, access network device, terminal device and core network device
TW201911824A (en) Device and method for processing load type change
WO2019095114A1 (en) Method for handing radio link failure, terminal device and network device
WO2019076347A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021169732A1 (en) Switching method and communication apparatus
WO2022061661A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2020088611A1 (en) Method and apparatus for resetting mac layer, and method and apparatus for data transmission
EP3952515A1 (en) Communication method and device
US20230092744A1 (en) Ckey obtaining method and apparatus
WO2021062746A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2020029838A1 (en) Carrier configuration method and device
WO2024169671A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2023138669A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023078321A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023155763A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20240114404A1 (en) Master node, communication apparatus, and communication control method
WO2023087924A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19947937

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19947937

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1